10872 lines
444 KiB
Plaintext
10872 lines
444 KiB
Plaintext
Please take a look at the important information in this header.
|
|
We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an
|
|
electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this.
|
|
|
|
|
|
**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
|
|
|
|
**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
|
|
|
|
*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations*
|
|
|
|
Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and
|
|
further information is included below. We need your donations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Secret Garden, by Frances Hodgson Burnett
|
|
|
|
March 13, 1994 [Etext #113]
|
|
|
|
In Honor of Lisa Hart's 9th Birthday
|
|
|
|
|
|
*******The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Secret Garden********
|
|
******This file should be named gardn10.txt or gardn10.zip*****
|
|
|
|
Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, gardn11.txt
|
|
VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, gardn10a.txt
|
|
|
|
|
|
We are now trying to release all our books one month in advance
|
|
of the official release dates, for time for better editing. We
|
|
have this as a goal to accomplish by the end of the year but we
|
|
cannot guarantee to stay that far ahead every month after that.
|
|
|
|
Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till
|
|
midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
|
|
The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at
|
|
Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
|
|
preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
|
|
and editing by those who wish to do so. To be sure you have an
|
|
up to date first edition [xxxxx10x.xxx] please check file sizes
|
|
in the first week of the next month. Since our ftp program has
|
|
a bug in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a
|
|
look at the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a
|
|
new copy has at least one byte more or less.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
|
|
|
|
We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
|
|
fifty hours is one conservative estimate for how long it we take
|
|
to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
|
|
searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This
|
|
projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value
|
|
per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $4
|
|
million dollars per hour this year as we release some eight text
|
|
files per month: thus upping our productivity from $2 million.
|
|
|
|
The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
|
|
Files by the December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000=Trillion]
|
|
This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
|
|
which is 10% of the expected number of computer users by the end
|
|
of the year 2001.
|
|
|
|
We need your donations more than ever!
|
|
|
|
All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/IBC", and are
|
|
tax deductible to the extent allowable by law ("IBC" is Illinois
|
|
Benedictine College). (Subscriptions to our paper newsletter go
|
|
to IBC, too)
|
|
|
|
For these and other matters, please mail to:
|
|
|
|
Project Gutenberg
|
|
P. O. Box 2782
|
|
Champaign, IL 61825
|
|
|
|
When all other email fails try our Michael S. Hart, Executive
|
|
Director:
|
|
hart@vmd.cso.uiuc.edu (internet) hart@uiucvmd (bitnet)
|
|
|
|
We would prefer to send you this information by email
|
|
(Internet, Bitnet, Compuserve, ATTMAIL or MCImail).
|
|
|
|
******
|
|
If you have an FTP program (or emulator), please
|
|
FTP directly to the Project Gutenberg archives:
|
|
[Mac users, do NOT point and click. . .type]
|
|
|
|
ftp mrcnext.cso.uiuc.edu
|
|
login: anonymous
|
|
password: your@login
|
|
cd etext/etext91
|
|
or cd etext92
|
|
or cd etext93 [for new books] [now also in cd etext/etext93]
|
|
or cd etext/articles [get suggest gut for more information]
|
|
dir [to see files]
|
|
get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
|
|
GET 0INDEX.GUT
|
|
for a list of books
|
|
and
|
|
GET NEW GUT for general information
|
|
and
|
|
MGET GUT* for newsletters.
|
|
|
|
**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor**
|
|
(Three Pages)
|
|
|
|
|
|
***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START***
|
|
Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
|
|
They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
|
|
your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
|
|
someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
|
|
fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
|
|
disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
|
|
you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
|
|
|
|
*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
|
|
By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
|
|
etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
|
|
this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
|
|
a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by
|
|
sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
|
|
you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical
|
|
medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
|
|
|
|
ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
|
|
This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-
|
|
tm etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor
|
|
Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg Association at
|
|
Illinois Benedictine College (the "Project"). Among other
|
|
things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
|
|
on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
|
|
distribute it in the United States without permission and
|
|
without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
|
|
below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext
|
|
under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
|
|
|
|
To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable
|
|
efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
|
|
works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any
|
|
medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
|
|
things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
|
|
corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
|
|
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
|
|
disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer
|
|
codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
|
|
|
|
LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
|
|
But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
|
|
[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this
|
|
etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all
|
|
liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
|
|
legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
|
|
UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
|
|
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
|
|
OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
|
|
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
|
|
|
If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
|
|
receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
|
|
you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
|
|
time to the person you received it from. If you received it
|
|
on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
|
|
such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
|
|
copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
|
|
choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
|
|
receive it electronically.
|
|
|
|
THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
|
|
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
|
|
TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
|
|
LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
|
|
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
|
|
|
Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
|
|
the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
|
|
above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
|
|
may have other legal rights.
|
|
|
|
INDEMNITY
|
|
You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors,
|
|
officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost
|
|
and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or
|
|
indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause:
|
|
[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification,
|
|
or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect.
|
|
|
|
DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
|
|
You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
|
|
disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
|
|
"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
|
|
or:
|
|
|
|
[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
|
|
requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
|
|
etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
|
|
if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable
|
|
binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
|
|
including any form resulting from conversion by word pro-
|
|
cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as
|
|
*EITHER*:
|
|
|
|
[*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
|
|
does *not* contain characters other than those
|
|
intended by the author of the work, although tilde
|
|
(~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
|
|
be used to convey punctuation intended by the
|
|
author, and additional characters may be used to
|
|
indicate hypertext links; OR
|
|
|
|
[*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at
|
|
no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
|
|
form by the program that displays the etext (as is
|
|
the case, for instance, with most word processors);
|
|
OR
|
|
|
|
[*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
|
|
no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
|
|
etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
|
|
or other equivalent proprietary form).
|
|
|
|
[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
|
|
"Small Print!" statement.
|
|
|
|
[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the
|
|
net profits you derive calculated using the method you
|
|
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
|
|
don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
|
|
payable to "Project Gutenberg Association / Illinois
|
|
Benedictine College" within the 60 days following each
|
|
date you prepare (or were legally required to prepare)
|
|
your annual (or equivalent periodic) tax return.
|
|
|
|
WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
|
|
The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time,
|
|
scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty
|
|
free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution
|
|
you can think of. Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg
|
|
Association / Illinois Benedictine College".
|
|
|
|
This "Small Print!" by Charles B. Kramer, Attorney
|
|
Internet (72600.2026@compuserve.com); TEL: (212-254-5093)
|
|
*END*THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE SECRET GARDEN
|
|
BY FRANCES HODGSON BURNETT
|
|
|
|
|
|
Author of
|
|
|
|
"The Shuttle,"
|
|
"The Making of a Marchioness,"
|
|
"The Methods of Lady
|
|
Walderhurst,"
|
|
"The Lass o' Lowries,"
|
|
"Through One Administration,"
|
|
"Little Lord Fauntleroy,"
|
|
"A Lady of Quality," etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER TITLE
|
|
|
|
I THERE IS NO ONE LEFT
|
|
II MISTRESS MARY QUITE CONTRARY
|
|
III ACROSS THE MOOR
|
|
IV MARTHA
|
|
V THE CRY IN THE CORRIDOR
|
|
VI "THERE WAS SOME ONE CRYING--THERE WAS!"
|
|
VII THE KEY TO THE GARDEN
|
|
VIII THE ROBIN WHO SHOWED THE WAY
|
|
IX THE STRANGEST HOUSE ANY ONE EVER LIVED IN
|
|
X DICKON
|
|
XI THE NEST OF THE MISSEL THRUSH
|
|
XII "MIGHT I HAVE A BIT OF EARTH?"
|
|
XIII "I AM COLIN"
|
|
XIV A YOUNG RAJAH
|
|
XV NEST BUILDING
|
|
XVI "I WON'T!" SAID MARY
|
|
XVII A TANTRUM
|
|
XVIII "THA' MUNNOT WASTE NO TIME"
|
|
XIX "IT HAS COME!"
|
|
XX "I SHALL LIVE FOREVER--AND EVER--AND EVER!"
|
|
XXI BEN WEATHERSTAFF
|
|
XXII WHEN THE SUN WENT DOWN
|
|
XXIII MAGIC
|
|
XIV "LET THEM LAUGH"
|
|
XXV THE CURTAIN
|
|
XXVI "IT'S MOTHER!"
|
|
XXVII IN THE GARDEN
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE SECRET GARDEN
|
|
BY FRANCES HODGSON BURNETT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER I
|
|
|
|
THERE IS NO ONE LEFT
|
|
|
|
|
|
When Mary Lennox was sent to Misselthwaite Manor
|
|
to live with her uncle everybody said she was the most
|
|
disagreeable-looking child ever seen. It was true, too.
|
|
She had a little thin face and a little thin body,
|
|
thin light hair and a sour expression. Her hair was yellow,
|
|
and her face was yellow because she had been born in
|
|
India and had always been ill in one way or another.
|
|
Her father had held a position under the English
|
|
Government and had always been busy and ill himself,
|
|
and her mother had been a great beauty who cared only
|
|
to go to parties and amuse herself with gay people.
|
|
She had not wanted a little girl at all, and when Mary
|
|
was born she handed her over to the care of an Ayah,
|
|
who was made to understand that if she wished to please
|
|
the Mem Sahib she must keep the child out of sight as much
|
|
as possible. So when she was a sickly, fretful, ugly little
|
|
baby she was kept out of the way, and when she became
|
|
a sickly, fretful, toddling thing she was kept out of
|
|
the way also. She never remembered seeing familiarly
|
|
anything but the dark faces of her Ayah and the other
|
|
native servants, and as they always obeyed her and gave
|
|
her her own way in everything, because the Mem Sahib
|
|
would be angry if she was disturbed by her crying,
|
|
by the time she was six years old she was as tyrannical
|
|
and selfish a little pig as ever lived. The young English
|
|
governess who came to teach her to read and write disliked
|
|
her so much that she gave up her place in three months,
|
|
and when other governesses came to try to fill it they
|
|
always went away in a shorter time than the first one.
|
|
So if Mary had not chosen to really want to know how
|
|
to read books she would never have learned her letters at all.
|
|
|
|
One frightfully hot morning, when she was about nine
|
|
years old, she awakened feeling very cross, and she became
|
|
crosser still when she saw that the servant who stood
|
|
by her bedside was not her Ayah.
|
|
|
|
"Why did you come?" she said to the strange woman.
|
|
"I will not let you stay. Send my Ayah to me."
|
|
|
|
The woman looked frightened, but she only stammered
|
|
that the Ayah could not come and when Mary threw herself
|
|
into a passion and beat and kicked her, she looked only
|
|
more frightened and repeated that it was not possible
|
|
for the Ayah to come to Missie Sahib.
|
|
|
|
There was something mysterious in the air that morning.
|
|
Nothing was done in its regular order and several of the
|
|
native servants seemed missing, while those whom Mary
|
|
saw slunk or hurried about with ashy and scared faces.
|
|
But no one would tell her anything and her Ayah did not come.
|
|
She was actually left alone as the morning went on,
|
|
and at last she wandered out into the garden and began
|
|
to play by herself under a tree near the veranda.
|
|
She pretended that she was making a flower-bed, and she stuck
|
|
big scarlet hibiscus blossoms into little heaps of earth,
|
|
all the time growing more and more angry and muttering
|
|
to herself the things she would say and the names she
|
|
would call Saidie when she returned.
|
|
|
|
"Pig! Pig! Daughter of Pigs!" she said, because to call
|
|
a native a pig is the worst insult of all.
|
|
|
|
She was grinding her teeth and saying this over and over
|
|
again when she heard her mother come out on the veranda
|
|
with some one. She was with a fair young man and they stood
|
|
talking together in low strange voices. Mary knew the fair
|
|
young man who looked like a boy. She had heard that he
|
|
was a very young officer who had just come from England.
|
|
The child stared at him, but she stared most at her mother.
|
|
She always did this when she had a chance to see her,
|
|
because the Mem Sahib--Mary used to call her that oftener
|
|
than anything else--was such a tall, slim, pretty person
|
|
and wore such lovely clothes. Her hair was like curly
|
|
silk and she had a delicate little nose which seemed
|
|
to be disdaining things, and she had large laughing eyes.
|
|
All her clothes were thin and floating, and Mary said they
|
|
were "full of lace." They looked fuller of lace than ever
|
|
this morning, but her eyes were not laughing at all.
|
|
They were large and scared and lifted imploringly to the fair
|
|
boy officer's face.
|
|
|
|
"Is it so very bad? Oh, is it?" Mary heard her say.
|
|
|
|
"Awfully," the young man answered in a trembling voice.
|
|
"Awfully, Mrs. Lennox. You ought to have gone to the hills
|
|
two weeks ago."
|
|
|
|
The Mem Sahib wrung her hands.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I know I ought!" she cried. "I only stayed to go
|
|
to that silly dinner party. What a fool I was!"
|
|
|
|
At that very moment such a loud sound of wailing broke
|
|
out from the servants' quarters that she clutched the young
|
|
man's arm, and Mary stood shivering from head to foot.
|
|
The wailing grew wilder and wilder. "What is it? What is it?"
|
|
Mrs. Lennox gasped.
|
|
|
|
"Some one has died," answered the boy officer. "You did
|
|
not say it had broken out among your servants."
|
|
|
|
"I did not know!" the Mem Sahib cried. "Come with me!
|
|
Come with me!" and she turned and ran into the house.
|
|
|
|
After that, appalling things happened, and the mysteriousness
|
|
of the morning was explained to Mary. The cholera had
|
|
broken out in its most fatal form and people were dying
|
|
like flies. The Ayah had been taken ill in the night,
|
|
and it was because she had just died that the servants
|
|
had wailed in the huts. Before the next day three other
|
|
servants were dead and others had run away in terror.
|
|
There was panic on every side, and dying people in all
|
|
the bungalows.
|
|
|
|
During the confusion and bewilderment of the second day Mary
|
|
hid herself in the nursery and was forgotten by everyone.
|
|
Nobody thought of her, nobody wanted her, and strange things
|
|
happened of which she knew nothing. Mary alternately cried
|
|
and slept through the hours. She only knew that people were
|
|
ill and that she heard mysterious and tightening sounds.
|
|
Once she crept into the dining-room and found it empty,
|
|
though a partly finished meal was on the table and chairs
|
|
and plates looked as if they had been hastily pushed
|
|
back when the diners rose suddenly for some reason.
|
|
The child ate some fruit and biscuits, and being thirsty
|
|
she drank a glass of wine which stood nearly filled.
|
|
It was sweet, and she did not know how strong it was.
|
|
Very soon it made her intensely drowsy, and she went back
|
|
to her nursery and shut herself in again, frightened by cries
|
|
she heard in the huts and by the hurrying sound of feet.
|
|
The wine made her so sleepy that she could scarcely keep her
|
|
eyes open and she lay down on her bed and knew nothing more
|
|
for a long time.
|
|
|
|
Many things happened during the hours in which she slept
|
|
so heavily, but she was not disturbed by the wails and the
|
|
sound of things being carried in and out of the bungalow.
|
|
|
|
When she awakened she lay and stared at the wall.
|
|
The house was perfectly still. She had never known
|
|
it to be so silent before. She heard neither voices
|
|
nor footsteps, and wondered if everybody had got well of
|
|
the cholera and all the trouble was over. She wondered
|
|
also who would take care of her now her Ayah was dead.
|
|
There would be a new Ayah, and perhaps she would know
|
|
some new stories. Mary had been rather tired of the
|
|
old ones. She did not cry because her nurse had died.
|
|
She was not an affectionate child and had never cared much
|
|
for any one. The noise and hurrying about and wailing
|
|
over the cholera had frightened her, and she had been angry
|
|
because no one seemed to remember that she was alive.
|
|
Everyone was too panic-stricken to think of a little
|
|
girl no one was fond of. When people had the cholera
|
|
it seemed that they remembered nothing but themselves.
|
|
But if everyone had got well again, surely some one would
|
|
remember and come to look for her.
|
|
|
|
But no one came, and as she lay waiting the house seemed
|
|
to grow more and more silent. She heard something rustling
|
|
on the matting and when she looked down she saw a little
|
|
snake gliding along and watching her with eyes like jewels.
|
|
She was not frightened, because he was a harmless little
|
|
thing who would not hurt her and he seemed in a hurry
|
|
to get out of the room. He slipped under the door as she
|
|
watched him.
|
|
|
|
"How queer and quiet it is," she said. "It sounds as
|
|
if there were no one in the bungalow but me and the snake."
|
|
|
|
Almost the next minute she heard footsteps in the compound,
|
|
and then on the veranda. They were men's footsteps,
|
|
and the men entered the bungalow and talked in low voices.
|
|
No one went to meet or speak to them and they seemed
|
|
to open doors and look into rooms. "What desolation!"
|
|
she heard one voice say. "That pretty, pretty woman!
|
|
I suppose the child, too. I heard there was a child,
|
|
though no one ever saw her."
|
|
|
|
Mary was standing in the middle of the nursery when they
|
|
opened the door a few minutes later. She looked an ugly,
|
|
cross little thing and was frowning because she was
|
|
beginning to be hungry and feel disgracefully neglected.
|
|
The first man who came in was a large officer she had once
|
|
seen talking to her father. He looked tired and troubled,
|
|
but when he saw her he was so startled that he almost
|
|
jumped back.
|
|
|
|
"Barney!" he cried out. "There is a child here! A child
|
|
alone! In a place like this! Mercy on us, who is she!"
|
|
|
|
"I am Mary Lennox," the little girl said, drawing herself
|
|
up stiffly. She thought the man was very rude to call her
|
|
father's bungalow "A place like this!" "I fell asleep when
|
|
everyone had the cholera and I have only just wakened up.
|
|
Why does nobody come?"
|
|
|
|
"It is the child no one ever saw!" exclaimed the man,
|
|
turning to his companions. "She has actually been forgotten!"
|
|
|
|
"Why was I forgotten?" Mary said, stamping her foot.
|
|
"Why does nobody come?"
|
|
|
|
The young man whose name was Barney lookedat her very sadly.
|
|
Mary even thought she saw him wink his eyes as if to wink
|
|
tears away.
|
|
|
|
"Poor little kid!" he said. "There is nobody left to come."
|
|
|
|
It was in that strange and sudden way that Mary found
|
|
out that she had neither father nor mother left;
|
|
that they had died and been carried away in the night,
|
|
and that the few native servants who had not died also had
|
|
left the house as quickly as they could get out of it,
|
|
none of them even remembering that there was a Missie Sahib.
|
|
That was why the place was so quiet. It was true that there
|
|
was no one in the bungalow but herself and the little
|
|
rustling snake.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chapter II
|
|
|
|
MISTRESS MARY QUITE CONTRARY
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mary had liked to look at her mother from a distance
|
|
and she had thought her very pretty, but as she knew
|
|
very little of her she could scarcely have been expected
|
|
to love her or to miss her very much when she was gone.
|
|
She did not miss her at all, in fact, and as she was a
|
|
self-absorbed child she gave her entire thought to herself,
|
|
as she had always done. If she had been older she would
|
|
no doubt have been very anxious at being left alone in
|
|
the world, but she was very young, and as she had always
|
|
been taken care of, she supposed she always would be.
|
|
What she thought was that she would like to know if she was
|
|
going to nice people, who would be polite to her and give
|
|
her her own way as her Ayah and the other native servants
|
|
had done.
|
|
|
|
She knew that she was not going to stay at the English
|
|
clergyman's house where she was taken at first. She did
|
|
not want to stay. The English clergyman was poor and he
|
|
had five children nearly all the same age and they wore
|
|
shabby clothes and were always quarreling and snatching
|
|
toys from each other. Mary hated their untidy bungalow
|
|
and was so disagreeable to them that after the first day
|
|
or two nobody would play with her. By the second day
|
|
they had given her a nickname which made her furious.
|
|
|
|
It was Basil who thought of it first. Basil was a little
|
|
boy with impudent blue eyes and a turned-up nose, and Mary
|
|
hated him. She was playing by herself under a tree,
|
|
just as she had been playing the day the cholera broke out.
|
|
She was making heaps of earth and paths for a garden
|
|
and Basil came and stood near to watch her. Presently he
|
|
got rather interested and suddenly made a suggestion.
|
|
|
|
"Why don't you put a heap of stones there and pretend
|
|
it is a rockery?" he said. "There in the middle,"
|
|
and he leaned over her to point.
|
|
|
|
"Go away!" cried Mary. "I don't want boys. Go away!"
|
|
|
|
For a moment Basil looked angry, and then he began to tease.
|
|
He was always teasing his sisters. He danced round
|
|
and round her and made faces and sang and laughed.
|
|
|
|
"Mistress Mary, quite contrary,
|
|
How does your garden grow?
|
|
With silver bells, and cockle shells,
|
|
And marigolds all in a row."
|
|
|
|
He sang it until the other children heard and laughed, too;
|
|
and the crosser Mary got, the more they sang "Mistress Mary,
|
|
quite contrary"; and after that as long as she stayed
|
|
with them they called her "Mistress Mary Quite Contrary"
|
|
when they spoke of her to each other, and often when they
|
|
spoke to her.
|
|
|
|
"You are going to be sent home," Basil said to her,
|
|
"at the end of the week. And we're glad of it."
|
|
|
|
"I am glad of it, too," answered Mary. "Where is home?"
|
|
|
|
"She doesn't know where home is!" said Basil,
|
|
with seven-year-old scorn. "It's England, of course.
|
|
Our grandmama lives there and our sister Mabel was sent
|
|
to her last year. You are not going to your grandmama.
|
|
You have none. You are going to your uncle. His name is
|
|
Mr. Archibald Craven."
|
|
|
|
"I don't know anything about him," snapped Mary.
|
|
|
|
"I know you don't," Basil answered. "You don't know anything.
|
|
Girls never do. I heard father and mother talking about him.
|
|
He lives in a great, big, desolate old house in the
|
|
country and no one goes near him. He's so cross he won't
|
|
let them, and they wouldn't come if he would let them.
|
|
He's a hunchback, and he's horrid." "I don't believe you,"
|
|
said Mary; and she turned her back and stuck her fingers
|
|
in her ears, because she would not listen any more.
|
|
|
|
But she thought over it a great deal afterward; and when
|
|
Mrs. Crawford told her that night that she was going
|
|
to sail away to England in a few days and go to her uncle,
|
|
Mr. Archibald Craven, who lived at Misselthwaite Manor,
|
|
she looked so stony and stubbornly uninterested that
|
|
they did not know what to think about her. They tried
|
|
to be kind to her, but she only turned her face away
|
|
when Mrs. Crawford attempted to kiss her, and held
|
|
herself stiffly when Mr. Crawford patted her shoulder.
|
|
|
|
"She is such a plain child," Mrs. Crawford said pityingly,
|
|
afterward. "And her mother was such a pretty creature.
|
|
She had a very pretty manner, too, and Mary has the most
|
|
unattractive ways I ever saw in a child. The children
|
|
call her `Mistress Mary Quite Contrary,' and though
|
|
it's naughty of them, one can't help understanding it."
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps if her mother had carried her pretty face
|
|
and her pretty manners oftener into the nursery Mary
|
|
might have learned some pretty ways too. It is very sad,
|
|
now the poor beautiful thing is gone, to remember that
|
|
many people never even knew that she had a child at all."
|
|
|
|
"I believe she scarcely ever looked at her,"
|
|
sighed Mrs. Crawford. "When her Ayah was dead there
|
|
was no one to give a thought to the little thing.
|
|
Think of the servants running away and leaving her all
|
|
alone in that deserted bungalow. Colonel McGrew said he
|
|
nearly jumped out of his skin when he opened the door
|
|
and found her standing by herself in the middle of the room."
|
|
|
|
Mary made the long voyage to England under the care of
|
|
an officer's wife, who was taking her children to leave
|
|
them in a boarding-school. She was very much absorbed
|
|
in her own little boy and girl, and was rather glad to hand
|
|
the child over to the woman Mr. Archibald Craven sent
|
|
to meet her, in London. The woman was his housekeeper
|
|
at Misselthwaite Manor, and her name was Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
She was a stout woman, with very red cheeks and sharp
|
|
black eyes. She wore a very purple dress, a black
|
|
silk mantle with jet fringe on it and a black bonnet
|
|
with purple velvet flowers which stuck up and trembled
|
|
when she moved her head. Mary did not like her at all,
|
|
but as she very seldom liked people there was nothing
|
|
remarkable in that; besides which it was very evident
|
|
Mrs. Medlock did not think much of her.
|
|
|
|
"My word! she's a plain little piece of goods!" she said.
|
|
"And we'd heard that her mother was a beauty. She hasn't
|
|
handed much of it down, has she, ma'am?" "Perhaps she
|
|
will improve as she grows older," the officer's wife
|
|
said good-naturedly. "If she were not so sallow and had
|
|
a nicer expression, her features are rather good.
|
|
Children alter so much."
|
|
|
|
"She'll have to alter a good deal," answered Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
"And, there's nothing likely to improve children at
|
|
Misselthwaite--if you ask me!" They thought Mary was not
|
|
listening because she was standing a little apart from them
|
|
at the window of the private hotel they had gone to.
|
|
She was watching the passing buses and cabs and people,
|
|
but she heard quite well and was made very curious about
|
|
her uncle and the place he lived in. What sort of a place
|
|
was it, and what would he be like? What was a hunchback?
|
|
She had never seen one. Perhaps there were none in India.
|
|
|
|
Since she had been living in other people's houses
|
|
and had had no Ayah, she had begun to feel lonely
|
|
and to think queer thoughts which were new to her.
|
|
She had begun to wonder why she had never seemed to belong
|
|
to anyone even when her father and mother had been alive.
|
|
Other children seemed to belong to their fathers and mothers,
|
|
but she had never seemed to really be anyone's little girl.
|
|
She had had servants, and food and clothes, but no one
|
|
had taken any notice of her. She did not know that this
|
|
was because she was a disagreeable child; but then,
|
|
of course, she did not know she was disagreeable.
|
|
She often thought that other people were, but she did not
|
|
know that she was so herself.
|
|
|
|
She thought Mrs. Medlock the most disagreeable person
|
|
she had ever seen, with her common, highly colored face
|
|
and her common fine bonnet. When the next day they set
|
|
out on their journey to Yorkshire, she walked through
|
|
the station to the railway carriage with her head up
|
|
and trying to keep as far away from her as she could,
|
|
because she did not want to seem to belong to her.
|
|
It would have made her angry to think people imagined she
|
|
was her little girl.
|
|
|
|
But Mrs. Medlock was not in the least disturbed by her
|
|
and her thoughts. She was the kind of woman who would
|
|
"stand no nonsense from young ones." At least, that is
|
|
what she would have said if she had been asked. She had
|
|
not wanted to go to London just when her sister Maria's
|
|
daughter was going to be married, but she had a comfortable,
|
|
well paid place as housekeeper at Misselthwaite Manor
|
|
and the only way in which she could keep it was to do
|
|
at once what Mr. Archibald Craven told her to do.
|
|
She never dared even to ask a question.
|
|
|
|
"Captain Lennox and his wife died of the cholera,"
|
|
Mr. Craven had said in his short, cold way. "Captain Lennox
|
|
was my wife's brother and I am their daughter's guardian.
|
|
The child is to be brought here. You must go to London
|
|
and bring her yourself."
|
|
|
|
So she packed her small trunk and made the journey.
|
|
|
|
Mary sat in her corner of the railway carriage and looked
|
|
plain and fretful. She had nothing to read or to look at,
|
|
and she had folded her thin little black-gloved hands in
|
|
her lap. Her black dress made her look yellower than ever,
|
|
and her limp light hair straggled from under her black
|
|
crepe hat.
|
|
|
|
"A more marred-looking young one I never saw in my life,"
|
|
Mrs. Medlock thought. (Marred is a Yorkshire word and
|
|
means spoiled and pettish.) She had never seen a child
|
|
who sat so still without doing anything; and at last she
|
|
got tired of watching her and began to talk in a brisk,
|
|
hard voice.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose I may as well tell you something about where
|
|
you are going to," she said. "Do you know anything
|
|
about your uncle?"
|
|
|
|
"No," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Never heard your father and mother talk about him?"
|
|
|
|
"No," said Mary frowning. She frowned because she
|
|
remembered that her father and mother had never talked
|
|
to her about anything in particular. Certainly they
|
|
had never told her things.
|
|
|
|
"Humph," muttered Mrs. Medlock, staring at her queer,
|
|
unresponsive little face. She did not say any more for
|
|
a few moments and then she began again.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose you might as well be told something--to
|
|
prepare you. You are going to a queer place."
|
|
|
|
Mary said nothing at all, and Mrs. Medlock looked rather
|
|
discomfited by her apparent indifference, but, after taking
|
|
a breath, she went on.
|
|
|
|
"Not but that it's a grand big place in a gloomy way,
|
|
and Mr. Craven's proud of it in his way--and that's
|
|
gloomy enough, too. The house is six hundred years old
|
|
and it's on the edge of the moor, and there's near a hundred
|
|
rooms in it, though most of them's shut up and locked.
|
|
And there's pictures and fine old furniture and things
|
|
that's been there for ages, and there's a big park round
|
|
it and gardens and trees with branches trailing to the
|
|
ground--some of them." She paused and took another breath.
|
|
"But there's nothing else," she ended suddenly.
|
|
|
|
Mary had begun to listen in spite of herself. It all sounded
|
|
so unlike India, and anything new rather attracted her.
|
|
But she did not intend to look as if she were interested.
|
|
That was one of her unhappy, disagreeable ways. So she
|
|
sat still.
|
|
|
|
"Well," said Mrs. Medlock. "What do you think of it?"
|
|
|
|
"Nothing," she answered. "I know nothing about such places."
|
|
|
|
That made Mrs. Medlock laugh a short sort of laugh.
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" she said, "but you are like an old woman.
|
|
Don't you care?"
|
|
|
|
"It doesn't matter" said Mary, "whether I care or not."
|
|
|
|
"You are right enough there," said Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
"It doesn't. What you're to be kept at Misselthwaite Manor
|
|
for I don't know, unless because it's the easiest way.
|
|
He's not going to trouble himself about you, that's sure
|
|
and certain. He never troubles himself about no one."
|
|
|
|
She stopped herself as if she had just remembered something
|
|
in time.
|
|
|
|
"He's got a crooked back," she said. "That set him wrong.
|
|
He was a sour young man and got no good of all his money
|
|
and big place till he was married."
|
|
|
|
Mary's eyes turned toward her in spite of her intention
|
|
not to seem to care. She had never thought of the
|
|
hunchback's being married and she was a trifle surprised.
|
|
Mrs. Medlock saw this, and as she was a talkative woman
|
|
she continued with more interest. This was one way
|
|
of passing some of the time, at any rate.
|
|
|
|
"She was a sweet, pretty thing and he'd have walked
|
|
the world over to get her a blade o' grass she wanted.
|
|
Nobody thought she'd marry him, but she did,
|
|
and people said she married him for his money.
|
|
But she didn't--she didn't," positively. "When she died--"
|
|
|
|
Mary gave a little involuntary jump.
|
|
|
|
"Oh! did she die!" she exclaimed, quite without meaning to.
|
|
She had just remembered a French fairy story she had once
|
|
read called "Riquet a la Houppe." It had been about a poor
|
|
hunchback and a beautiful princess and it had made her
|
|
suddenly sorry for Mr. Archibald Craven.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, she died," Mrs. Medlock answered. "And it
|
|
made him queerer than ever. He cares about nobody.
|
|
He won't see people. Most of the time he goes away,
|
|
and when he is at Misselthwaite he shuts himself up in
|
|
the West Wing and won't let any one but Pitcher see him.
|
|
Pitcher's an old fellow, but he took care of him when he
|
|
was a child and he knows his ways."
|
|
|
|
It sounded like something in a book and it did not make
|
|
Mary feel cheerful. A house with a hundred rooms,
|
|
nearly all shut up and with their doors locked--a house on
|
|
the edge of a moor--whatsoever a moor was--sounded dreary.
|
|
A man with a crooked back who shut himself up also! She
|
|
stared out of the window with her lips pinched together,
|
|
and it seemed quite natural that the rain should have begun
|
|
to pour down in gray slanting lines and splash and stream
|
|
down the window-panes. If the pretty wife had been alive
|
|
she might have made things cheerful by being something
|
|
like her own mother and by running in and out and going
|
|
to parties as she had done in frocks "full of lace."
|
|
But she was not there any more.
|
|
|
|
"You needn't expect to see him, because ten to one you won't,"
|
|
said Mrs. Medlock. "And you mustn't expect that there
|
|
will be people to talk to you. You'll have to play
|
|
about and look after yourself. You'll be told what rooms
|
|
you can go into and what rooms you're to keep out of.
|
|
There's gardens enough. But when you're in the house
|
|
don't go wandering and poking about. Mr. Craven won't
|
|
have it."
|
|
|
|
"I shall not want to go poking about," said sour little
|
|
Mary and just as suddenly as she had begun to be rather
|
|
sorry for Mr. Archibald Craven she began to cease to be
|
|
sorry and to think he was unpleasant enough to deserve
|
|
all that had happened to him.
|
|
|
|
And she turned her face toward the streaming panes of the
|
|
window of the railway carriage and gazed out at the gray
|
|
rain-storm which looked as if it would go on forever and ever.
|
|
She watched it so long and steadily that the grayness
|
|
grew heavier and heavier before her eyes and she fell asleep.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER III
|
|
|
|
ACROSS THE MOOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
She slept a long time, and when she awakened Mrs. Medlock
|
|
had bought a lunchbasket at one of the stations and they
|
|
had some chicken and cold beef and bread and butter and
|
|
some hot tea. The rain seemed to be streaming down more
|
|
heavily than ever and everybody in the station wore wet
|
|
and glistening waterproofs. The guard lighted the lamps
|
|
in the carriage, and Mrs. Medlock cheered up very much
|
|
over her tea and chicken and beef. She ate a great deal
|
|
and afterward fell asleep herself, and Mary sat and stared
|
|
at her and watched her fine bonnet slip on one side until she
|
|
herself fell asleep once more in the corner of the carriage,
|
|
lulled by the splashing of the rain against the windows.
|
|
It was quite dark when she awakened again. The train
|
|
had stopped at a station and Mrs. Medlock was shaking her.
|
|
|
|
"You have had a sleep!" she said. "It's time to open
|
|
your eyes! We're at Thwaite Station and we've got a long
|
|
drive before us."
|
|
|
|
Mary stood up and tried to keep her eyes open while
|
|
Mrs. Medlock collected her parcels. The little
|
|
girl did not offer to help her, because in India
|
|
native servants always picked up or carried things
|
|
and it seemed quite proper that other people should wait on one.
|
|
|
|
The station was a small one and nobody but themselves
|
|
seemed to be getting out of the train. The station-master
|
|
spoke to Mrs. Medlock in a rough, good-natured way,
|
|
pronouncing his words in a queer broad fashion which Mary
|
|
found out afterward was Yorkshire.
|
|
|
|
"I see tha's got back," he said. "An' tha's browt th'
|
|
young 'un with thee."
|
|
|
|
"Aye, that's her," answered Mrs. Medlock, speaking with
|
|
a Yorkshire accent herself and jerking her head over
|
|
her shoulder toward Mary. "How's thy Missus?"
|
|
|
|
"Well enow. Th' carriage is waitin' outside for thee."
|
|
|
|
A brougham stood on the road before the little
|
|
outside platform. Mary saw that it was a smart carriage
|
|
and that it was a smart footman who helped her in.
|
|
His long waterproof coat and the waterproof covering of his
|
|
hat were shining and dripping with rain as everything was,
|
|
the burly station-master included.
|
|
|
|
When he shut the door, mounted the box with the coachman,
|
|
and they drove off, the little girlfound herself seated
|
|
in a comfortably cushioned corner, but she was not inclined
|
|
to go to sleep again. She sat and looked out of the window,
|
|
curious to see something of the road over which she
|
|
was being driven to the queer place Mrs. Medlock had
|
|
spoken of. She was not at all a timid child and she was
|
|
not exactly frightened, but she felt that there was no
|
|
knowing what might happen in a house with a hundred rooms
|
|
nearly all shut up--a house standing on the edge of a moor.
|
|
|
|
"What is a moor?" she said suddenly to Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
|
|
"Look out of the window in about ten minutes and you'll see,"
|
|
the woman answered. "We've got to drive five miles across
|
|
Missel Moor before we get to the Manor. You won't see
|
|
much because it's a dark night, but you can see something."
|
|
|
|
Mary asked no more questions but waited in the darkness
|
|
of her corner, keeping her eyes on the window. The carriage
|
|
lamps cast rays of light a little distance ahead of them
|
|
and she caught glimpses of the things they passed.
|
|
After they had left the station they had driven through a
|
|
tiny village and she had seen whitewashed cottages and the
|
|
lights of a public house. Then they had passed a church
|
|
and a vicarage and a little shop-window or so in a cottage
|
|
with toys and sweets and odd things set our for sale.
|
|
Then they were on the highroad and she saw hedges and trees.
|
|
After that there seemed nothing different for a long
|
|
time--or at least it seemed a long time to her.
|
|
|
|
At last the horses began to go more slowly, as if they
|
|
were climbing up-hill, and presently there seemed to be
|
|
no more hedges and no more trees. She could see nothing,
|
|
in fact, but a dense darkness on either side. She leaned
|
|
forward and pressed her face against the window just
|
|
as the carriage gave a big jolt.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! We're on the moor now sure enough," said Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
|
|
The carriage lamps shed a yellow light on a rough-looking
|
|
road which seemed to be cut through bushes and low-growing
|
|
things which ended in the great expanse of dark apparently
|
|
spread out before and around them. A wind was rising
|
|
and making a singular, wild, low, rushing sound.
|
|
|
|
"It's--it's not the sea, is it?" said Mary, looking round
|
|
at her companion.
|
|
|
|
"No, not it," answered Mrs. Medlock. "Nor it isn't fields
|
|
nor mountains, it's just miles and miles and miles of wild
|
|
land that nothing grows on but heather and gorse and broom,
|
|
and nothing lives on but wild ponies and sheep."
|
|
|
|
"I feel as if it might be the sea, if there were water
|
|
on it," said Mary. "It sounds like the sea just now."
|
|
|
|
"That's the wind blowing through the bushes," Mrs. Medlock said.
|
|
"It's a wild, dreary enough place to my mind, though there's
|
|
plenty that likes it--particularly when the heather's in bloom."
|
|
|
|
On and on they drove through the darkness, and though
|
|
the rain stopped, the wind rushed by and whistled and made
|
|
strange sounds. The road went up and down, and several
|
|
times the carriage passed over a little bridge beneath
|
|
which water rushed very fast with a great deal of noise.
|
|
Mary felt as if the drive would never come to an end
|
|
and that the wide, bleak moor was a wide expanse of black
|
|
ocean through which she was passing on a strip of dry land.
|
|
|
|
"I don't like it," she said to herself. "I don't like it,"
|
|
and she pinched her thin lips more tightly together.
|
|
|
|
The horses were climbing up a hilly piece of road
|
|
when she first caught sight of a light. Mrs. Medlock
|
|
saw it as soon as she did and drew a long sigh of relief.
|
|
|
|
"Eh, I am glad to see that bit o' light twinkling,"
|
|
she exclaimed. "It's the light in the lodge window.
|
|
We shall get a good cup of tea after a bit, at all events."
|
|
|
|
It was "after a bit," as she said, for when the carriage
|
|
passed through the park gates there was still two miles
|
|
of avenue to drive through and the trees (which nearly
|
|
met overhead) made it seem as if they were driving
|
|
through a long dark vault.
|
|
|
|
They drove out of the vault into a clear space
|
|
and stopped before an immensely long but low-built
|
|
house which seemed to ramble round a stone court.
|
|
At first Mary thought that there were no lights at all
|
|
in the windows, but as she got out of the carriage
|
|
she saw that one room in a corner upstairs showed a dull glow.
|
|
|
|
The entrance door was a huge one made of massive, curiously
|
|
shaped panels of oak studded with big iron nails and bound
|
|
with great iron bars. It opened into an enormous hall,
|
|
which was so dimly lighted that the faces in the portraits
|
|
on the walls and the figures in the suits of armor
|
|
made Mary feel that she did not want to look at them.
|
|
As she stood on the stone floor she looked a very small,
|
|
odd little black figure, and she felt as small and lost
|
|
and odd as she looked.
|
|
|
|
A neat, thin old man stood near the manservant who opened
|
|
the door for them.
|
|
|
|
"You are to take her to her room," he said in a husky voice.
|
|
"He doesn't want to see her. He's going to London
|
|
in the morning."
|
|
|
|
"Very well, Mr. Pitcher," Mrs. Medlock answered.
|
|
"So long as I know what's expected of me, I can manage."
|
|
|
|
"What's expected of you, Mrs. Medlock," Mr. Pitcher said,
|
|
"is that you make sure that he's not disturbed and that he
|
|
doesn't see what he doesn't want to see."
|
|
|
|
And then Mary Lennox was led up a broad staircase
|
|
and down a long corridor and up a short flight
|
|
of steps and through another corridor and another,
|
|
until a door opened in a wall and she found herself
|
|
in a room with a fire in it and a supper on a table.
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Medlock said unceremoniously:
|
|
|
|
"Well, here you are! This room and the next are where you'll
|
|
live--and you must keep to them. Don't you forget that!"
|
|
|
|
It was in this way Mistress Mary arrived at Misselthwaite
|
|
Manor and she had perhaps never felt quite so contrary
|
|
in all her life.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER IV
|
|
|
|
MARTHA
|
|
|
|
|
|
When she opened her eyes in the morning it was because
|
|
a young housemaid had come into her room to light
|
|
the fire and was kneeling on the hearth-rug raking
|
|
out the cinders noisily. Mary lay and watched her for
|
|
a few moments and then began to look about the room.
|
|
She had never seen a room at all like it and thought it
|
|
curious and gloomy. The walls were covered with tapestry
|
|
with a forest scene embroidered on it. There were
|
|
fantastically dressed people under the trees and in the
|
|
distance there was a glimpse of the turrets of a castle.
|
|
There were hunters and horses and dogs and ladies.
|
|
Mary felt as if she were in the forest with them.
|
|
Out of a deep window she could see a great climbing
|
|
stretch of land which seemed to have no trees on it,
|
|
and to look rather like an endless, dull, purplish sea.
|
|
|
|
"What is that?" she said, pointing out of the window.
|
|
|
|
Martha, the young housemaid, who had just risen to her feet,
|
|
looked and pointed also. "That there?" she said.
|
|
|
|
"Yes."
|
|
|
|
"That's th' moor," with a good-natured grin. "Does tha'
|
|
like it?"
|
|
|
|
"No," answered Mary. "I hate it."
|
|
|
|
"That's because tha'rt not used to it," Martha said,
|
|
going back to her hearth. "Tha' thinks it's too big an'
|
|
bare now. But tha' will like it."
|
|
|
|
"Do you?" inquired Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Aye, that I do," answered Martha, cheerfully polishing
|
|
away at the grate. "I just love it. It's none bare.
|
|
It's covered wi' growin' things as smells sweet.
|
|
It's fair lovely in spring an' summer when th' gorse an'
|
|
broom an' heather's in flower. It smells o' honey an'
|
|
there's such a lot o' fresh air--an' th' sky looks
|
|
so high an' th' bees an' skylarks makes such a nice
|
|
noise hummin' an' singin'. Eh! I wouldn't live away from th'
|
|
moor for anythin'."
|
|
|
|
Mary listened to her with a grave, puzzled expression.
|
|
The native servants she had been used to in India
|
|
were not in the least like this. They were obsequious
|
|
and servile and did not presume to talk to their masters
|
|
as if they were their equals. They made salaams and called
|
|
them "protector of the poor" and names of that sort.
|
|
Indian servants were commanded to do things, not asked.
|
|
It was not the custom to say "please" and "thank you"
|
|
and Mary had always slapped her Ayah in the face when she
|
|
was angry. She wondered a little what this girl would
|
|
do if one slapped her in the face. She was a round,
|
|
rosy, good-natured-looking creature, but she had a sturdy
|
|
way which made Mistress Mary wonder if she might not
|
|
even slap back--if the person who slapped her was only a
|
|
little girl.
|
|
|
|
"You are a strange servant," she said from her pillows,
|
|
rather haughtily.
|
|
|
|
Martha sat up on her heels, with her blackingbrush in her hand,
|
|
and laughed, without seeming the least out of temper.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! I know that," she said. "If there was a grand Missus
|
|
at Misselthwaite I should never have been even one of th'
|
|
under house-maids. I might have been let to be scullerymaid
|
|
but I'd never have been let upstairs. I'm too common an'
|
|
I talk too much Yorkshire. But this is a funny house for
|
|
all it's so grand. Seems like there's neither Master nor
|
|
Mistress except Mr. Pitcher an' Mrs. Medlock. Mr. Craven,
|
|
he won't be troubled about anythin' when he's here, an'
|
|
he's nearly always away. Mrs. Medlock gave me th'
|
|
place out o' kindness. She told me she could never have
|
|
done it if Misselthwaite had been like other big houses."
|
|
"Are you going to be my servant?" Mary asked, still in her
|
|
imperious little Indian way.
|
|
|
|
Martha began to rub her grate again.
|
|
|
|
"I'm Mrs. Medlock's servant," she said stoutly.
|
|
"An' she's Mr. Craven's--but I'm to do the housemaid's
|
|
work up here an' wait on you a bit. But you won't need
|
|
much waitin' on."
|
|
|
|
"Who is going to dress me?" demanded Mary.
|
|
|
|
Martha sat up on her heels again and stared. She spoke
|
|
in broad Yorkshire in her amazement.
|
|
|
|
"Canna' tha' dress thysen!" she said.
|
|
|
|
"What do you mean? I don't understand your language,"
|
|
said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! I forgot," Martha said. "Mrs. Medlock told me I'd
|
|
have to be careful or you wouldn't know what I was sayin'.
|
|
I mean can't you put on your own clothes?"
|
|
|
|
"No," answered Mary, quite indignantly. "I never did
|
|
in my life. My Ayah dressed me, of course."
|
|
|
|
"Well," said Martha, evidently not in the least aware
|
|
that she was impudent, "it's time tha' should learn.
|
|
Tha' cannot begin younger. It'll do thee good to wait
|
|
on thysen a bit. My mother always said she couldn't
|
|
see why grand people's children didn't turn out fair
|
|
fools--what with nurses an' bein' washed an' dressed an'
|
|
took out to walk as if they was puppies!"
|
|
|
|
"It is different in India," said Mistress Mary disdainfully.
|
|
She could scarcely stand this.
|
|
|
|
But Martha was not at all crushed.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! I can see it's different," she answered almost
|
|
sympathetically. "I dare say it's because there's such
|
|
a lot o' blacks there instead o' respectable white people.
|
|
When I heard you was comin' from India I thought you was a black too."
|
|
|
|
Mary sat up in bed furious.
|
|
|
|
"What!" she said. "What! You thought I was a native.
|
|
You--you daughter of a pig!"
|
|
|
|
Martha stared and looked hot.
|
|
|
|
"Who are you callin' names?" she said. "You needn't be
|
|
so vexed. That's not th' way for a young lady to talk.
|
|
I've nothin' against th' blacks. When you read about 'em
|
|
in tracts they're always very religious. You always read
|
|
as a black's a man an' a brother. I've never seen a black an'
|
|
I was fair pleased to think I was goin' to see one close.
|
|
When I come in to light your fire this mornin' I crep'
|
|
up to your bed an' pulled th' cover back careful to look
|
|
at you. An' there you was," disappointedly, "no more black
|
|
than me--for all you're so yeller."
|
|
|
|
Mary did not even try to control her rage and humiliation.
|
|
"You thought I was a native! You dared! You don't know
|
|
anything about natives! They are not people--they're servants
|
|
who must salaam to you. You know nothing about India.
|
|
You know nothing about anything!"
|
|
|
|
She was in such a rage and felt so helpless before the girl's
|
|
simple stare, and somehow she suddenly felt so horribly
|
|
lonely and far away from everything she understood
|
|
and which understood her, that she threw herself face
|
|
downward on the pillows and burst into passionate sobbing.
|
|
She sobbed so unrestrainedly that good-natured Yorkshire
|
|
Martha was a little frightened and quite sorry for her.
|
|
She went to the bed and bent over her.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! you mustn't cry like that there!" she begged.
|
|
"You mustn't for sure. I didn't know you'd be vexed.
|
|
I don't know anythin' about anythin'--just like you said.
|
|
I beg your pardon, Miss. Do stop cryin'."
|
|
|
|
There was something comforting and really friendly in her
|
|
queer Yorkshire speech and sturdy way which had a good effect
|
|
on Mary. She gradually ceased crying and became quiet.
|
|
Martha looked relieved.
|
|
|
|
"It's time for thee to get up now," she said.
|
|
"Mrs. Medlock said I was to carry tha' breakfast an'
|
|
tea an' dinner into th' room next to this. It's been
|
|
made into a nursery for thee. I'll help thee on with thy
|
|
clothes if tha'll get out o' bed. If th' buttons are at th'
|
|
back tha' cannot button them up tha'self."
|
|
|
|
When Mary at last decided to get up, the clothes Martha
|
|
took from the wardrobe were not the ones she had worn
|
|
when she arrived the night before with Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
|
|
"Those are not mine," she said. "Mine are black."
|
|
|
|
She looked the thick white wool coat and dress over,
|
|
and added with cool approval:
|
|
|
|
"Those are nicer than mine."
|
|
|
|
"These are th' ones tha' must put on," Martha answered.
|
|
"Mr. Craven ordered Mrs. Medlock to get 'em in London.
|
|
He said `I won't have a child dressed in black wanderin'
|
|
about like a lost soul,' he said. `It'd make the place
|
|
sadder than it is. Put color on her.' Mother she said she
|
|
knew what he meant. Mother always knows what a body means.
|
|
She doesn't hold with black hersel'."
|
|
|
|
"I hate black things," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
The dressing process was one which taught them both something.
|
|
Martha had "buttoned up" her little sisters and brothers but she
|
|
had never seen a child who stood still and waited for another
|
|
person to do things for her as if she had neither hands nor feet of her own.
|
|
|
|
"Why doesn't tha' put on tha' own shoes?" she said
|
|
when Mary quietly held out her foot.
|
|
|
|
"My Ayah did it," answered Mary, staring. "It was the custom."
|
|
|
|
She said that very often--"It was the custom." The native
|
|
servants were always saying it. If one told them to do
|
|
a thing their ancestors had not done for a thousand years
|
|
they gazed at one mildly and said, "It is not the custom"
|
|
and one knew that was the end of the matter.
|
|
|
|
It had not been the custom that Mistress Mary should
|
|
do anything but stand and allow herself to be dressed
|
|
like a doll, but before she was ready for breakfast she
|
|
began to suspect that her life at Misselthwaite Manor
|
|
would end by teaching her a number of things quite
|
|
new to her--things such as putting on her own shoes
|
|
and stockings, and picking up things she let fall.
|
|
If Martha had been a well-trained fine young lady's maid
|
|
she would have been more subservient and respectful and
|
|
would have known that it was her business to brush hair,
|
|
and button boots, and pick things up and lay them away.
|
|
She was, however, only an untrained Yorkshire rustic
|
|
who had been brought up in a moorland cottage with a
|
|
swarm of little brothers and sisters who had never
|
|
dreamed of doing anything but waiting on themselves
|
|
and on the younger ones who were either babies in arms
|
|
or just learning to totter about and tumble over things.
|
|
|
|
If Mary Lennox had been a child who was ready to be amused
|
|
she would perhaps have laughed at Martha's readiness to talk,
|
|
but Mary only listened to her coldly and wondered at her
|
|
freedom of manner. At first she was not at all interested,
|
|
but gradually, as the girl rattled on in her good-tempered,
|
|
homely way, Mary began to notice what she was saying.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! you should see 'em all," she said. "There's twelve
|
|
of us an' my father only gets sixteen shilling a week. I can
|
|
tell you my mother's put to it to get porridge for 'em all.
|
|
They tumble about on th' moor an' play there all day an'
|
|
mother says th' air of th' moor fattens 'em. She says she
|
|
believes they eat th' grass same as th' wild ponies do.
|
|
Our Dickon, he's twelve years old and he's got a young pony
|
|
he calls his own."
|
|
|
|
"Where did he get it?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
"He found it on th' moor with its mother when it was
|
|
a little one an' he began to make friends with it an'
|
|
give it bits o' bread an' pluck young grass for it.
|
|
And it got to like him so it follows him about an'
|
|
it lets him get on its back. Dickon's a kind lad an'
|
|
animals likes him."
|
|
|
|
Mary had never possessed an animal pet of her own
|
|
and had always thought she should like one. So she
|
|
began to feel a slight interest in Dickon, and as she
|
|
had never before been interested in any one but herself,
|
|
it was the dawning of a healthy sentiment. When she went
|
|
into the room which had been made into a nursery for her,
|
|
she found that it was rather like the one she had slept in.
|
|
It was not a child's room, but a grown-up person's room,
|
|
with gloomy old pictures on the walls and heavy old
|
|
oak chairs. A table in the center was set with a good
|
|
substantial breakfast. But she had always had a very
|
|
small appetite, and she looked with something more than
|
|
indifference at the first plate Martha set before her.
|
|
|
|
"I don't want it," she said.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' doesn't want thy porridge!" Martha exclaimed incredulously.
|
|
|
|
"No."
|
|
|
|
"Tha' doesn't know how good it is. Put a bit o'
|
|
treacle on it or a bit o' sugar."
|
|
|
|
"I don't want it," repeated Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" said Martha. "I can't abide to see good victuals
|
|
go to waste. If our children was at this table they'd
|
|
clean it bare in five minutes."
|
|
|
|
"Why?" said Mary coldly. "Why!" echoed Martha. "Because they
|
|
scarce ever had their stomachs full in their lives.
|
|
They're as hungry as young hawks an' foxes."
|
|
|
|
"I don't know what it is to be hungry," said Mary,
|
|
with the indifference of ignorance.
|
|
|
|
Martha looked indignant.
|
|
|
|
"Well, it would do thee good to try it. I can see
|
|
that plain enough," she said outspokenly. "I've no
|
|
patience with folk as sits an' just stares at good
|
|
bread an' meat. My word! don't I wish Dickon and Phil an'
|
|
Jane an' th' rest of 'em had what's here under their pinafores."
|
|
|
|
"Why don't you take it to them?" suggested Mary.
|
|
|
|
"It's not mine," answered Martha stoutly. "An' this
|
|
isn't my day out. I get my day out once a month same
|
|
as th' rest. Then I go home an' clean up for mother an'
|
|
give her a day's rest."
|
|
|
|
Mary drank some tea and ate a little toast and some marmalade.
|
|
|
|
"You wrap up warm an' run out an' play you," said Martha.
|
|
"It'll do you good and give you some stomach for your meat."
|
|
|
|
Mary went to the window. There were gardens and paths
|
|
and big trees, but everything looked dull and wintry.
|
|
|
|
"Out? Why should I go out on a day like this?" "Well, if tha'
|
|
doesn't go out tha'lt have to stay in, an' what has tha'
|
|
got to do?"
|
|
|
|
Mary glanced about her. There was nothing to do.
|
|
When Mrs. Medlock had prepared the nursery she had not
|
|
thought of amusement. Perhaps it would be better to go
|
|
and see what the gardens were like.
|
|
|
|
"Who will go with me?" she inquired.
|
|
|
|
Martha stared.
|
|
|
|
"You'll go by yourself," she answered. "You'll have to
|
|
learn to play like other children does when they haven't
|
|
got sisters and brothers. Our Dickon goes off on th'
|
|
moor by himself an' plays for hours. That's how he made
|
|
friends with th' pony. He's got sheep on th' moor that
|
|
knows him, an' birds as comes an' eats out of his hand.
|
|
However little there is to eat, he always saves a bit o'
|
|
his bread to coax his pets."
|
|
|
|
It was really this mention of Dickon which made Mary decide
|
|
to go out, though she was not aware of it. There would be,
|
|
birds outside though there would not be ponies or sheep.
|
|
They would be different from the birds in India and it
|
|
might amuse her to look at them.
|
|
|
|
Martha found her coat and hat for her and a pair of stout
|
|
little boots and she showed her her way downstairs.
|
|
|
|
"If tha' goes round that way tha'll come to th' gardens,"
|
|
she said, pointing to a gate in a wall of shrubbery.
|
|
"There's lots o' flowers in summer-time, but there's
|
|
nothin' bloomin' now." She seemed to hesitate a second
|
|
before she added, "One of th' gardens is locked up.
|
|
No one has been in it for ten years."
|
|
|
|
"Why?" asked Mary in spite of herself. Here was another
|
|
locked door added to the hundred in the strange house.
|
|
|
|
"Mr. Craven had it shut when his wife died so sudden.
|
|
He won't let no one go inside. It was her garden.
|
|
He locked th' door an' dug a hole and buried th' key.
|
|
There's Mrs. Medlock's bell ringing--I must run."
|
|
|
|
After she was gone Mary turned down the walk which led
|
|
to the door in the shrubbery. She could not help thinking
|
|
about the garden which no one had been into for ten years.
|
|
She wondered what it would look like and whether there
|
|
were any flowers still alive in it. When she had passed
|
|
through the shrubbery gate she found herself in great gardens,
|
|
with wide lawns and winding walks with clipped borders.
|
|
There were trees, and flower-beds, and evergreens clipped
|
|
into strange shapes, and a large pool with an old gray
|
|
fountain in its midst. But the flower-beds were bare
|
|
and wintry and the fountain was not playing. This was not
|
|
the garden which was shut up. How could a garden be shut
|
|
up? You could always walk into a garden.
|
|
|
|
She was just thinking this when she saw that, at the end
|
|
of the path she was following, there seemed to be a
|
|
long wall, with ivy growing over it. She was not familiar
|
|
enough with England to know that she was coming upon the
|
|
kitchen-gardens where the vegetables and fruit were growing.
|
|
She went toward the wall and found that there was a green
|
|
door in the ivy, and that it stood open. This was
|
|
not the closed garden, evidently, and she could go into it.
|
|
|
|
She went through the door and found that it was a garden
|
|
with walls all round it and that it was only one of several
|
|
walled gardens which seemed to open into one another.
|
|
She saw another open green door, revealing bushes and
|
|
pathways between beds containing winter vegetables.
|
|
Fruit-trees were trained flat against the wall,
|
|
and over some of the beds there were glass frames.
|
|
The place was bare and ugly enough, Mary thought, as she
|
|
stood and stared about her. It might be nicer in summer
|
|
when things were green, but there was nothing pretty about
|
|
it now.
|
|
|
|
Presently an old man with a spade over his shoulder walked
|
|
through the door leading from the second garden. He looked
|
|
startled when he saw Mary, and then touched his cap.
|
|
He had a surly old face, and did not seem at all pleased
|
|
to see her--but then she was displeased with his garden
|
|
and wore her "quite contrary" expression, and certainly
|
|
did not seem at all pleased to see him.
|
|
|
|
"What is this place?" she asked.
|
|
|
|
"One o' th' kitchen-gardens," he answered.
|
|
|
|
"What is that?" said Mary, pointing through the other
|
|
green door.
|
|
|
|
"Another of 'em," shortly. "There's another on t'other
|
|
side o' th' wall an' there's th' orchard t'other side o' that."
|
|
|
|
"Can I go in them?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
"If tha' likes. But there's nowt to see."
|
|
|
|
Mary made no response. She went down the path and through
|
|
the second green door. There, she found more walls
|
|
and winter vegetables and glass frames, but in the second
|
|
wall there was another green door and it was not open.
|
|
Perhaps it led into the garden which no one had seen for
|
|
ten years. As she was not at all a timid child and always
|
|
did what she wanted to do, Mary went to the green door
|
|
and turned the handle. She hoped the door would not open
|
|
because she wanted to be sure she had found the mysterious
|
|
garden--but it did open quite easily and she walked
|
|
through it and found herself in an orchard. There were
|
|
walls all round it also and trees trained against them,
|
|
and there were bare fruit-trees growing in the winter-browned
|
|
grass--but there was no green door to be seen anywhere.
|
|
Mary looked for it, and yet when she had entered the
|
|
upper end of the garden she had noticed that the wall
|
|
did not seem to end with the orchard but to extend
|
|
beyond it as if it enclosed a place at the other side.
|
|
She could see the tops of trees above the wall,
|
|
and when she stood still she saw a bird with a bright
|
|
red breast sitting on the topmost branch of one of them,
|
|
and suddenly he burst into his winter song--almost
|
|
as if he had caught sight of her and was calling to her.
|
|
|
|
She stopped and listened to him and somehow his cheerful,
|
|
friendly little whistle gave her a pleased feeling--even
|
|
a disagreeable little girl may be lonely, and the big closed
|
|
house and big bare moor and big bare gardens had made this
|
|
one feel as if there was no one left in the world but herself.
|
|
If she had been an affectionate child, who had been
|
|
used to being loved, she would have broken her heart,
|
|
but even though she was "Mistress Mary Quite Contrary"
|
|
she was desolate, and the bright-breasted little bird
|
|
brought a look into her sour little face which was almost
|
|
a smile. She listened to him until he flew away.
|
|
He was not like an Indian bird and she liked him and
|
|
wondered if she should ever see him again. Perhaps he
|
|
lived in the mysterious garden and knew all about it.
|
|
|
|
Perhaps it was because she had nothing whatever to do
|
|
that she thought so much of the deserted garden. She was
|
|
curious about it and wanted to see what it was like.
|
|
Why had Mr. Archibald Craven buried the key? If he
|
|
had liked his wife so much why did he hate her garden?
|
|
She wondered if she should ever see him, but she knew
|
|
that if she did she should not like him, and he would
|
|
not like her, and that she should only stand and stare
|
|
at him and say nothing, though she should be wanting
|
|
dreadfully to ask him why he had done such a queer thing.
|
|
|
|
"People never like me and I never like people," she thought.
|
|
"And I never can talk as the Crawford children could.
|
|
They were always talking and laughing and making noises."
|
|
|
|
She thought of the robin and of the way he seemed to sing
|
|
his song at her, and as she remembered the tree-top he
|
|
perched on she stopped rather suddenly on the path.
|
|
|
|
"I believe that tree was in the secret garden--I feel sure
|
|
it was," she said. "There was a wall round the place
|
|
and there was no door."
|
|
|
|
She walked back into the first kitchen-garden she had entered
|
|
and found the old man digging there. She went and stood beside
|
|
him and watched him a few moments in her cold little way.
|
|
He took no notice of her and so at last she spoke to him.
|
|
|
|
"I have been into the other gardens," she said.
|
|
|
|
"There was nothin' to prevent thee," he answered crustily.
|
|
|
|
"I went into the orchard."
|
|
|
|
"There was no dog at th' door to bite thee," he answered.
|
|
|
|
"There was no door there into the other garden,"
|
|
said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"What garden?" he said in a rough voice, stopping his
|
|
digging for a moment.
|
|
|
|
"The one on the other side of the wall," answered Mistress Mary.
|
|
"There are trees there--I saw the tops of them. A bird
|
|
with a red breast was sitting on one of them and he sang."
|
|
|
|
To her surprise the surly old weather-beaten face
|
|
actually changed its expression. A slow smile spread
|
|
over it and the gardener looked quite different. It made
|
|
her think that it was curious how much nicer a person
|
|
looked when he smiled. She had not thought of it before.
|
|
|
|
He turned about to the orchard side of his garden and began
|
|
to whistle--a low soft whistle. She could not understand
|
|
how such a surly man could make such a coaxing sound.
|
|
Almost the next moment a wonderful thing happened.
|
|
She heard a soft little rushing flight through the air--and
|
|
it was the bird with the red breast flying to them,
|
|
and he actually alighted on the big clod of earth quite near
|
|
to the gardener's foot.
|
|
|
|
"Here he is," chuckled the old man, and then he spoke
|
|
to the bird as if he were speaking to a child.
|
|
|
|
"Where has tha' been, tha' cheeky little beggar?"
|
|
he said. "I've not seen thee before today. Has tha,
|
|
begun tha' courtin' this early in th' season? Tha'rt
|
|
too forrad."
|
|
|
|
The bird put his tiny head on one side and looked up at him
|
|
with his soft bright eye which was like a black dewdrop.
|
|
He seemed quite familiar and not the least afraid.
|
|
He hopped about and pecked the earth briskly, looking for
|
|
seeds and insects. It actually gave Mary a queer feeling
|
|
in her heart, because he was so pretty and cheerful
|
|
and seemed so like a person. He had a tiny plump body
|
|
and a delicate beak, and slender delicate legs.
|
|
|
|
"Will he always come when you call him?" she asked almost
|
|
in a whisper.
|
|
|
|
"Aye, that he will. I've knowed him ever since he was
|
|
a fledgling. He come out of th' nest in th' other garden an'
|
|
when first he flew over th' wall he was too weak to fly
|
|
back for a few days an' we got friendly. When he went
|
|
over th' wall again th' rest of th' brood was gone an'
|
|
he was lonely an' he come back to me."
|
|
|
|
"What kind of a bird is he?" Mary asked.
|
|
|
|
"Doesn't tha' know? He's a robin redbreast an'
|
|
they're th' friendliest, curiousest birds alive.
|
|
They're almost as friendly as dogs--if you know how to get
|
|
on with 'em. Watch him peckin' about there an' lookin'
|
|
round at us now an' again. He knows we're talkin' about him."
|
|
|
|
It was the queerest thing in the world to see the old fellow.
|
|
He looked at the plump little scarlet-waistcoated bird
|
|
as if he were both proud and fond of him.
|
|
|
|
"He's a conceited one," he chuckled. "He likes to hear
|
|
folk talk about him. An' curious--bless me, there never
|
|
was his like for curiosity an' meddlin'. He's always comin'
|
|
to see what I'm plantin'. He knows all th' things Mester
|
|
Craven never troubles hissel' to find out. He's th'
|
|
head gardener, he is."
|
|
|
|
The robin hopped about busily pecking the soil and now
|
|
and then stopped and looked at them a little. Mary thought
|
|
his black dewdrop eyes gazed at her with great curiosity.
|
|
It really seemed as if he were finding out all about her.
|
|
The queer feeling in her heart increased. "Where did the
|
|
rest of the brood fly to?" she asked.
|
|
|
|
"There's no knowin'. The old ones turn 'em out o' their nest an'
|
|
make 'em fly an' they're scattered before you know it.
|
|
This one was a knowin' one an, he knew he was lonely."
|
|
|
|
Mistress Mary went a step nearer to the robin and looked
|
|
at him very hard.
|
|
|
|
"I'm lonely," she said.
|
|
|
|
She had not known before that this was one of the things
|
|
which made her feel sour and cross. She seemed to find
|
|
it out when the robin looked at her and she looked
|
|
at the robin.
|
|
|
|
The old gardener pushed his cap back on his bald head
|
|
and stared at her a minute.
|
|
|
|
"Art tha' th' little wench from India?" he asked.
|
|
|
|
Mary nodded.
|
|
|
|
"Then no wonder tha'rt lonely. Tha'lt be lonlier before
|
|
tha's done," he said.
|
|
|
|
He began to dig again, driving his spade deep into
|
|
the rich black garden soil while the robin hopped
|
|
about very busily employed.
|
|
|
|
"What is your name?" Mary inquired.
|
|
|
|
He stood up to answer her.
|
|
|
|
"Ben Weatherstaff," he answered, and then he added with a
|
|
surly chuckle, "I'm lonely mysel' except when he's with me,"
|
|
and he jerked his thumb toward the robin. "He's th'
|
|
only friend I've got."
|
|
|
|
"I have no friends at all," said Mary. "I never had.
|
|
My Ayah didn't like me and I never played with any one."
|
|
|
|
It is a Yorkshire habit to say what you think with
|
|
blunt frankness, and old Ben Weatherstaff was a Yorkshire
|
|
moor man.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' an' me are a good bit alike," he said.
|
|
"We was wove out of th' same cloth. We're neither of us
|
|
good lookin' an' we're both of us as sour as we look.
|
|
We've got the same nasty tempers, both of us, I'll warrant."
|
|
|
|
This was plain speaking, and Mary Lennox had never heard
|
|
the truth about herself in her life. Native servants
|
|
always salaamed and submitted to you, whatever you did.
|
|
She had never thought much about her looks, but she wondered
|
|
if she was as unattractive as Ben Weatherstaff and she
|
|
also wondered if she looked as sour as he had looked
|
|
before the robin came. She actually began to wonder
|
|
also if she was "nasty tempered." She felt uncomfortable.
|
|
|
|
Suddenly a clear rippling little sound broke out near
|
|
her and she turned round. She was standing a few feet
|
|
from a young apple-tree and the robin had flown on to one
|
|
of its branches and had burst out into a scrap of a song.
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff laughed outright.
|
|
|
|
"What did he do that for?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
"He's made up his mind to make friends with thee,"
|
|
replied Ben. "Dang me if he hasn't took a fancy to thee."
|
|
|
|
"To me?" said Mary, and she moved toward the little tree
|
|
softly and looked up.
|
|
|
|
"Would you make friends with me?" she said to the robin
|
|
just as if she was speaking to a person. "Would you?"
|
|
And she did not say it either in her hard little voice
|
|
or in her imperious Indian voice, but in a tone so soft
|
|
and eager and coaxing that Ben Weatherstaff was as surprised
|
|
as she had been when she heard him whistle.
|
|
|
|
"Why," he cried out, "tha' said that as nice an' human as
|
|
if tha' was a real child instead of a sharp old woman.
|
|
Tha' said it almost like Dickon talks to his wild things on th' moor."
|
|
|
|
"Do you know Dickon?" Mary asked, turning round rather
|
|
in a hurry.
|
|
|
|
"Everybody knows him. Dickon's wanderin' about everywhere.
|
|
Th' very blackberries an' heather-bells knows him.
|
|
I warrant th' foxes shows him where their cubs
|
|
lies an' th' skylarks doesn't hide their nests from him."
|
|
|
|
Mary would have liked to ask some more questions.
|
|
She was almost as curious about Dickon as she was about
|
|
the deserted garden. But just that moment the robin,
|
|
who had ended his song, gave a little shake of his wings,
|
|
spread them and flew away. He had made his visit and had
|
|
other things to do.
|
|
|
|
"He has flown over the wall!" Mary cried out, watching him.
|
|
"He has flown into the orchard--he has flown across the
|
|
other wall--into the garden where there is no door!"
|
|
|
|
"He lives there," said old Ben. "He came out o' th' egg there.
|
|
If he's courtin', he's makin' up to some young madam
|
|
of a robin that lives among th' old rose-trees there."
|
|
|
|
"Rose-trees," said Mary. "Are there rose-trees?"
|
|
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff took up his spade again and began to dig.
|
|
|
|
"There was ten year' ago," he mumbled.
|
|
|
|
"I should like to see them," said Mary. "Where is
|
|
the green door? There must be a door somewhere."
|
|
|
|
Ben drove his spade deep and looked as uncompanionable
|
|
as he had looked when she first saw him.
|
|
|
|
"There was ten year' ago, but there isn't now," he said.
|
|
|
|
"No door!" cried Mary. "There must be." "None as any
|
|
one can find, an' none as is any one's business.
|
|
Don't you be a meddlesome wench an' poke your nose where
|
|
it's no cause to go. Here, I must go on with my work.
|
|
Get you gone an' play you. I've no more time."
|
|
|
|
And he actually stopped digging, threw his spade over
|
|
his shoulder and walked off, without even glancing
|
|
at her or saying good-by.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER V
|
|
|
|
THE CRY IN THE CORRIDOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
At first each day which passed by for Mary Lennox
|
|
was exactly like the others. Every morning she awoke
|
|
in her tapestried room and found Martha kneeling upon
|
|
the hearth building her fire; every morning she ate her
|
|
breakfast in the nursery which had nothing amusing in it;
|
|
and after each breakfast she gazed out of the window
|
|
across to the huge moor which seemed to spread out on all
|
|
sides and climb up to the sky, and after she had stared
|
|
for a while she realized that if she did not go out she
|
|
would have to stay in and do nothing--and so she went out.
|
|
She did not know that this was the best thing she could
|
|
have done, and she did not know that, when she began to walk
|
|
quickly or even run along the paths and down the avenue,
|
|
she was stirring her slow blood and making herself stronger
|
|
by fighting with the wind which swept down from the moor.
|
|
She ran only to make herself warm, and she hated the wind
|
|
which rushed at her face and roared and held her back
|
|
as if it were some giant she could not see. But the big
|
|
breaths of rough fresh air blown over the heather filled
|
|
her lungs with something which was good for her whole
|
|
thin body and whipped some red color into her cheeks and
|
|
brightened her dull eyes when she did not know anything
|
|
about it.
|
|
|
|
But after a few days spent almost entirely out of doors
|
|
she wakened one morning knowing what it was to be hungry,
|
|
and when she sat down to her breakfast she did not glance
|
|
disdainfully at her porridge and push it away, but took
|
|
up her spoon and began to eat it and went on eating it
|
|
until her bowl was empty.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' got on well enough with that this mornin', didn't tha'?"
|
|
said Martha.
|
|
|
|
"It tastes nice today," said Mary, feeling a little
|
|
surprised her self.
|
|
|
|
"It's th' air of th' moor that's givin' thee stomach
|
|
for tha' victuals," answered Martha. "It's lucky
|
|
for thee that tha's got victuals as well as appetite.
|
|
There's been twelve in our cottage as had th' stomach an'
|
|
nothin' to put in it. You go on playin' you out o'
|
|
doors every day an' you'll get some flesh on your bones an'
|
|
you won't be so yeller."
|
|
|
|
"I don't play," said Mary. "I have nothing to play with."
|
|
|
|
"Nothin' to play with!" exclaimed Martha. "Our children
|
|
plays with sticks and stones. They just runs about an'
|
|
shouts an' looks at things." Mary did not shout,
|
|
but she looked at things. There was nothing else to do.
|
|
She walked round and round the gardens and wandered
|
|
about the paths in the park. Sometimes she looked for
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff, but though several times she saw him
|
|
at work he was too busy to look at her or was too surly.
|
|
Once when she was walking toward him he picked up his spade
|
|
and turned away as if he did it on purpose.
|
|
|
|
One place she went to oftener than to any other.
|
|
It was the long walk outside the gardens with the walls
|
|
round them. There were bare flower-beds on either
|
|
side of it and against the walls ivy grew thickly.
|
|
There was one part of the wall where the creeping dark
|
|
green leaves were more bushy than elsewhere. It seemed
|
|
as if for a long time that part had been neglected.
|
|
The rest of it had been clipped and made to look neat,
|
|
but at this lower end of the walk it had not been trimmed
|
|
at all.
|
|
|
|
A few days after she had talked to Ben Weatherstaff,
|
|
Mary stopped to notice this and wondered why it was so.
|
|
She had just paused and was looking up at a long spray of ivy
|
|
swinging in the wind when she saw a gleam of scarlet and
|
|
heard a brilliant chirp, and there, on the top of the wall,
|
|
forward perched Ben Weatherstaff's robin redbreast,
|
|
tilting forward to look at her with his small head on
|
|
one side.
|
|
|
|
"Oh!" she cried out, "is it you--is it you?" And it
|
|
did not seem at all queer to her that she spoke to him
|
|
as if she were sure that he would understand and answer her.
|
|
|
|
He did answer. He twittered and chirped and hopped along
|
|
the wall as if he were telling her all sorts of things.
|
|
It seemed to Mistress Mary as if she understood him, too,
|
|
though he was not speaking in words. It was as if he
|
|
said:
|
|
|
|
"Good morning! Isn't the wind nice? Isn't the sun nice? Isn't
|
|
everything nice? Let us both chirp and hop and twitter.
|
|
Come on! Come on!"
|
|
|
|
Mary began to laugh, and as he hopped and took little flights
|
|
along the wall she ran after him. Poor little thin, sallow,
|
|
ugly Mary--she actually looked almost pretty for a moment.
|
|
|
|
"I like you! I like you!" she cried out, pattering down the walk;
|
|
and she chirped and tried to whistle, which last she did
|
|
not know how to do in the least. But the robin seemed
|
|
to be quite satisfied and chirped and whistled back at her.
|
|
At last he spread his wings and made a darting flight
|
|
to the top of a tree, where he perched and sang loudly.
|
|
That reminded Mary of the first time she had seen him.
|
|
He had been swinging on a tree-top then and she had been
|
|
standing in the orchard. Now she was on the other side
|
|
of the orchard and standing in the path outside a wall--much
|
|
lower down--and there was the same tree inside.
|
|
|
|
"It's in the garden no one can go into," she said to herself.
|
|
"It's the garden without a door. He lives in there.
|
|
How I wish I could see what it is like!"
|
|
|
|
She ran up the walk to the green door she had entered
|
|
the first morning. Then she ran down the path through
|
|
the other door and then into the orchard, and when she
|
|
stood and looked up there was the tree on the other side
|
|
of the wall, and there was the robin just finishing his
|
|
song and, beginning to preen his feathers with his beak.
|
|
|
|
"It is the garden," she said. "I am sure it is."
|
|
|
|
She walked round and looked closely at that side of the
|
|
orchard wall, but she only found what she had found
|
|
before--that there was no door in it. Then she ran
|
|
through the kitchen-gardens again and out into the walk
|
|
outside the long ivy-covered wall, and she walked to
|
|
the end of it and looked at it, but there was no door;
|
|
and then she walked to the other end, looking again,
|
|
but there was no door.
|
|
|
|
"It's very queer," she said. "Ben Weatherstaff said
|
|
there was no door and there is no door. But there must
|
|
have been one ten years ago, because Mr. Craven buried
|
|
the key."
|
|
|
|
This gave her so much to think of that she began to be
|
|
quite interested and feel that she was not sorry that she
|
|
had come to Misselthwaite Manor. In India she had always
|
|
felt hot and too languid to care much about anything.
|
|
The fact was that the fresh wind from the moor had begun
|
|
to blow the cobwebs out of her young brain and to waken
|
|
her up a little.
|
|
|
|
She stayed out of doors nearly all day, and when she sat
|
|
down to her supper at night she felt hungry and drowsy
|
|
and comfortable. She did not feel cross when Martha
|
|
chattered away. She felt as if she rather liked to hear her,
|
|
and at last she thought she would ask her a question.
|
|
She asked it after she had finished her supper and had sat
|
|
down on the hearth-rug before the fire.
|
|
|
|
"Why did Mr. Craven hate the garden?" she said.
|
|
|
|
She had made Martha stay with her and Martha had not
|
|
objected at all. She was very young, and used to a crowded
|
|
cottage full of brothers and sisters, and she found it
|
|
dull in the great servants' hall downstairs where the
|
|
footman and upper-housemaids made fun of her Yorkshire
|
|
speech and looked upon her as a common little thing,
|
|
and sat and whispered among themselves. Martha liked
|
|
to talk, and the strange child who had lived in India,
|
|
and been waited upon by "blacks," was novelty enough
|
|
to attract her.
|
|
|
|
She sat down on the hearth herself without waiting
|
|
to be asked.
|
|
|
|
"Art tha' thinkin' about that garden yet?" she said.
|
|
"I knew tha' would. That was just the way with me when I
|
|
first heard about it."
|
|
|
|
"Why did he hate it?" Mary persisted.
|
|
|
|
Martha tucked her feet under her and made herself
|
|
quite comfortable.
|
|
|
|
"Listen to th' wind wutherin' round the house," she said.
|
|
"You could bare stand up on the moor if you was out on
|
|
it tonight."
|
|
|
|
Mary did not know what "wutherin'" meant until she listened,
|
|
and then she understood. It must mean that hollow
|
|
shuddering sort of roar which rushed round and round the
|
|
house as if the giant no one could see were buffeting it
|
|
and beating at the walls and windows to try to break in.
|
|
But one knew he could not get in, and somehow it made
|
|
one feel very safe and warm inside a room with a red
|
|
coal fire.
|
|
|
|
"But why did he hate it so?" she asked, after she
|
|
had listened. She intended to know if Martha did.
|
|
|
|
Then Martha gave up her store of knowledge.
|
|
|
|
"Mind," she said, "Mrs. Medlock said it's not to be
|
|
talked about. There's lots o' things in this place that's
|
|
not to be talked over. That's Mr. Craven's orders.
|
|
His troubles are none servants' business, he says.
|
|
But for th' garden he wouldn't be like he is. It was
|
|
Mrs. Craven's garden that she had made when first they
|
|
were married an' she just loved it, an' they used to 'tend
|
|
the flowers themselves. An' none o' th' gardeners was
|
|
ever let to go in. Him an' her used to go in an'
|
|
shut th' door an' stay there hours an' hours, readin'
|
|
and talkin'. An, she was just a bit of a girl an'
|
|
there was an old tree with a branch bent like a seat
|
|
on it. An' she made roses grow over it an' she used
|
|
to sit there. But one day when she was sittin' there th'
|
|
branch broke an' she fell on th' ground an' was hurt
|
|
so bad that next day she died. Th' doctors thought he'd
|
|
go out o' his mind an' die, too. That's why he hates it.
|
|
No one's never gone in since, an' he won't let any one talk
|
|
about it."
|
|
|
|
Mary did not ask any more questions. She looked at
|
|
the red fire and listened to the wind "wutherin'."
|
|
It seemed to be "wutherin'" louder than ever.
|
|
At that moment a very good thing was happening to her.
|
|
Four good things had happened to her, in fact, since she
|
|
came to Misselthwaite Manor. She had felt as if she
|
|
had understood a robin and that he had understood her;
|
|
she had run in the wind until her blood had grown warm;
|
|
she had been healthily hungry for the first time in her life;
|
|
and she had found out what it was to be sorry for some one.
|
|
|
|
But as she was listening to the wind she began to listen
|
|
to something else. She did not know what it was,
|
|
because at first she could scarcely distinguish it from
|
|
the wind itself. It was a curious sound--it seemed almost
|
|
as if a child were crying somewhere. Sometimes the wind
|
|
sounded rather like a child crying, but presently Mistress
|
|
Mary felt quite sure this sound was inside the house,
|
|
not outside it. It was far away, but it was inside.
|
|
She turned round and looked at Martha.
|
|
|
|
"Do you hear any one crying?" she said.
|
|
|
|
Martha suddenly looked confused.
|
|
|
|
"No," she answered. "It's th' wind. Sometimes it
|
|
sounds like as if some one was lost on th' moor an'
|
|
wailin'. It's got all sorts o' sounds."
|
|
|
|
"But listen," said Mary. "It's in the house--down one
|
|
of those long corridors."
|
|
|
|
And at that very moment a door must have been opened
|
|
somewhere downstairs; for a great rushing draft blew along
|
|
the passage and the door of the room they sat in was blown
|
|
open with a crash, and as they both jumped to their feet
|
|
the light was blown out and the crying sound was swept down
|
|
the far corridor so that it was to be heard more plainly than ever.
|
|
|
|
"There!" said Mary. "I told you so! It is some one
|
|
crying--and it isn't a grown-up person."
|
|
|
|
Martha ran and shut the door and turned the key, but before
|
|
she did it they both heard the sound of a door in some far
|
|
passage shutting with a bang, and then everything was quiet,
|
|
for even the wind ceased "wutherin'" for a few moments.
|
|
|
|
"It was th' wind," said Martha stubbornly.
|
|
"An' if it wasn't, it was little Betty Butterworth,
|
|
th' scullery-maid. She's had th' toothache all day."
|
|
|
|
But something troubled and awkward in her manner made
|
|
Mistress Mary stare very hard at her. She did not believe
|
|
she was speaking the truth.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER VI
|
|
|
|
"THERE WAS SOME ONE CRYING--THERE WAS!"
|
|
|
|
|
|
The next day the rain poured down in torrents again,
|
|
and when Mary looked out of her window the moor was almost
|
|
hidden by gray mist and cloud. There could be no going
|
|
out today.
|
|
|
|
"What do you do in your cottage when it rains like this?"
|
|
she asked Martha.
|
|
|
|
"Try to keep from under each other's feet mostly,"
|
|
Martha answered. "Eh! there does seem a lot of us then.
|
|
Mother's a good-tempered woman but she gets fair moithered.
|
|
The biggest ones goes out in th' cow-shed and plays there.
|
|
Dickon he doesn't mind th' wet. He goes out just th'
|
|
same as if th' sun was shinin'. He says he sees things
|
|
on rainy days as doesn't show when it's fair weather.
|
|
He once found a little fox cub half drowned in its hole and he
|
|
brought it home in th' bosom of his shirt to keep it warm.
|
|
Its mother had been killed nearby an' th' hole was swum
|
|
out an' th' rest o' th' litter was dead. He's got it at
|
|
home now. He found a half-drowned young crow another time an'
|
|
he brought it home, too, an' tamed it. It's named Soot
|
|
because it's so black, an' it hops an' flies about with
|
|
him everywhere."
|
|
|
|
The time had come when Mary had forgotten to resent
|
|
Martha's familiar talk. She had even begun to find it
|
|
interesting and to be sorry when she stopped or went away.
|
|
The stories she had been told by her Ayah when she lived
|
|
in India had been quite unlike those Martha had to tell about
|
|
the moorland cottage which held fourteen people who lived
|
|
in four little rooms and never had quite enough to eat.
|
|
The children seemed to tumble about and amuse themselves
|
|
like a litter of rough, good-natured collie puppies.
|
|
Mary was most attracted by the mother and Dickon.
|
|
When Martha told stories of what "mother" said or did they
|
|
always sounded comfortable.
|
|
|
|
"If I had a raven or a fox cub I could play with it,"
|
|
said Mary. "But I have nothing."
|
|
|
|
Martha looked perplexed.
|
|
|
|
"Can tha' knit?" she asked.
|
|
|
|
"No," answered Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Can tha'sew?"
|
|
|
|
"No."
|
|
|
|
"Can tha' read?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes."
|
|
|
|
"Then why doesn't tha, read somethin', or learn a bit o'
|
|
spellin'? Tha'st old enough to be learnin' thy book a good
|
|
bit now."
|
|
|
|
"I haven't any books," said Mary. "Those I had were left
|
|
in India."
|
|
|
|
"That's a pity," said Martha. "If Mrs. Medlock'd let thee
|
|
go into th' library, there's thousands o' books there."
|
|
|
|
Mary did not ask where the library was, because she was
|
|
suddenly inspired by a new idea. She made up her mind
|
|
to go and find it herself. She was not troubled about
|
|
Mrs. Medlock. Mrs. Medlock seemed always to be in her
|
|
comfortable housekeeper's sitting-room downstairs.
|
|
In this queer place one scarcely ever saw any one at all.
|
|
In fact, there was no one to see but the servants,
|
|
and when their master was away they lived a luxurious
|
|
life below stairs, where there was a huge kitchen hung
|
|
about with shining brass and pewter, and a large servants'
|
|
hall where there were four or five abundant meals eaten
|
|
every day, and where a great deal of lively romping went on
|
|
when Mrs. Medlock was out of the way.
|
|
|
|
Mary's meals were served regularly, and Martha waited on her,
|
|
but no one troubled themselves about her in the least.
|
|
Mrs. Medlock came and looked at her every day or two,
|
|
but no one inquired what she did or told her what to do.
|
|
She supposed that perhaps this was the English way of
|
|
treating children. In India she had always been attended
|
|
by her Ayah, who had followed her about and waited on her,
|
|
hand and foot. She had often been tired of her company.
|
|
Now she was followed by nobody and was learning to dress
|
|
herself because Martha looked as though she thought she was
|
|
silly and stupid when she wanted to have things handed to her
|
|
and put on.
|
|
|
|
"Hasn't tha' got good sense?" she said once, when Mary
|
|
had stood waiting for her to put on her gloves for her.
|
|
"Our Susan Ann is twice as sharp as thee an' she's only
|
|
four year' old. Sometimes tha' looks fair soft in th' head."
|
|
|
|
Mary had worn her contrary scowl for an hour after that,
|
|
but it made her think several entirely new things.
|
|
|
|
She stood at the window for about ten minutes this morning
|
|
after Martha had swept up the hearth for the last time
|
|
and gone downstairs. She was thinking over the new idea
|
|
which had come to her when she heard of the library.
|
|
She did not care very much about the library itself,
|
|
because she had read very few books; but to hear of it brought
|
|
back to her mind the hundred rooms with closed doors.
|
|
She wondered if they were all really locked and what
|
|
she would find if she could get into any of them.
|
|
Were there a hundred really? Why shouldn't she go and see
|
|
how many doors she could count? It would be something
|
|
to do on this morning when she could not go out.
|
|
She had never been taught to ask permission to do things,
|
|
and she knew nothing at all about authority, so she would
|
|
not have thought it necessary to ask Mrs. Medlock if she
|
|
might walk about the house, even if she had seen her.
|
|
|
|
She opened the door of the room and went into the corridor,
|
|
and then she began her wanderings. It was a long corridor
|
|
and it branched into other corridors and it led her up
|
|
short flights of steps which mounted to others again.
|
|
There were doors and doors, and there were pictures
|
|
on the walls. Sometimes they were pictures of dark,
|
|
curious landscapes, but oftenest they were portraits
|
|
of men and women in queer, grand costumes made of satin
|
|
and velvet. She found herself in one long gallery
|
|
whose walls were covered with these portraits. She had
|
|
never thought there could be so many in any house.
|
|
She walked slowly down this place and stared at the faces
|
|
which also seemed to stare at her. She felt as if they
|
|
were wondering what a little girl from India was doing
|
|
in their house. Some were pictures of children--little
|
|
girls in thick satin frocks which reached to their feet
|
|
and stood out about them, and boys with puffed sleeves
|
|
and lace collars and long hair, or with big ruffs around
|
|
their necks. She always stopped to look at the children,
|
|
and wonder what their names were, and where they had gone,
|
|
and why they wore such odd clothes. There was a stiff,
|
|
plain little girl rather like herself. She wore a green
|
|
brocade dress and held a green parrot on her finger.
|
|
Her eyes had a sharp, curious look.
|
|
|
|
"Where do you live now?" said Mary aloud to her.
|
|
"I wish you were here."
|
|
|
|
Surely no other little girl ever spent such a queer morning.
|
|
It seemed as if there was no one in all the huge rambling
|
|
house but her own small self, wandering about upstairs
|
|
and down, through narrow passages and wide ones, where it
|
|
seemed to her that no one but herself had ever walked.
|
|
Since so many rooms had been built, people must have lived
|
|
in them, but it all seemed so empty that she could not quite
|
|
believe it true.
|
|
|
|
It was not until she climbed to the second floor that she
|
|
thought of turning the handle of a door. All the doors
|
|
were shut, as Mrs. Medlock had said they were, but at last she
|
|
put her hand on the handle of one of them and turned it.
|
|
She was almost frightened for a moment when she felt
|
|
that it turned without difficulty and that when she pushed
|
|
upon the door itself it slowly and heavily opened.
|
|
It was a massive door and opened into a big bedroom.
|
|
There were embroidered hangings on the wall, and inlaid
|
|
furniture such as she had seen in India stood about the room.
|
|
A broad window with leaded panes looked out upon the moor;
|
|
and over the mantel was another portrait of the stiff,
|
|
plain little girl who seemed to stare at her more curiously
|
|
than ever.
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps she slept here once," said Mary. "She stares
|
|
at me so that she makes me feel queer."
|
|
|
|
After that she opened more doors and more. She saw
|
|
so many rooms that she became quite tired and began
|
|
to think that there must be a hundred, though she had not
|
|
counted them. In all of them there were old pictures
|
|
or old tapestries with strange scenes worked on them.
|
|
There were curious pieces of furniture and curious
|
|
ornaments in nearly all of them.
|
|
|
|
In one room, which looked like a lady's sitting-room,
|
|
the hangings were all embroidered velvet, and in a cabinet
|
|
were about a hundred little elephants made of ivory.
|
|
They were of different sizes, and some had their mahouts
|
|
or palanquins on their backs. Some were much bigger than the
|
|
others and some were so tiny that they seemed only babies.
|
|
Mary had seen carved ivory in India and she knew all
|
|
about elephants. She opened the door of the cabinet
|
|
and stood on a footstool and played with these for quite
|
|
a long time. When she got tired she set the elephants
|
|
in order and shut the door of the cabinet.
|
|
|
|
In all her wanderings through the long corridors and the
|
|
empty rooms, she had seen nothing alive; but in this
|
|
room she saw something. Just after she had closed the
|
|
cabinet door she heard a tiny rustling sound. It made
|
|
her jump and look around at the sofa by the fireplace,
|
|
from which it seemed to come. In the corner of the sofa
|
|
there was a cushion, and in the velvet which covered
|
|
it there was a hole, and out of the hole peeped a tiny
|
|
head with a pair of tightened eyes in it.
|
|
|
|
Mary crept softly across the room to look. The bright eyes
|
|
belonged to a little gray mouse, and the mouse had eaten
|
|
a hole into the cushion and made a comfortable nest there.
|
|
Six baby mice were cuddled up asleep near her. If there
|
|
was no one else alive in the hundred rooms there were
|
|
seven mice who did not look lonely at all.
|
|
|
|
"If they wouldn't be so frightened I would take them back
|
|
with me," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
She had wandered about long enough to feel too tired
|
|
to wander any farther, and she turned back. Two or three
|
|
times she lost her way by turning down the wrong corridor
|
|
and was obliged to ramble up and down until she found
|
|
the right one; but at last she reached her own floor again,
|
|
though she was some distance from her own room and did
|
|
not know exactly where she was.
|
|
|
|
"I believe I have taken a wrong turning again," she said,
|
|
standing still at what seemed the end of a short passage
|
|
with tapestry on the wall. "I don't know which way to go.
|
|
How still everything is!"
|
|
|
|
It was while she was standing here and just after she
|
|
had said this that the stillness was broken by a sound.
|
|
It was another cry, but not quite like the one she had heard
|
|
last night; it was only a short one, a fretful childish
|
|
whine muffled by passing through walls.
|
|
|
|
"It's nearer than it was," said Mary, her heart beating
|
|
rather faster. "And it is crying."
|
|
|
|
She put her hand accidentally upon the tapestry near her,
|
|
and then sprang back, feeling quite startled. The tapestry
|
|
was the covering of a door which fell open and showed
|
|
her that there was another part of the corridor behind it,
|
|
and Mrs. Medlock was coming up it with her bunch of keys
|
|
in her hand and a very cross look on her face.
|
|
|
|
"What are you doing here?" she said, and she took Mary
|
|
by the arm and pulled her away. "What did I tell you?"
|
|
|
|
"I turned round the wrong corner," explained Mary.
|
|
"I didn't know which way to go and I heard some one crying."
|
|
She quite hated Mrs. Medlock at the moment, but she hated
|
|
her more the next.
|
|
|
|
"You didn't hear anything of the sort," said the housekeeper.
|
|
"You come along back to your own nursery or I'll box
|
|
your ears."
|
|
|
|
And she took her by the arm and half pushed, half pulled
|
|
her up one passage and down another until she pushed
|
|
her in at the door of her own room.
|
|
|
|
"Now," she said, "you stay where you're told to stay
|
|
or you'll find yourself locked up. The master had
|
|
better get you a governess, same as he said he would.
|
|
You're one that needs some one to look sharp after you.
|
|
I've got enough to do."
|
|
|
|
She went out of the room and slammed the door after her,
|
|
and Mary went and sat on the hearth-rug, pale with rage.
|
|
She did not cry, but ground her teeth.
|
|
|
|
"There was some one crying--there was--there was!"
|
|
she said to herself.
|
|
|
|
She had heard it twice now, and sometime she would find out.
|
|
She had found out a great deal this morning. She felt
|
|
as if she had been on a long journey, and at any rate
|
|
she had had something to amuse her all the time, and she
|
|
had played with the ivory elephants and had seen the gray
|
|
mouse and its babies in their nest in the velvet cushion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER VII
|
|
|
|
THE KEY TO THE GARDEN
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two days after this, when Mary opened her eyes she sat
|
|
upright in bed immediately, and called to Martha.
|
|
|
|
"Look at the moor! Look at the moor!"
|
|
|
|
The rainstorm had ended and the gray mist and clouds
|
|
had been swept away in the night by the wind. The wind
|
|
itself had ceased and a brilliant, deep blue sky arched
|
|
high over the moorland. Never, never had Mary dreamed
|
|
of a sky so blue. In India skies were hot and blazing;
|
|
this was of a deep cool blue which almost seemed to
|
|
sparkle like the waters of some lovely bottomless lake,
|
|
and here and there, high, high in the arched blueness
|
|
floated small clouds of snow-white fleece. The far-reaching
|
|
world of the moor itself looked softly blue instead
|
|
of gloomy purple-black or awful dreary gray.
|
|
|
|
"Aye," said Martha with a cheerful grin. "Th' storm's
|
|
over for a bit. It does like this at this time o'
|
|
th' year. It goes off in a night like it was pretendin'
|
|
it had never been here an' never meant to come again.
|
|
That's because th' springtime's on its way. It's a long
|
|
way off yet, but it's comin'."
|
|
|
|
"I thought perhaps it always rained or looked dark
|
|
in England," Mary said.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! no!" said Martha, sitting up on her heels among
|
|
her black lead brushes. "Nowt o' th' soart!"
|
|
|
|
"What does that mean?" asked Mary seriously. In India
|
|
the natives spoke different dialects which only a few
|
|
people understood, so she was not surprised when Martha
|
|
used words she did not know.
|
|
|
|
Martha laughed as she had done the first morning.
|
|
|
|
"There now," she said. "I've talked broad Yorkshire again
|
|
like Mrs. Medlock said I mustn't. `Nowt o' th' soart'
|
|
means `nothin'-of-the-sort,'" slowly and carefully,
|
|
"but it takes so long to say it. Yorkshire's th'
|
|
sunniest place on earth when it is sunny. I told thee
|
|
tha'd like th' moor after a bit. Just you wait till you
|
|
see th' gold-colored gorse blossoms an' th' blossoms o'
|
|
th' broom, an' th' heather flowerin', all purple bells, an'
|
|
hundreds o' butterflies flutterin' an' bees hummin' an'
|
|
skylarks soarin' up an' singin'. You'll want to get out on
|
|
it as sunrise an' live out on it all day like Dickon does."
|
|
"Could I ever get there?" asked Mary wistfully,
|
|
looking through her window at the far-off blue.
|
|
It was so new and big and wonderful and such a heavenly color.
|
|
|
|
"I don't know," answered Martha. "Tha's never used tha'
|
|
legs since tha' was born, it seems to me. Tha' couldn't walk
|
|
five mile. It's five mile to our cottage."
|
|
|
|
"I should like to see your cottage."
|
|
|
|
Martha stared at her a moment curiously before she took
|
|
up her polishing brush and began to rub the grate again.
|
|
She was thining that the small plain face did not look quite
|
|
as sour at this moment as it had done the first morning
|
|
she saw it. It looked just a trifle like little Susan
|
|
Ann's when she wanted something very much.
|
|
|
|
"I'll ask my mother about it," she said. "She's one o'
|
|
them that nearly always sees a way to do things.
|
|
It's my day out today an' I'm goin' home. Eh! I am glad.
|
|
Mrs. Medlock thinks a lot o' mother. Perhaps she could talk
|
|
to her."
|
|
|
|
"I like your mother," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"I should think tha' did," agreed Martha, polishing away.
|
|
|
|
"I've never seen her," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"No, tha' hasn't," replied Martha.
|
|
|
|
She sat up on her heels again and rubbed the end of her
|
|
nose with the back of her hand as if puzzled for a moment,
|
|
but she ended quite positively.
|
|
|
|
"Well, she's that sensible an' hard workin' an' goodnatured an'
|
|
clean that no one could help likin' her whether they'd
|
|
seen her or not. When I'm goin' home to her on my day
|
|
out I just jump for joy when I'm crossin' the moor."
|
|
|
|
"I like Dickon," added Mary. "And I've never seen him."
|
|
|
|
"Well," said Martha stoutly, "I've told thee that th'
|
|
very birds likes him an' th' rabbits an' wild sheep an'
|
|
ponies, an' th' foxes themselves. I wonder," staring at
|
|
her reflectively, "what Dickon would think of thee?"
|
|
|
|
"He wouldn't like me," said Mary in her stiff,
|
|
cold little way. "No one does."
|
|
|
|
Martha looked reflective again.
|
|
|
|
"How does tha' like thysel'?" she inquired, really quite
|
|
as if she were curious to know.
|
|
|
|
Mary hesitated a moment and thought it over.
|
|
|
|
"Not at all--really," she answered. "But I never thought
|
|
of that before."
|
|
|
|
Martha grinned a little as if at some homely recollection.
|
|
|
|
"Mother said that to me once," she said. "She was at her
|
|
wash- tub an' I was in a bad temper an' talkin' ill of folk,
|
|
an' she turns round on me an' says: `Tha' young vixen,
|
|
tha'! There tha' stands sayin' tha' doesn't like this one an'
|
|
tha' doesn't like that one. How does tha' like thysel'?'
|
|
It made me laugh an' it brought me to my senses in a minute."
|
|
|
|
She went away in high spirits as soon as she had given
|
|
Mary her breakfast. She was going to walk five miles
|
|
across the moor to the cottage, and she was going to help
|
|
her mother with the washing and do the week's baking
|
|
and enjoy herself thoroughly.
|
|
|
|
Mary felt lonelier than ever when she knew she was no longer
|
|
in the house. She went out into the garden as quickly
|
|
as possible, and the first thing she did was to run
|
|
round and round the fountain flower garden ten times.
|
|
She counted the times carefully and when she had finished
|
|
she felt in better spirits. The sunshine made the
|
|
whole place look different. The high, deep, blue sky
|
|
arched over Misselthwaite as well as over the moor,
|
|
and she kept lifting her face and looking up into it,
|
|
trying to imagine what it would be like to lie down on
|
|
one of the little snow-white clouds and float about.
|
|
She went into the first kitchen-garden and found Ben
|
|
Weatherstaff working there with two other gardeners.
|
|
The change in the weather seemed to have done him good.
|
|
He spoke to her of his own accord. "Springtime's comin,'"
|
|
he said. "Cannot tha' smell it?"
|
|
|
|
Mary sniffed and thought she could.
|
|
|
|
"I smell something nice and fresh and damp," she said.
|
|
|
|
"That's th' good rich earth," he answered, digging away.
|
|
"It's in a good humor makin' ready to grow things.
|
|
It's glad when plantin' time comes. It's dull in th'
|
|
winter when it's got nowt to do. In th' flower gardens out
|
|
there things will be stirrin' down below in th' dark. Th'
|
|
sun's warmin' 'em. You'll see bits o' green spikes stickin'
|
|
out o' th' black earth after a bit."
|
|
|
|
"What will they be?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Crocuses an' snowdrops an' daffydowndillys. Has tha'
|
|
never seen them?"
|
|
|
|
"No. Everything is hot, and wet, and green after the
|
|
rains in India," said Mary. "And I think things grow
|
|
up in a night."
|
|
|
|
"These won't grow up in a night," said Weatherstaff.
|
|
"Tha'll have to wait for 'em. They'll poke up a bit
|
|
higher here, an' push out a spike more there, an' uncurl a
|
|
leaf this day an' another that. You watch 'em."
|
|
|
|
"I am going to," answered Mary.
|
|
|
|
Very soon she heard the soft rustling flight of wings
|
|
again and she knew at once that the robin had come again.
|
|
He was very pert and lively, and hopped about so close
|
|
to her feet, and put his head on one side and looked at
|
|
her so slyly that she asked Ben Weatherstaff a question.
|
|
|
|
"Do you think he remembers me?" she said.
|
|
|
|
"Remembers thee!" said Weatherstaff indignantly.
|
|
"He knows every cabbage stump in th' gardens, let
|
|
alone th' people. He's never seen a little wench
|
|
here before, an' he's bent on findin' out all about thee.
|
|
Tha's no need to try to hide anything from him."
|
|
|
|
"Are things stirring down below in the dark in that garden
|
|
where he lives?" Mary inquired.
|
|
|
|
"What garden?" grunted Weatherstaff, becoming surly again.
|
|
|
|
"The one where the old rose-trees are." She could
|
|
not help asking, because she wanted so much to know.
|
|
"Are all the flowers dead, or do some of them come again
|
|
in the summer? Are there ever any roses?"
|
|
|
|
"Ask him," said Ben Weatherstaff, hunching his shoulders
|
|
toward the robin. "He's the only one as knows.
|
|
No one else has seen inside it for ten year'."
|
|
|
|
Ten years was a long time, Mary thought. She had been
|
|
born ten years ago.
|
|
|
|
She walked away, slowly thinking. She had begun to
|
|
like the garden just as she had begun to like the robin
|
|
and Dickon and Martha's mother. She was beginning
|
|
to like Martha, too. That seemed a good many people
|
|
to like--when you were not used to liking. She thought
|
|
of the robin as one of the people. She went to her walk
|
|
outside the long, ivy-covered wall over which she could
|
|
see the tree-tops; and the second time she walked up
|
|
and down the most interesting and exciting thing happened
|
|
to her, and it was all through Ben Weatherstaff's robin.
|
|
|
|
She heard a chirp and a twitter, and when she looked
|
|
at the bare flower-bed at her left side there he was
|
|
hopping about and pretending to peck things out of the
|
|
earth to persuade her that he had not followed her.
|
|
But she knew he had followed her and the surprise so filled
|
|
her with delight that she almost trembled a little.
|
|
|
|
"You do remember me!" she cried out. "You do! You are
|
|
prettier than anything else in the world!"
|
|
|
|
She chirped, and talked, and coaxed and he hopped,
|
|
and flirted his tail and twittered. It was as if he
|
|
were talking. His red waistcoat was like satin and he
|
|
puffed his tiny breast out and was so fine and so grand
|
|
and so pretty that it was really as if he were showing her
|
|
how important and like a human person a robin could be.
|
|
Mistress Mary forgot that she had ever been contrary
|
|
in her life when he allowed her to draw closer and closer
|
|
to him, and bend down and talk and try to make something
|
|
like robin sounds.
|
|
|
|
Oh! to think that he should actually let her come as near
|
|
to him as that! He knew nothing in the world would make
|
|
her put out her hand toward him or startle him in the
|
|
least tiniest way. He knew it because he was a real
|
|
person--only nicer than any other person in the world.
|
|
She was so happy that she scarcely dared to breathe.
|
|
|
|
The flower-bed was not quite bare. It was bare of flowers
|
|
because the perennial plants had been cut down for their
|
|
winter rest, but there were tall shrubs and low ones which grew
|
|
together at the back of the bed, and as the robin hopped
|
|
about under them she saw him hop over a small pile of freshly
|
|
turned up earth. He stopped on it to look for a worm.
|
|
The earth had been turned up because a dog had been trying
|
|
to dig up a mole and he had scratched quite a deep hole.
|
|
|
|
Mary looked at it, not really knowing why the hole was there,
|
|
and as she looked she saw something almost buried in the
|
|
newly-turned soil. It was something like a ring of rusty
|
|
iron or brass and when the robin flew up into a tree
|
|
nearby she put out her hand and picked the ring up.
|
|
It was more than a ring, however; it was an old key
|
|
which looked as if it had been buried a long time.
|
|
|
|
Mistress Mary stood up and looked at it with an almost
|
|
frightened face as it hung from her finger.
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps it has been buried for ten years," she said
|
|
in a whisper. "Perhaps it is the key to the garden!"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER VIII
|
|
|
|
THE ROBIN WHO SHOWED THE WAY
|
|
|
|
|
|
She looked at the key quite a long time. She turned it
|
|
over and over, and thought about it. As I have said before,
|
|
she was not a child who had been trained to ask permission
|
|
or consult her elders about things. All she thought about
|
|
the key was that if it was the key to the closed garden,
|
|
and she could find out where the door was, she could
|
|
perhaps open it and see what was inside the walls,
|
|
and what had happened to the old rose-trees. It was because
|
|
it had been shut up so long that she wanted to see it.
|
|
It seemed as if it must be different from other places
|
|
and that something strange must have happened to it
|
|
during ten years. Besides that, if she liked it she
|
|
could go into it every day and shut the door behind her,
|
|
and she could make up some play of her own and play it
|
|
quite alone, because nobody would ever know where she was,
|
|
but would think the door was still locked and the key
|
|
buried in the earth. The thought of that pleased her
|
|
very much.
|
|
|
|
Living as it were, all by herself in a house with a hundred
|
|
mysteriously closed rooms and having nothing whatever
|
|
to do to amuse herself, had set her inactive brain
|
|
to working and was actually awakening her imagination.
|
|
There is no doubt that the fresh, strong, pure air from the
|
|
moor had a great deal to do with it. Just as it had given
|
|
her an appetite, and fighting with the wind had stirred
|
|
her blood, so the same things had stirred her mind.
|
|
In India she had always been too hot and languid and weak
|
|
to care much about anything, but in this place she
|
|
was beginning to care and to want to do new things.
|
|
Already she felt less "contrary," though she did not
|
|
know why.
|
|
|
|
She put the key in her pocket and walked up and down
|
|
her walk. No one but herself ever seemed to come there,
|
|
so she could walk slowly and look at the wall, or, rather,
|
|
at the ivy growing on it. The ivy was the baffling thing.
|
|
Howsoever carefully she looked she could see nothing
|
|
but thickly growing, glossy, dark green leaves. She was
|
|
very much disappointed. Something of her contrariness
|
|
came back to her as she paced the walk and looked over it
|
|
at the tree-tops inside. It seemed so silly, she said
|
|
to herself, to be near it and not be able to get in.
|
|
She took the key in her pocket when she went back to
|
|
the house, and she made up her mind that she would always
|
|
carry it with her when she went out, so that if she ever
|
|
should find the hidden door she would be ready.
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Medlock had allowed Martha to sleep all night at
|
|
the cottage, but she was back at her work in the morning
|
|
with cheeks redder than ever and in the best of spirits.
|
|
|
|
"I got up at four o'clock," she said. "Eh! it was pretty on th'
|
|
moor with th' birds gettin' up an' th' rabbits scamperin'
|
|
about an' th' sun risin'. I didn't walk all th' way. A man
|
|
gave me a ride in his cart an' I did enjoy myself."
|
|
|
|
She was full of stories of the delights of her day out.
|
|
Her mother had been glad to see her and they had got the
|
|
baking and washing all out of the way. She had even made
|
|
each of the children a doughcake with a bit of brown sugar
|
|
in it.
|
|
|
|
"I had 'em all pipin' hot when they came in from playin'
|
|
on th' moor. An' th' cottage all smelt o' nice, clean hot bakin'
|
|
an' there was a good fire, an' they just shouted for joy.
|
|
Our Dickon he said our cottage was good enough for a king."
|
|
|
|
In the evening they had all sat round the fire,
|
|
and Martha and her mother had sewed patches on torn
|
|
clothes and mended stockings and Martha had told them
|
|
about the little girl who had come from India and who had
|
|
been waited on all her life by what Martha called "blacks"
|
|
until she didn't know how to put on her own stockings.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! they did like to hear about you," said Martha.
|
|
"They wanted to know all about th' blacks an' about th'
|
|
ship you came in. I couldn't tell 'em enough."
|
|
|
|
Mary reflected a little.
|
|
|
|
"I'll tell you a great deal more before your next day out,"
|
|
she said, "so that you will have more to talk about.
|
|
I dare say they would like to hear about riding on elephants
|
|
and camels, and about the officers going to hunt tigers."
|
|
|
|
"My word!" cried delighted Martha. "It would set 'em
|
|
clean off their heads. Would tha' really do that,
|
|
Miss? It would be same as a wild beast show like we heard
|
|
they had in York once."
|
|
|
|
"India is quite different from Yorkshire," Mary said slowly,
|
|
as she thought the matter over. "I never thought of that.
|
|
Did Dickon and your mother like to hear you talk about me?"
|
|
|
|
"Why, our Dickon's eyes nearly started out o' his head,
|
|
they got that round," answered Martha. "But mother, she was
|
|
put out about your seemin' to be all by yourself like.
|
|
She said, 'Hasn't Mr. Craven got no governess for her,
|
|
nor no nurse?' and I said, 'No, he hasn't, though Mrs. Medlock
|
|
says he will when he thinks of it, but she says he mayn't
|
|
think of it for two or three years.'"
|
|
|
|
"I don't want a governess," said Mary sharply.
|
|
|
|
"But mother says you ought to be learnin' your book by this time an'
|
|
you ought to have a woman to look after you, an' she says:
|
|
`Now, Martha, you just think how you'd feel yourself, in a big
|
|
place like that, wanderin' about all alone, an' no mother.
|
|
You do your best to cheer her up,' she says, an' I said I would."
|
|
|
|
Mary gave her a long, steady look.
|
|
|
|
"You do cheer me up," she said. "I like to hear you talk."
|
|
|
|
Presently Martha went out of the room and came back
|
|
with something held in her hands under her apron.
|
|
|
|
"What does tha' think," she said, with a cheerful grin.
|
|
"I've brought thee a present."
|
|
|
|
"A present!" exclaimed Mistress Mary. How could a cottage
|
|
full of fourteen hungry people give any one a present!
|
|
|
|
"A man was drivin' across the moor peddlin'," Martha explained.
|
|
"An' he stopped his cart at our door. He had pots an'
|
|
pans an' odds an' ends, but mother had no money to buy
|
|
anythin'. Just as he was goin' away our 'Lizabeth Ellen
|
|
called out, `Mother, he's got skippin'-ropes with red an'
|
|
blue handles.' An' mother she calls out quite sudden,
|
|
`Here, stop, mister! How much are they?' An' he says
|
|
`Tuppence', an' mother she began fumblin' in her pocket an'
|
|
she says to me, `Martha, tha's brought me thy wages like
|
|
a good lass, an' I've got four places to put every penny,
|
|
but I'm just goin' to take tuppence out of it to buy
|
|
that child a skippin'-rope,' an' she bought one an'
|
|
here it is."
|
|
|
|
She brought it out from under her apron and exhibited
|
|
it quite proudly. It was a strong, slender rope
|
|
with a striped red and blue handle at each end,
|
|
but Mary Lennox had never seen a skipping-rope before.
|
|
She gazed at it with a mystified expression.
|
|
|
|
"What is it for?" she asked curiously.
|
|
|
|
"For!" cried out Martha. "Does tha' mean that they've not
|
|
got skippin'-ropes in India, for all they've got elephants
|
|
and tigers and camels! No wonder most of 'em's black.
|
|
This is what it's for; just watch me."
|
|
|
|
And she ran into the middle of the room and, taking a
|
|
handle in each hand, began to skip, and skip, and skip,
|
|
while Mary turned in her chair to stare at her, and the
|
|
queer faces in the old portraits seemed to stare at her,
|
|
too, and wonder what on earth this common little cottager
|
|
had the impudence to be doing under their very noses.
|
|
But Martha did not even see them. The interest and curiosity
|
|
in Mistress Mary's face delighted her, and she went on skipping
|
|
and counted as she skipped until she had reached a hundred.
|
|
|
|
"I could skip longer than that," she said when she stopped.
|
|
"I've skipped as much as five hundred when I was twelve,
|
|
but I wasn't as fat then as I am now, an' I was in practice."
|
|
|
|
Mary got up from her chair beginning to feel excited herself.
|
|
|
|
"It looks nice," she said. "Your mother is a kind woman.
|
|
Do you think I could ever skip like that?"
|
|
|
|
"You just try it," urged Martha, handing her the skipping- rope.
|
|
"You can't skip a hundred at first, but if you practice
|
|
you'll mount up. That's what mother said. She says,
|
|
`Nothin' will do her more good than skippin' rope. It's th'
|
|
sensiblest toy a child can have. Let her play out in th'
|
|
fresh air skippin' an' it'll stretch her legs an' arms an'
|
|
give her some strength in 'em.'"
|
|
|
|
It was plain that there was not a great deal of strength
|
|
in Mistress Mary's arms and legs when she first began
|
|
to skip. She was not very clever at it, but she liked
|
|
it so much that she did not want to stop.
|
|
|
|
"Put on tha' things and run an' skip out o' doors,"
|
|
said Martha. "Mother said I must tell you to keep out o'
|
|
doors as much as you could, even when it rains a bit,
|
|
so as tha' wrap up warm."
|
|
|
|
Mary put on her coat and hat and took her skipping-rope
|
|
over her arm. She opened the door to go out, and then
|
|
suddenly thought of something and turned back rather slowly.
|
|
|
|
"Martha," she said, "they were your wages. It was your
|
|
two-pence really. Thank you." She said it stiffly
|
|
because she was not used to thanking people or noticing
|
|
that they did things for her. "Thank you," she said,
|
|
and held out her hand because she did not know what else
|
|
to do.
|
|
|
|
Martha gave her hand a clumsy little shake, as if she
|
|
was not accustomed to this sort of thing either.
|
|
Then she laughed.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! th' art a queer, old-womanish thing," she said.
|
|
"If tha'd been our 'Lizabeth Ellen tha'd have given me
|
|
a kiss."
|
|
|
|
Mary looked stiffer than ever.
|
|
|
|
"Do you want me to kiss you?"
|
|
|
|
Martha laughed again.
|
|
|
|
"Nay, not me," she answered. "If tha' was different,
|
|
p'raps tha'd want to thysel'. But tha' isn't. Run off
|
|
outside an' play with thy rope."
|
|
|
|
Mistress Mary felt a little awkward as she went out of
|
|
the room. Yorkshire people seemed strange, and Martha was
|
|
always rather a puzzle to her. At first she had disliked
|
|
her very much, but now she did not. The skipping-rope
|
|
was a wonderful thing. She counted and skipped,
|
|
and skipped and counted, until her cheeks were quite red,
|
|
and she was more interested than she had ever been since
|
|
she was born. The sun was shining and a little wind was
|
|
blowing--not a rough wind, but one which came in delightful
|
|
little gusts and brought a fresh scent of newly turned
|
|
earth with it. She skipped round the fountain garden,
|
|
and up one walk and down another. She skipped at last
|
|
into the kitchen-garden and saw Ben Weatherstaff digging
|
|
and talking to his robin, which was hopping about him.
|
|
She skipped down the walk toward him and he lifted
|
|
his head and looked at her with a curious expression.
|
|
She had wondered if he would notice her. She wanted him
|
|
to see her skip.
|
|
|
|
"Well!" he exclaimed. "Upon my word. P'raps tha'
|
|
art a young 'un, after all, an' p'raps tha's got
|
|
child's blood in thy veins instead of sour buttermilk.
|
|
Tha's skipped red into thy cheeks as sure as my name's
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff. I wouldn't have believed tha'
|
|
could do it."
|
|
|
|
"I never skipped before," Mary said. "I'm just beginning.
|
|
I can only go up to twenty."
|
|
|
|
"Tha' keep on," said Ben. "Tha' shapes well enough at it
|
|
for a young 'un that's lived with heathen. Just see how
|
|
he's watchin' thee," jerking his head toward the robin.
|
|
"He followed after thee yesterday. He'll be at it again today.
|
|
He'll be bound to find out what th' skippin'-rope is.
|
|
He's never seen one. Eh!" shaking his head at the bird,
|
|
"tha' curiosity will be th' death of thee sometime if tha'
|
|
doesn't look sharp."
|
|
|
|
Mary skipped round all the gardens and round the orchard,
|
|
resting every few minutes. At length she went to her
|
|
own special walk and made up her mind to try if she
|
|
could skip the whole length of it. It was a good long
|
|
skip and she began slowly, but before she had gone
|
|
half-way down the path she was so hot and breathless
|
|
that she was obliged to stop. She did not mind much,
|
|
because she had already counted up to thirty.
|
|
She stopped with a little laugh of pleasure, and there,
|
|
lo and behold, was the robin swaying on a long branch of ivy.
|
|
He had followed her and he greeted her with a chirp.
|
|
As Mary had skipped toward him she felt something heavy
|
|
in her pocket strike against her at each jump, and when she
|
|
saw the robin she laughed again.
|
|
|
|
"You showed me where the key was yesterday," she said.
|
|
"You ought to show me the door today; but I don't believe
|
|
you know!"
|
|
|
|
The robin flew from his swinging spray of ivy on to the
|
|
top of the wall and he opened his beak and sang a loud,
|
|
lovely trill, merely to show off. Nothing in the world
|
|
is quite as adorably lovely as a robin when he shows
|
|
off--and they are nearly always doing it.
|
|
|
|
Mary Lennox had heard a great deal about Magic in her
|
|
Ayah's stories, and she always said that what happened
|
|
almost at that moment was Magic.
|
|
|
|
One of the nice little gusts of wind rushed down
|
|
the walk, and it was a stronger one than the rest.
|
|
It was strong enough to wave the branches of the trees,
|
|
and it was more than strong enough to sway the trailing
|
|
sprays of untrimmed ivy hanging from the wall. Mary had
|
|
stepped close to the robin, and suddenly the gust of wind
|
|
swung aside some loose ivy trails, and more suddenly
|
|
still she jumped toward it and caught it in her hand.
|
|
This she did because she had seen something under it--a round
|
|
knob which had been covered by the leaves hanging over it.
|
|
It was the knob of a door.
|
|
|
|
She put her hands under the leaves and began to pull
|
|
and push them aside. Thick as the ivy hung, it nearly
|
|
all was a loose and swinging curtain, though some had crept
|
|
over wood and iron. Mary's heart began to thump and her
|
|
hands to shake a little in her delight and excitement.
|
|
The robin kept singing and twittering away and tilting
|
|
his head on one side, as if he were as excited as she was.
|
|
What was this under her hands which was square and made
|
|
of iron and which her fingers found a hole in?
|
|
|
|
It was the lock of the door which had been closed ten
|
|
years and she put her hand in her pocket, drew out the key
|
|
and found it fitted the keyhole. She put the key in and
|
|
turned it. It took two hands to do it, but it did turn.
|
|
|
|
And then she took a long breath and looked behind
|
|
her up the long walk to see if any one was coming.
|
|
No one was coming. No one ever did come, it seemed,
|
|
and she took another long breath, because she could not
|
|
help it, and she held back the swinging curtain of ivy
|
|
and pushed back the door which opened slowly--slowly.
|
|
|
|
Then she slipped through it, and shut it behind her,
|
|
and stood with her back against it, looking about her
|
|
and breathing quite fast with excitement, and wonder,
|
|
and delight.
|
|
|
|
She was standing inside the secret garden.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER IX
|
|
|
|
THE STRANGEST HOUSE ANY ONE EVER LIVED IN
|
|
|
|
|
|
It was the sweetest, most mysterious-looking place
|
|
any one could imagine. The high walls which shut it
|
|
in were covered with the leafless stems of climbing roses
|
|
which were so thick that they were matted together.
|
|
Mary Lennox knew they were roses because she had seen
|
|
a great many roses in India. All the ground was covered
|
|
with grass of a wintry brown and out of it grew clumps
|
|
of bushes which were surely rosebushes if they were alive.
|
|
There were numbers of standard roses which had so spread
|
|
their branches that they were like little trees.
|
|
There were other trees in the garden, and one of the
|
|
things which made the place look strangest and loveliest
|
|
was that climbing roses had run all over them and swung
|
|
down long tendrils which made light swaying curtains,
|
|
and here and there they had caught at each other or
|
|
at a far-reaching branch and had crept from one tree
|
|
to another and made lovely bridges of themselves.
|
|
There were neither leaves nor roses on them now and Mary
|
|
did not know whether they were dead or alive, but their
|
|
thin gray or brown branches and sprays looked like a sort
|
|
of hazy mantle spreading over everything, walls, and trees,
|
|
and even brown grass, where they had fallen from their
|
|
fastenings and run along the ground. It was this hazy tangle
|
|
from tree to tree which made it all look so mysterious.
|
|
Mary had thought it must be different from other gardens
|
|
which had not been left all by themselves so long;
|
|
and indeed it was different from any other place she had
|
|
ever seen in her life.
|
|
|
|
"How still it is!" she whispered. "How still!"
|
|
|
|
Then she waited a moment and listened at the stillness.
|
|
The robin, who had flown to his treetop, was still
|
|
as all the rest. He did not even flutter his wings;
|
|
he sat without stirring, and looked at Mary.
|
|
|
|
"No wonder it is still," she whispered again. "I am
|
|
the first person who has spoken in here for ten years."
|
|
|
|
She moved away from the door, stepping as softly as if she
|
|
were afraid of awakening some one. She was glad that there
|
|
was grass under her feet and that her steps made no sounds.
|
|
She walked under one of the fairy-like gray arches
|
|
between the trees and looked up at the sprays and tendrils
|
|
which formed them. "I wonder if they are all quite dead,"
|
|
she said. "Is it all a quite dead garden? I wish it wasn't."
|
|
|
|
If she had been Ben Weatherstaff she could have told
|
|
whether the wood was alive by looking at it, but she
|
|
could only see that there were only gray or brown sprays
|
|
and branches and none showed any signs of even a tiny
|
|
leaf-bud anywhere.
|
|
|
|
But she was inside the wonderful garden and she could
|
|
come through the door under the ivy any time and she
|
|
felt as if she had found a world all her own.
|
|
|
|
The sun was shining inside the four walls and the high arch
|
|
of blue sky over this particular piece of Misselthwaite
|
|
seemed even more brilliant and soft than it was over
|
|
the moor. The robin flew down from his tree-top and
|
|
hopped about or flew after her from one bush to another.
|
|
He chirped a good deal and had a very busy air, as if he
|
|
were showing her things. Everything was strange and
|
|
silent and she seemed to be hundreds of miles away from
|
|
any one, but somehow she did not feel lonely at all.
|
|
All that troubled her was her wish that she knew whether
|
|
all the roses were dead, or if perhaps some of them had
|
|
lived and might put out leaves and buds as the weather
|
|
got warmer. She did not want it to be a quite dead garden.
|
|
If it were a quite alive garden, how wonderful it would be,
|
|
and what thousands of roses would grow on every side!
|
|
|
|
Her skipping-rope had hung over her arm when she came
|
|
in and after she had walked about for a while she thought
|
|
she would skip round the whole garden, stopping when she
|
|
wanted to look at things. There seemed to have been
|
|
grass paths here and there, and in one or two corners
|
|
there were alcoves of evergreen with stone seats or tall
|
|
moss-covered flower urns in them.
|
|
|
|
As she came near the second of these alcoves she
|
|
stopped skipping. There had once been a flowerbed in it,
|
|
and she thought she saw something sticking out of the
|
|
black earth- -some sharp little pale green points.
|
|
She remembered what Ben Weatherstaff had said and she
|
|
knelt down to look at them.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, they are tiny growing things and they might be
|
|
crocuses or snowdrops or daffodils," she whispered.
|
|
|
|
She bent very close to them and sniffed the fresh scent
|
|
of the damp earth. She liked it very much.
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps there are some other ones coming up in other places,"
|
|
she said. "I will go all over the garden and look."
|
|
|
|
She did not skip, but walked. She went slowly and kept
|
|
her eyes on the ground. She looked in the old border
|
|
beds and among the grass, and after she had gone round,
|
|
trying to miss nothing, she had found ever so many more sharp,
|
|
pale green points, and she had become quite excited again.
|
|
|
|
"It isn't a quite dead garden," she cried out softly to herself.
|
|
"Even if the roses are dead, there are other things alive."
|
|
|
|
She did not know anything about gardening, but the grass
|
|
seemed so thick in some of the places where the green
|
|
points were pushing their way through that she thought
|
|
they did not seem to have room enough to grow.
|
|
She searched about until she found a rather sharp piece
|
|
of wood and knelt down and dug and weeded out the weeds
|
|
and grass until she made nice little clear places around them.
|
|
|
|
"Now they look as if they could breathe," she said,
|
|
after she had finished with the first ones. "I am
|
|
going to do ever so many more. I'll do all I can see.
|
|
If I haven't time today I can come tomorrow."
|
|
|
|
She went from place to place, and dug and weeded,
|
|
and enjoyed herself so immensely that she was led on
|
|
from bed to bed and into the grass under the trees.
|
|
The exercise made her so warm that she first threw her
|
|
coat off, and then her hat, and without knowing it she
|
|
was smiling down on to the grass and the pale green points
|
|
all the time.
|
|
|
|
The robin was tremendously busy. He was very much
|
|
pleased to see gardening begun on his own estate.
|
|
He had often wondered at Ben Weatherstaff. Where gardening
|
|
is done all sorts of delightful things to eat are turned
|
|
up with the soil. Now here was this new kind of creature
|
|
who was not half Ben's size and yet had had the sense
|
|
to come into his garden and begin at once.
|
|
|
|
Mistress Mary worked in her garden until it was time
|
|
to go to her midday dinner. In fact, she was rather
|
|
late in remembering, and when she put on her coat
|
|
and hat, and picked up her skipping-rope, she could not
|
|
believe that she had been working two or three hours.
|
|
She had been actually happy all the time; and dozens
|
|
and dozens of the tiny, pale green points were to be seen
|
|
in cleared places, looking twice as cheerful as they had
|
|
looked before when the grass and weeds had been smothering them.
|
|
|
|
"I shall come back this afternoon," she said, looking all
|
|
round at her new kingdom, and speaking to the trees
|
|
and the rose-bushes as if they heard her.
|
|
|
|
Then she ran lightly across the grass, pushed open
|
|
the slow old door and slipped through it under the ivy.
|
|
She had such red cheeks and such bright eyes and ate such
|
|
a dinner that Martha was delighted.
|
|
|
|
"Two pieces o' meat an' two helps o' rice puddin'!" she said.
|
|
"Eh! mother will be pleased when I tell her what th'
|
|
skippin'-rope's done for thee."
|
|
|
|
In the course of her digging with her pointed stick
|
|
Mistress Mary had found herself digging up a sort of white
|
|
root rather like an onion. She had put it back in its
|
|
place and patted the earth carefully down on it and just
|
|
now she wondered if Martha could tell her what it was.
|
|
|
|
"Martha," she said, "what are those white roots that look
|
|
like onions?"
|
|
|
|
"They're bulbs," answered Martha. "Lots o' spring flowers
|
|
grow from 'em. Th' very little ones are snowdrops an'
|
|
crocuses an' th' big ones are narcissuses an' jonquils
|
|
and daffydowndillys. Th' biggest of all is lilies an'
|
|
purple flags. Eh! they are nice. Dickon's got a whole
|
|
lot of 'em planted in our bit o' garden."
|
|
|
|
"Does Dickon know all about them?" asked Mary, a new idea
|
|
taking possession of her.
|
|
|
|
"Our Dickon can make a flower grow out of a brick walk.
|
|
Mother says he just whispers things out o' th' ground."
|
|
|
|
"Do bulbs live a long time? Would they live years and
|
|
years if no one helped them?" inquired Mary anxiously.
|
|
|
|
"They're things as helps themselves," said Martha. "That's why
|
|
poor folk can afford to have 'em. If you don't trouble 'em,
|
|
most of 'em'll work away underground for a lifetime an'
|
|
spread out an' have little 'uns. There's a place in th'
|
|
park woods here where there's snowdrops by thousands.
|
|
They're the prettiest sight in Yorkshire when th'
|
|
spring comes. No one knows when they was first planted."
|
|
|
|
"I wish the spring was here now," said Mary. "I want
|
|
to see all the things that grow in England."
|
|
|
|
She had finished her dinner and gone to her favorite seat
|
|
on the hearth-rug.
|
|
|
|
"I wish--I wish I had a little spade," she said.
|
|
"Whatever does tha' want a spade for?" asked Martha, laughing.
|
|
"Art tha' goin' to take to diggin'? I must tell mother that, too."
|
|
|
|
Mary looked at the fire and pondered a little. She must
|
|
be careful if she meant to keep her secret kingdom.
|
|
She wasn't doing any harm, but if Mr. Craven found out
|
|
about the open door he would be fearfully angry and get
|
|
a new key and lock it up forevermore. She really could
|
|
not bear that.
|
|
|
|
"This is such a big lonely place," she said slowly, as if she
|
|
were turning matters over in her mind. "The house is lonely,
|
|
and the park is lonely, and the gardens are lonely.
|
|
So many places seem shut up. I never did many things
|
|
in India, but there were more people to look at--natives
|
|
and soldiers marching by--and sometimes bands playing,
|
|
and my Ayah told me stories. There is no one to talk to
|
|
here except you and Ben Weatherstaff. And you have to do
|
|
your work and Ben Weatherstaff won't speak to me often.
|
|
I thought if I had a little spade I could dig somewhere
|
|
as he does, and I might make a little garden if he would
|
|
give me some seeds."
|
|
|
|
Martha's face quite lighted up.
|
|
|
|
"There now!" she exclaimed, "if that wasn't one of th'
|
|
things mother said. She says, `There's such a lot o'
|
|
room in that big place, why don't they give her a
|
|
bit for herself, even if she doesn't plant nothin'
|
|
but parsley an' radishes? She'd dig an' rake away an'
|
|
be right down happy over it.' Them was the very words
|
|
she said."
|
|
|
|
"Were they?" said Mary. "How many things she knows,
|
|
doesn't she?"
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" said Martha. "It's like she says: `A woman as
|
|
brings up twelve children learns something besides her A
|
|
B C. Children's as good as 'rithmetic to set you findin'
|
|
out things.'"
|
|
|
|
"How much would a spade cost--a little one?" Mary asked.
|
|
|
|
"Well," was Martha's reflective answer, "at Thwaite
|
|
village there's a shop or so an' I saw little garden sets
|
|
with a spade an' a rake an' a fork all tied together for
|
|
two shillings. An' they was stout enough to work with, too."
|
|
|
|
"I've got more than that in my purse," said Mary.
|
|
"Mrs. Morrison gave me five shillings and Mrs. Medlock
|
|
gave me some money from Mr. Craven."
|
|
|
|
"Did he remember thee that much?" exclaimed Martha.
|
|
|
|
"Mrs. Medlock said I was to have a shilling a week to spend.
|
|
She gives me one every Saturday. I didn't know what to
|
|
spend it on."
|
|
|
|
"My word! that's riches," said Martha. "Tha' can buy
|
|
anything in th' world tha' wants. Th' rent of our
|
|
cottage is only one an' threepence an' it's like pullin'
|
|
eye-teeth to get it. Now I've just thought of somethin',"
|
|
putting her hands on her hips.
|
|
|
|
"What?" said Mary eagerly.
|
|
|
|
"In the shop at Thwaite they sell packages o'
|
|
flower-seeds for a penny each, and our Dickon he knows
|
|
which is th' prettiest ones an, how to make 'em grow.
|
|
He walks over to Thwaite many a day just for th' fun of it.
|
|
Does tha' know how to print letters?" suddenly.
|
|
|
|
"I know how to write," Mary answered.
|
|
|
|
Martha shook her head.
|
|
|
|
"Our Dickon can only read printin'. If tha' could print we
|
|
could write a letter to him an' ask him to go an' buy th'
|
|
garden tools an' th' seeds at th' same time."
|
|
|
|
"Oh! you're a good girl!" Mary cried. "You are, really! I
|
|
didn't know you were so nice. I know I can print letters
|
|
if I try. Let's ask Mrs. Medlock for a pen and ink and some paper."
|
|
|
|
"I've got some of my own," said Martha. "I bought 'em
|
|
so I could print a bit of a letter to mother of a Sunday.
|
|
I'll go and get it." She ran out of the room, and Mary stood
|
|
by the fire and twisted her thin little hands together
|
|
with sheer pleasure.
|
|
|
|
"If I have a spade," she whispered, "I can make the earth
|
|
nice and soft and dig up weeds. If I have seeds and can
|
|
make flowers grow the garden won't be dead at all--it
|
|
will come alive."
|
|
|
|
She did not go out again that afternoon because when Martha
|
|
returned with her pen and ink and paper she was obliged
|
|
to clear the table and carry the plates and dishes
|
|
downstairs and when she got into the kitchen Mrs. Medlock
|
|
was there and told her to do something, so Mary waited
|
|
for what seemed to her a long time before she came back.
|
|
Then it was a serious piece of work to write to Dickon.
|
|
Mary had been taught very little because her governesses
|
|
had disliked her too much to stay with her. She could
|
|
not spell particularly well but she found that she could
|
|
print letters when she tried. This was the letter Martha
|
|
dictated to her: "My Dear Dickon:
|
|
|
|
This comes hoping to find you well as it leaves me at present.
|
|
Miss Mary has plenty of money and will you go to Thwaite
|
|
and buy her some flower seeds and a set of garden tools
|
|
to make a flower-bed. Pick the prettiest ones and easy
|
|
to grow because she has never done it before and lived
|
|
in India which is different. Give my love to mother
|
|
and every one of you. Miss Mary is going to tell me a lot
|
|
more so that on my next day out you can hear about elephants
|
|
and camels and gentlemen going hunting lions and tigers.
|
|
|
|
"Your loving sister,
|
|
Martha Phoebe Sowerby."
|
|
|
|
"We'll put the money in th' envelope an' I'll get th'
|
|
butcher boy to take it in his cart. He's a great
|
|
friend o' Dickon's," said Martha.
|
|
|
|
"How shall I get the things when Dickon buys them?"
|
|
|
|
"He'll bring 'em to you himself. He'll like to walk
|
|
over this way."
|
|
|
|
"Oh!" exclaimed Mary, "then I shall see him! I never
|
|
thought I should see Dickon."
|
|
|
|
"Does tha' want to see him?" asked Martha suddenly,
|
|
for Mary had looked so pleased.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I do. I never saw a boy foxes and crows loved.
|
|
I want to see him very much."
|
|
|
|
Martha gave a little start, as if she remembered something.
|
|
"Now to think," she broke out, "to think o' me forgettin'
|
|
that there; an' I thought I was goin' to tell you first
|
|
thing this mornin'. I asked mother--and she said she'd ask
|
|
Mrs. Medlock her own self."
|
|
|
|
"Do you mean--" Mary began.
|
|
|
|
"What I said Tuesday. Ask her if you might be driven over
|
|
to our cottage some day and have a bit o' mother's hot
|
|
oat cake, an' butter, an' a glass o' milk."
|
|
|
|
It seemed as if all the interesting things were happening
|
|
in one day. To think of going over the moor in the
|
|
daylight and when the sky was blue! To think of going
|
|
into the cottage which held twelve children!
|
|
|
|
"Does she think Mrs. Medlock would let me go?" she asked,
|
|
quite anxiously.
|
|
|
|
"Aye, she thinks she would. She knows what a tidy woman
|
|
mother is and how clean she keeps the cottage."
|
|
|
|
"If I went I should see your mother as well as Dickon,"
|
|
said Mary, thinking it over and liking the idea very much.
|
|
"She doesn't seem to be like the mothers in India."
|
|
|
|
Her work in the garden and the excitement of the afternoon
|
|
ended by making her feel quiet and thoughtful. Martha stayed
|
|
with her until tea-time, but they sat in comfortable
|
|
quiet and talked very little. But just before Martha
|
|
went downstairs for the tea-tray, Mary asked a question.
|
|
|
|
"Martha," she said, "has the scullery-maid had the
|
|
toothache again today?"
|
|
|
|
Martha certainly started slightly.
|
|
|
|
"What makes thee ask that?" she said.
|
|
|
|
"Because when I waited so long for you to come back I
|
|
opened the door and walked down the corridor to see if you
|
|
were coming. And I heard that far-off crying again,
|
|
just as we heard it the other night. There isn't
|
|
a wind today, so you see it couldn't have been the wind."
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" said Martha restlessly. "Tha' mustn't go walkin'
|
|
about in corridors an' listenin'. Mr. Craven would be
|
|
that there angry there's no knowin' what he'd do."
|
|
|
|
"I wasn't listening," said Mary. "I was just waiting
|
|
for you--and I heard it. That's three times."
|
|
|
|
"My word! There's Mrs. Medlock's bell," said Martha,
|
|
and she almost ran out of the room.
|
|
|
|
"It's the strangest house any one ever lived in,"
|
|
said Mary drowsily, as she dropped her head on the cushioned
|
|
seat of the armchair near her. Fresh air, and digging,
|
|
and skipping-rope had made her feel so comfortably tired
|
|
that she fell asleep.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER X
|
|
|
|
DICKON
|
|
|
|
|
|
The sun shone down for nearly a week on the secret garden.
|
|
The Secret Garden was what Mary called it when she was
|
|
thinking of it. She liked the name, and she liked still
|
|
more the feeling that when its beautiful old walls shut
|
|
her in no one knew where she was. It seemed almost like
|
|
being shut out of the world in some fairy place. The few
|
|
books she had read and liked had been fairy-story books,
|
|
and she had read of secret gardens in some of the stories.
|
|
Sometimes people went to sleep in them for a hundred years,
|
|
which she had thought must be rather stupid. She had no
|
|
intention of going to sleep, and, in fact, she was becoming
|
|
wider awake every day which passed at Misselthwaite.
|
|
She was beginning to like to be out of doors; she no longer
|
|
hated the wind, but enjoyed it. She could run faster,
|
|
and longer, and she could skip up to a hundred. The bulbs
|
|
in the secret garden must have been much astonished.
|
|
Such nice clear places were made round them that they
|
|
had all the breathing space they wanted, and really,
|
|
if Mistress Mary had known it, they began to cheer up
|
|
under the dark earth and work tremendously. The sun could
|
|
get at them and warm them, and when the rain came down
|
|
it could reach them at once, so they began to feel very
|
|
much alive.
|
|
|
|
Mary was an odd, determined little person, and now she
|
|
had something interesting to be determined about,
|
|
she was very much absorbed, indeed. She worked and dug
|
|
and pulled up weeds steadily, only becoming more pleased
|
|
with her work every hour instead of tiring of it.
|
|
It seemed to her like a fascinating sort of play.
|
|
She found many more of the sprouting pale green points than
|
|
she had ever hoped to find. They seemed to be starting up
|
|
everywhere and each day she was sure she found tiny new ones,
|
|
some so tiny that they barely peeped above the earth.
|
|
There were so many that she remembered what Martha had
|
|
said about the "snowdrops by the thousands," and about
|
|
bulbs spreading and making new ones. These had been left
|
|
to themselves for ten years and perhaps they had spread,
|
|
like the snowdrops, into thousands. She wondered how long
|
|
it would be before they showed that they were flowers.
|
|
Sometimes she stopped digging to look at the garden and
|
|
try to imagine what it would be like when it was covered
|
|
with thousands of lovely things in bloom. During that week
|
|
of sunshine, she became more intimate with Ben Weatherstaff.
|
|
She surprised him several times by seeming to start
|
|
up beside him as if she sprang out of the earth.
|
|
The truth was that she was afraid that he would pick up
|
|
his tools and go away if he saw her coming, so she always
|
|
walked toward him as silently as possible. But, in fact,
|
|
he did not object to her as strongly as he had at first.
|
|
Perhaps he was secretly rather flattered by her evident
|
|
desire for his elderly company. Then, also, she was more
|
|
civil than she had been. He did not know that when she
|
|
first saw him she spoke to him as she would have spoken
|
|
to a native, and had not known that a cross, sturdy old
|
|
Yorkshire man was not accustomed to salaam to his masters,
|
|
and be merely commanded by them to do things.
|
|
|
|
"Tha'rt like th' robin," he said to her one morning
|
|
when he lifted his head and saw her standing by him.
|
|
"I never knows when I shall see thee or which side tha'll
|
|
come from."
|
|
|
|
"He's friends with me now," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"That's like him," snapped Ben Weatherstaff. "Makin' up
|
|
to th' women folk just for vanity an' flightiness.
|
|
There's nothin' he wouldn't do for th' sake o' showin'
|
|
off an' flirtin' his tail-feathers. He's as full o'
|
|
pride as an egg's full o' meat."
|
|
|
|
He very seldom talked much and sometimes did not even answer
|
|
Mary's questions except by a grunt, but this morning he
|
|
said more than usual. He stood up and rested one hobnailed
|
|
boot on the top of his spade while he looked her over.
|
|
|
|
"How long has tha' been here?" he jerked out.
|
|
|
|
"I think it's about a month," she answered.
|
|
|
|
"Tha's beginnin' to do Misselthwaite credit," he said.
|
|
"Tha's a bit fatter than tha' was an' tha's not quite
|
|
so yeller. Tha' looked like a young plucked crow when tha'
|
|
first came into this garden. Thinks I to myself I never set
|
|
eyes on an uglier, sourer faced young 'un."
|
|
|
|
Mary was not vain and as she had never thought much
|
|
of her looks she was not greatly disturbed.
|
|
|
|
"I know I'm fatter," she said. "My stockings
|
|
are getting tighter. They used to make wrinkles.
|
|
There's the robin, Ben Weatherstaff."
|
|
|
|
There, indeed, was the robin, and she thought he looked
|
|
nicer than ever. His red waistcoat was as glossy as satin
|
|
and he flirted his wings and tail and tilted his head
|
|
and hopped about with all sorts of lively graces.
|
|
He seemed determined to make Ben Weatherstaff admire him.
|
|
But Ben was sarcastic.
|
|
|
|
"Aye, there tha' art!" he said. "Tha' can put up with
|
|
me for a bit sometimes when tha's got no one better.
|
|
Tha's been reddenin' up thy waistcoat an' polishin'
|
|
thy feathers this two weeks. I know what tha's up to.
|
|
Tha's courtin' some bold young madam somewhere tellin'
|
|
thy lies to her about bein' th' finest cock robin on Missel
|
|
Moor an' ready to fight all th' rest of 'em."
|
|
|
|
"Oh! look at him!" exclaimed Mary.
|
|
|
|
The robin was evidently in a fascinating, bold mood.
|
|
He hopped closer and closer and looked at Ben Weatherstaff
|
|
more and more engagingly. He flew on to the nearest
|
|
currant bush and tilted his head and sang a little song
|
|
right at him.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' thinks tha'll get over me by doin' that," said Ben,
|
|
wrinkling his face up in such a way that Mary felt sure he
|
|
was trying not to look pleased. "Tha' thinks no one can
|
|
stand out against thee--that's what tha' thinks."
|
|
|
|
The robin spread his wings--Mary could scarcely believe
|
|
her eyes. He flew right up to the handle of Ben
|
|
Weatherstaff's spade and alighted on the top of it.
|
|
Then the old man's face wrinkled itself slowly into
|
|
a new expression. He stood still as if he were afraid
|
|
to breathe--as if he would not have stirred for the world,
|
|
lest his robin should start away. He spoke quite in a whisper.
|
|
|
|
"Well, I'm danged!" he said as softly as ifhe were saying
|
|
something quite different. "Tha' does know how to get at
|
|
a chap--tha' does! Tha's fair unearthly, tha's so knowin'."
|
|
|
|
And he stood without stirring--almost without drawing
|
|
his breath--until the robin gave another flirt to his
|
|
wings and flew away. Then he stood looking at the handle
|
|
of the spade as if there might be Magic in it, and then
|
|
he began to dig again and said nothing for several minutes.
|
|
|
|
But because he kept breaking into a slow grin now and then,
|
|
Mary was not afraid to talk to him.
|
|
|
|
"Have you a garden of your own?" she asked.
|
|
|
|
"No. I'm bachelder an' lodge with Martin at th' gate."
|
|
|
|
"If you had one," said Mary, "what would you plant?"
|
|
|
|
"Cabbages an' 'taters an' onions."
|
|
|
|
"But if you wanted to make a flower garden," persisted Mary,
|
|
"what would you plant?"
|
|
|
|
"Bulbs an' sweet-smellin' things--but mostly roses."
|
|
|
|
Mary's face lighted up.
|
|
|
|
"Do you like roses?" she said.
|
|
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff rooted up a weed and threw it aside
|
|
before he answered.
|
|
|
|
"Well, yes, I do. I was learned that by a young lady I
|
|
was gardener to. She had a lot in a place she was fond
|
|
of, an' she loved 'em like they was children--or robins.
|
|
I've seen her bend over an' kiss 'em." He dragged out another
|
|
weed and scowled at it. "That were as much as ten year' ago."
|
|
|
|
"Where is she now?" asked Mary, much interested.
|
|
|
|
"Heaven," he answered, and drove his spade deep into
|
|
the soil, "'cording to what parson says."
|
|
|
|
"What happened to the roses?" Mary asked again,
|
|
more interested than ever.
|
|
|
|
"They was left to themselves."
|
|
|
|
Mary was becoming quite excited.
|
|
|
|
"Did they quite die? Do roses quite die when they are
|
|
left to themselves?" she ventured.
|
|
|
|
"Well, I'd got to like 'em--an' I liked her--an'
|
|
she liked 'em," Ben Weatherstaff admitted reluctantly.
|
|
"Once or twice a year I'd go an' work at 'em a bit--prune
|
|
'em an' dig about th' roots. They run wild, but they was
|
|
in rich soil, so some of 'em lived."
|
|
|
|
"When they have no leaves and look gray and brown and dry,
|
|
how can you tell whether they are dead or alive?"
|
|
inquired Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Wait till th' spring gets at 'em--wait till th' sun shines
|
|
on th' rain and th' rain falls on th' sunshine an'
|
|
then tha'll find out."
|
|
|
|
"How--how?" cried Mary, forgetting to be careful.
|
|
"Look along th' twigs an' branches an' if tha' see a bit
|
|
of a brown lump swelling here an' there, watch it after th'
|
|
warm rain an' see what happens." He stopped suddenly
|
|
and looked curiously at her eager face. "Why does tha'
|
|
care so much about roses an' such, all of a sudden?"
|
|
he demanded.
|
|
|
|
Mistress Mary felt her face grow red. She was almost
|
|
afraid to answer.
|
|
|
|
"I--I want to play that--that I have a garden of my own,"
|
|
she stammered. "I--there is nothing for me to do.
|
|
I have nothing--and no one."
|
|
|
|
"Well," said Ben Weatherstaff slowly, as he watched her,
|
|
"that's true. Tha' hasn't."
|
|
|
|
He said it in such an odd way that Mary wondered if he
|
|
was actually a little sorry for her. She had never felt
|
|
sorry for herself; she had only felt tired and cross,
|
|
because she disliked people and things so much.
|
|
But now the world seemed to be changing and getting nicer.
|
|
If no one found out about the secret garden, she should
|
|
enjoy herself always.
|
|
|
|
She stayed with him for ten or fifteen minutes longer and
|
|
asked him as many questions as she dared. He answered every
|
|
one of them in his queer grunting way and he did not seem
|
|
really cross and did not pick up his spade and leave her.
|
|
He said something about roses just as she was going away
|
|
and it reminded her of the ones he had said he had been
|
|
fond of.
|
|
|
|
"Do you go and see those other roses now?" she asked.
|
|
|
|
"Not been this year. My rheumatics has made me too stiff
|
|
in th' joints."
|
|
|
|
He said it in his grumbling voice, and then quite suddenly
|
|
he seemed to get angry with her, though she did not see
|
|
why he should.
|
|
|
|
"Now look here!" he said sharply. "Don't tha'
|
|
ask so many questions. Tha'rt th' worst wench for askin'
|
|
questions I've ever come a cross. Get thee gone an'
|
|
play thee. I've done talkin' for today."
|
|
|
|
And he said it so crossly that she knew there was not
|
|
the least use in staying another minute. She went
|
|
skipping slowly down the outside walk, thinking him over
|
|
and saying to herself that, queer as it was, here was
|
|
another person whom she liked in spite of his crossness.
|
|
She liked old Ben Weatherstaff. Yes, she did like him.
|
|
She always wanted to try to make him talk to her.
|
|
Also she began to believe that he knew everything in the
|
|
world about flowers.
|
|
|
|
There was a laurel-hedged walk which curved round the secret
|
|
garden and ended at a gate which opened into a wood,
|
|
in the park. She thought she would slip round this walk
|
|
and look into the wood and see if there were any rabbits
|
|
hopping about. She enjoyed the skipping very much and
|
|
when she reached the little gate she opened it and went
|
|
through because she heard a low, peculiar whistling
|
|
sound and wanted to find out what it was.
|
|
|
|
It was a very strange thing indeed. She quite caught her
|
|
breath as she stopped to look at it. A boy was sitting
|
|
under a tree, with his back against it, playing on a rough
|
|
wooden pipe. He was a funny looking boy about twelve.
|
|
He looked very clean and his nose turned up and his
|
|
cheeks were as red as poppies and never had Mistress Mary
|
|
seen such round and such blue eyes in any boy's face.
|
|
And on the trunk of the tree he leaned against, a brown
|
|
squirrel was clinging and watching him, and from behind
|
|
a bush nearby a cock pheasant was delicately stretching
|
|
his neck to peep out, and quite near him were two rabbits
|
|
sitting up and sniffing with tremulous noses--and actually
|
|
it appeared as if they were all drawing near to watch him
|
|
and listen to the strange low little call his pipe seemed
|
|
to make.
|
|
|
|
When he saw Mary he held up his hand and spoke to her
|
|
in a voice almost as low as and rather like his piping.
|
|
|
|
"Don't tha' move," he said. "It'd flight 'em." Mary
|
|
remained motionless. He stopped playing his pipe and began
|
|
to rise from the ground. He moved so slowly that it scarcely
|
|
seemed as though he were moving at all, but at last he
|
|
stood on his feet and then the squirrel scampered back
|
|
up into the branches of his tree, the pheasant withdrew
|
|
his head and the rabbits dropped on all fours and began
|
|
to hop away, though not at all as if they were frightened.
|
|
|
|
"I'm Dickon," the boy said. "I know tha'rt Miss Mary."
|
|
|
|
Then Mary realized that somehow she had known at first that
|
|
he was Dickon. Who else could have been charming rabbits
|
|
and pheasants as the natives charm snakes in India? He had
|
|
a wide, red, curving mouth and his smile spread all over his face.
|
|
|
|
"I got up slow," he explained, "because if tha' makes a
|
|
quick move it startles 'em. A body 'as to move gentle an'
|
|
speak low when wild things is about."
|
|
|
|
He did not speak to her as if they had never seen
|
|
each other before but as if he knew her quite well.
|
|
Mary knew nothing about boys and she spoke to him a little
|
|
stiffly because she felt rather shy.
|
|
|
|
"Did you get Martha's letter?" she asked.
|
|
|
|
He nodded his curly, rust-colored head. "That's why
|
|
I come."
|
|
|
|
He stooped to pick up something which had been lying
|
|
on the ground beside him when he piped.
|
|
|
|
"I've got th' garden tools. There's a little spade an'
|
|
rake an' a fork an' hoe. Eh! they are good 'uns. There's
|
|
a trowel, too. An' th' woman in th' shop threw in a packet o'
|
|
white poppy an' one o' blue larkspur when I bought th'
|
|
other seeds."
|
|
|
|
"Will you show the seeds to me?" Mary said.
|
|
|
|
She wished she could talk as he did. His speech
|
|
was so quick and easy. It sounded as if he liked her
|
|
and was not the least afraid she would not like him,
|
|
though he was only a common moor boy, in patched clothes
|
|
and with a funny face and a rough, rusty-red head.
|
|
As she came closer to him she noticed that there was a clean
|
|
fresh scent of heather and grass and leaves about him,
|
|
almost as if he were made of them. She liked it very much
|
|
and when she looked into his funny face with the red
|
|
cheeks and round blue eyes she forgot that she had felt shy.
|
|
|
|
"Let us sit down on this log and look at them," she said.
|
|
|
|
They sat down and he took a clumsy little brown paper
|
|
package out of his coat pocket. He untied the string
|
|
and inside there were ever so many neater and smaller
|
|
packages with a picture of a flower on each one.
|
|
|
|
"There's a lot o' mignonette an' poppies," he said.
|
|
"Mignonette's th' sweetest smellin' thing as grows, an'
|
|
it'll grow wherever you cast it, same as poppies will.
|
|
Them as'll come up an' bloom if you just whistle to 'em,
|
|
them's th' nicest of all." He stopped and turned his
|
|
head quickly, his poppy-cheeked face lighting up.
|
|
|
|
"Where's that robin as is callin' us?" he said.
|
|
|
|
The chirp came from a thick holly bush, bright with
|
|
scarlet berries, and Mary thought she knew whose it was.
|
|
|
|
"Is it really calling us?" she asked.
|
|
|
|
"Aye," said Dickon, as if it was the most natural thing
|
|
in the world, "he's callin' some one he's friends with.
|
|
That's same as sayin' `Here I am. Look at me.
|
|
I wants a bit of a chat.' There he is in the bush.
|
|
Whose is he?"
|
|
|
|
"He's Ben Weatherstaff's, but I think he knows me a little,"
|
|
answered Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Aye, he knows thee," said Dickon in his low voice again.
|
|
"An' he likes thee. He's took thee on. He'll tell me all
|
|
about thee in a minute."
|
|
|
|
He moved quite close to the bush with the slow movement Mary
|
|
had noticed before, and then he made a sound almost like
|
|
the robin's own twitter. The robin listened a few seconds,
|
|
intently, and then answered quite as if he were replying to a question.
|
|
|
|
"Aye, he's a friend o' yours," chuckled Dickon.
|
|
|
|
"Do you think he is?" cried Mary eagerly. She did so want
|
|
to know. "Do you think he really likes me?"
|
|
|
|
"He wouldn't come near thee if he didn't," answered Dickon.
|
|
"Birds is rare choosers an' a robin can flout a body worse
|
|
than a man. See, he's making up to thee now. `Cannot tha'
|
|
see a chap?' he's sayin'."
|
|
|
|
And it really seemed as if it must be true. He so sidled
|
|
and twittered and tilted as he hopped on his bush.
|
|
|
|
"Do you understand everything birds say?" said Mary.
|
|
|
|
Dickon's grin spread until he seemed all wide, red,
|
|
curving mouth, and he rubbed his rough head.
|
|
|
|
"I think I do, and they think I do," he said. "I've lived on th'
|
|
moor with 'em so long. I've watched 'em break shell an'
|
|
come out an' fledge an' learn to fly an' begin to sing,
|
|
till I think I'm one of 'em. Sometimes I think p'raps
|
|
I'm a bird, or a fox, or a rabbit, or a squirrel,
|
|
or even a beetle, an' I don't know it."
|
|
|
|
He laughed and came back to the log and began to talk
|
|
about the flower seeds again. He told her what they looked
|
|
like when they were flowers; he told her how to plant them,
|
|
and watch them, and feed and water them.
|
|
|
|
"See here," he said suddenly, turning round to look at her.
|
|
"I'll plant them for thee myself. Where is tha' garden?"
|
|
|
|
Mary's thin hands clutched each other as they lay on
|
|
her lap. She did not know what to say, so for a whole
|
|
minute she said nothing. She had never thought of this.
|
|
She felt miserable. And she felt as if she went red
|
|
and then pale.
|
|
|
|
"Tha's got a bit o' garden, hasn't tha'?" Dickon said.
|
|
|
|
It was true that she had turned red and then pale.
|
|
Dickon saw her do it, and as she still said nothing,
|
|
he began to be puzzled.
|
|
|
|
"Wouldn't they give thee a bit?" he asked. "Hasn't tha'
|
|
got any yet?"
|
|
|
|
She held her hands tighter and turned her eyes toward him.
|
|
|
|
"I don't know anything about boys," she said slowly.
|
|
"Could you keep a secret, if I told you one? It's a great secret.
|
|
I don't know what I should do if any one found it out.
|
|
I believe I should die!" She said the last sentence
|
|
quite fiercely.
|
|
|
|
Dickon looked more puzzled than ever and even rubbed
|
|
his hand over his rough head again, but he answered quite
|
|
good-humoredly. "I'm keepin' secrets all th' time," he said.
|
|
"If I couldn't keep secrets from th' other lads,
|
|
secrets about foxes' cubs, an' birds' nests, an' wild things'
|
|
holes, there'd be naught safe on th' moor. Aye, I can
|
|
keep secrets."
|
|
|
|
Mistress Mary did not mean to put out her hand and clutch
|
|
his sleeve but she did it.
|
|
|
|
"I've stolen a garden," she said very fast. "It isn't mine.
|
|
It isn't anybody's. Nobody wants it, nobody cares for it,
|
|
nobody ever goes into it. Perhaps everything is dead in
|
|
it already. I don't know."
|
|
|
|
She began to feel hot and as contrary as she had ever
|
|
felt in her life.
|
|
|
|
"I don't care, I don't care! Nobody has any right
|
|
to take it from me when I care about it and they
|
|
don't. They're letting it die, all shut in by itself,"
|
|
she ended passionately, and she threw her arms over
|
|
her face and burst out crying-poor little Mistress Mary.
|
|
|
|
Dickon's curious blue eyes grew rounder and rounder.
|
|
"Eh-h-h!" he said, drawing his exclamation out slowly,
|
|
and the way he did it meant both wonder and sympathy.
|
|
|
|
"I've nothing to do," said Mary. "Nothing belongs to me.
|
|
I found it myself and I got into it myself. I was only just
|
|
like the robin, and they wouldn't take it from the robin."
|
|
"Where is it?" asked Dickon in a dropped voice.
|
|
|
|
Mistress Mary got up from the log at once. She knew she
|
|
felt contrary again, and obstinate, and she did not care
|
|
at all. She was imperious and Indian, and at the same
|
|
time hot and sorrowful.
|
|
|
|
"Come with me and I'll show you," she said.
|
|
|
|
She led him round the laurel path and to the walk where the
|
|
ivy grew so thickly. Dickon followed her with a queer,
|
|
almost pitying, look on his face. He felt as if he were
|
|
being led to look at some strange bird's nest and must
|
|
move softly. When she stepped to the wall and lifted
|
|
the hanging ivy he started. There was a door and Mary
|
|
pushed it slowly open and they passed in together,
|
|
and then Mary stood and waved her hand round defiantly.
|
|
|
|
"It's this," she said. "It's a secret garden, and I'm
|
|
the only one in the world who wants it to be alive."
|
|
|
|
Dickon looked round and round about it, and round
|
|
and round again.
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" he almost whispered, "it is a queer, pretty place!
|
|
It's like as if a body was in a dream."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XI
|
|
|
|
THE NEST OF THE MISSEL THRUSH
|
|
|
|
|
|
For two or three minutes he stood looking round him,
|
|
while Mary watched him, and then he began to walk
|
|
about softly, even more lightly than Mary had walked the
|
|
first time she had found herself inside the four walls.
|
|
His eyes seemed to be taking in everything--the gray trees
|
|
with the gray creepers climbing over them and hanging
|
|
from their branches, the tangle on the walls and among
|
|
the grass, the evergreen alcoves with the stone seats
|
|
and tall flower urns standing in them.
|
|
|
|
"I never thought I'd see this place," he said at last,
|
|
in a whisper.
|
|
|
|
"Did you know about it?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
She had spoken aloud and he made a sign to her.
|
|
|
|
"We must talk low," he said, "or some one'll hear us an'
|
|
wonder what's to do in here."
|
|
|
|
"Oh! I forgot!" said Mary, feeling frightened and putting
|
|
her hand quickly against her mouth. "Did you know about
|
|
the garden?" she asked again when she had recovered herself.
|
|
Dickon nodded.
|
|
|
|
"Martha told me there was one as no one ever went inside,"
|
|
he answered. "Us used to wonder what it was like."
|
|
|
|
He stopped and looked round at the lovely gray tangle
|
|
about him, and his round eyes looked queerly happy.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! the nests as'll be here come springtime," he said.
|
|
"It'd be th' safest nestin' place in England.
|
|
No one never comin' near an' tangles o' trees an'
|
|
roses to build in. I wonder all th' birds on th'
|
|
moor don't build here."
|
|
|
|
Mistress Mary put her hand on his arm again without
|
|
knowing it.
|
|
|
|
"Will there be roses?" she whispered. "Can you tell? I
|
|
thought perhaps they were all dead."
|
|
|
|
"Eh! No! Not them--not all of 'em!" he answered.
|
|
"Look here!"
|
|
|
|
He stepped over to the nearest tree--an old, old one with
|
|
gray lichen all over its bark, but upholding a curtain
|
|
of tangled sprays and branches. He took a thick knife
|
|
out of his Pocket and opened one of its blades.
|
|
|
|
"There's lots o' dead wood as ought to be cut out," he said.
|
|
"An' there's a lot o' old wood, but it made some new
|
|
last year. This here's a new bit," and he touched a shoot
|
|
which looked brownish green instead of hard, dry gray.
|
|
Mary touched it herself in an eager, reverent way.
|
|
|
|
"That one?" she said. "Is that one quite alive quite?"
|
|
|
|
Dickon curved his wide smiling mouth.
|
|
|
|
"It's as wick as you or me," he said; and Mary remembered
|
|
that Martha had told her that "wick" meant "alive"
|
|
or "lively."
|
|
|
|
"I'm glad it's wick!" she cried out in her whisper.
|
|
"I want them all to be wick. Let us go round the garden
|
|
and count how many wick ones there are."
|
|
|
|
She quite panted with eagerness, and Dickon was as eager
|
|
as she was. They went from tree to tree and from bush
|
|
to bush. Dickon carried his knife in his hand and showed
|
|
her things which she thought wonderful.
|
|
|
|
"They've run wild," he said, "but th' strongest ones
|
|
has fair thrived on it. The delicatest ones has
|
|
died out, but th' others has growed an' growed, an'
|
|
spread an' spread, till they's a wonder. See here!"
|
|
and he pulled down a thick gray, dry-looking branch.
|
|
"A body might think this was dead wood, but I don't believe
|
|
it is--down to th' root. I'll cut it low down an' see."
|
|
|
|
He knelt and with his knife cut the lifeless-looking
|
|
branch through, not far above the earth.
|
|
|
|
"There!" he said exultantly. "I told thee so.
|
|
There's green in that wood yet. Look at it."
|
|
|
|
Mary was down on her knees before he spoke, gazing with
|
|
all her might.
|
|
|
|
"When it looks a bit greenish an' juicy like that,
|
|
it's wick," he explained. "When th' inside is dry an'
|
|
breaks easy, like this here piece I've cut off,
|
|
it's done for. There's a big root here as all this live
|
|
wood sprung out of, an' if th' old wood's cut off an'
|
|
it's dug round, and took care of there'll be--"
|
|
he stopped and lifted his face to look up at the climbing
|
|
and hanging sprays above him--"there'll be a fountain o'
|
|
roses here this summer."
|
|
|
|
They went from bush to bush and from tree to tree.
|
|
He was very strong and clever with his knife and knew
|
|
how to cut the dry and dead wood away, and could tell when
|
|
an unpromising bough or twig had still green life in it.
|
|
In the course of half an hour Mary thought she could tell too,
|
|
and when he cut through a lifeless-looking branch she would
|
|
cry out joyfully under her breath when she caught sight
|
|
of the least shade of moist green. The spade, and hoe,
|
|
and fork were very useful. He showed her how to use the
|
|
fork while he dug about roots with the spade and stirred
|
|
the earth and let the air in.
|
|
|
|
They were working industriously round one of the biggest
|
|
standard roses when he caught sight of something which
|
|
made him utter an exclamation of surprise.
|
|
|
|
"Why!" he cried, pointing to the grass a few feet away.
|
|
"Who did that there?"
|
|
|
|
It was one of Mary's own little clearings round the pale
|
|
green points.
|
|
|
|
"I did it," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Why, I thought tha' didn't know nothin' about gardenin',"
|
|
he exclaimed.
|
|
|
|
"I don't," she answered, "but they were so little, and the
|
|
grass was so thick and strong, and they looked as if they
|
|
had no room to breathe. So I made a place for them.
|
|
I don't even know what they are."
|
|
|
|
Dickon went and knelt down by them, smiling his wide smile.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' was right," he said. "A gardener couldn't have told
|
|
thee better. They'll grow now like Jack's bean-stalk. They're
|
|
crocuses an' snowdrops, an' these here is narcissuses,"
|
|
turning to another patch, "an here's daffydowndillys.
|
|
Eh! they will be a sight."
|
|
|
|
He ran from one clearing to another.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' has done a lot o' work for such a little wench,"
|
|
he said, looking her over.
|
|
|
|
"I'm growing fatter," said Mary, "and I'm growing stronger.
|
|
I used always to be tired. When I dig I'm not tired at all.
|
|
I like to smell the earth when it's turned up."
|
|
|
|
"It's rare good for thee," he said, nodding his
|
|
head wisely. "There's naught as nice as th' smell o'
|
|
good clean earth, except th' smell o' fresh growin'
|
|
things when th' rain falls on 'em. I get out on th'
|
|
moor many a day when it's rainin' an' I lie under a bush an'
|
|
listen to th' soft swish o' drops on th' heather an,
|
|
I just sniff an, sniff. My nose end fair quivers like a
|
|
rabbit's, mother says."
|
|
|
|
"Do you never catch cold?" inquired Mary, gazing at
|
|
him wonderingly. She had never seen such a funny boy,
|
|
or such a nice one.
|
|
|
|
"Not me," he said, grinning. "I never ketched cold
|
|
since I was born. I wasn't brought up nesh enough.
|
|
I've chased about th' moor in all weathers same as th'
|
|
rabbits does. Mother says I've sniffed up too much fresh
|
|
air for twelve year' to ever get to sniffin' with cold.
|
|
I'm as tough as a white-thorn knobstick."
|
|
|
|
He was working all the time he was talking and Mary was
|
|
following him and helping him with her fork or the trowel.
|
|
|
|
"There's a lot of work to do here!" he said once,
|
|
looking about quite exultantly.
|
|
|
|
"Will you come again and help me to do it?" Mary begged.
|
|
"I'm sure I can help, too. I can dig and pull up weeds,
|
|
and do whatever you tell me. Oh! do come, Dickon!"
|
|
|
|
"I'll come every day if tha' wants me, rain or shine,"
|
|
he answered stoutly. "It's the best fun I ever had in my
|
|
life-- shut in here an' wakenin' up a garden."
|
|
|
|
"If you will come," said Mary, "if you will help me
|
|
to make it alive I'll--I don't know what I'll do,"
|
|
she ended helplessly. What could you do for a boy like that?
|
|
|
|
"I'll tell thee what tha'll do," said Dickon, with his
|
|
happy grin. "Tha'll get fat an' tha'll get as hungry
|
|
as a young fox an' tha'll learn how to talk to th'
|
|
robin same as I do. Eh! we'll have a lot o' fun."
|
|
|
|
He began to walk about, looking up in the trees and at
|
|
the walls and bushes with a thoughtful expression.
|
|
|
|
"I wouldn't want to make it look like a gardener's
|
|
garden, all clipped an' spick an' span, would you?"
|
|
he said. "It's nicer like this with things runnin'
|
|
wild, an' swingin' an' catchin' hold of each other."
|
|
|
|
"Don't let us make it tidy," said Mary anxiously.
|
|
"It wouldn't seem like a secret garden if it was tidy."
|
|
|
|
Dickon stood rubbing his rusty-red head with a rather
|
|
puzzled look. "It's a secret garden sure enough," he said,
|
|
"but seems like some one besides th' robin must have been
|
|
in it since it was shut up ten year' ago."
|
|
|
|
"But the door was locked and the key was buried," said Mary.
|
|
"No one could get in."
|
|
|
|
"That's true," he answered. "It's a queer place.
|
|
Seems to me as if there'd been a bit o' prunin' done here an'
|
|
there, later than ten year' ago."
|
|
|
|
"But how could it have been done?" said Mary.
|
|
|
|
He was examining a branch of a standard rose and he shook
|
|
his head.
|
|
|
|
"Aye! how could it!" he murmured. "With th'
|
|
door locked an' th' key buried."
|
|
|
|
Mistress Mary always felt that however many years
|
|
she lived she should never forget that first morning
|
|
when her garden began to grow. Of course, it did seem
|
|
to begin to grow for her that morning. When Dickon
|
|
began to clear places to plant seeds, she remembered
|
|
what Basil had sung at her when he wanted to tease her.
|
|
|
|
"Are there any flowers that look like bells?" she inquired.
|
|
|
|
"Lilies o' th' valley does," he answered, digging away
|
|
with the trowel, "an' there's Canterbury bells, an' campanulas."
|
|
|
|
"Let's plant some," said Mary. "There's lilies o' th,
|
|
valley here already; I saw 'em. They'll have growed too
|
|
close an' we'll have to separate 'em, but there's plenty.
|
|
Th' other ones takes two years to bloom from seed, but I
|
|
can bring you some bits o' plants from our cottage garden.
|
|
Why does tha' want 'em?"
|
|
|
|
Then Mary told him about Basil and his brothers
|
|
and sisters in India and of how she had hated them
|
|
and of their calling her "Mistress Mary Quite Contrary."
|
|
|
|
"They used to dance round and sing at me. They sang--
|
|
|
|
`Mistress Mary, quite contrary,
|
|
How does your garden grow?
|
|
With silver bells, and cockle shells,
|
|
And marigolds all in a row.'
|
|
|
|
I just remembered it and it made me wonder if there
|
|
were really flowers like silver bells."
|
|
|
|
She frowned a little and gave her trowel a rather spiteful
|
|
dig into the earth.
|
|
|
|
"I wasn't as contrary as they were."
|
|
|
|
But Dickon laughed.
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" he said, and as he crumbled the rich black soil she
|
|
saw he was sniffing up the scent of it. "There doesn't
|
|
seem to be no need for no one to be contrary when there's
|
|
flowers an' such like, an' such lots o' friendly wild
|
|
things runnin' about makin' homes for themselves, or buildin'
|
|
nests an' singin' an' whistlin', does there?"
|
|
|
|
Mary, kneeling by him holding the seeds, looked at him
|
|
and stopped frowning.
|
|
|
|
"Dickon," she said, "you are as nice as Martha said
|
|
you were. I like you, and you make the fifth person.
|
|
I never thought I should like five people."
|
|
|
|
Dickon sat up on his heels as Martha did when she was
|
|
polishing the grate. He did look funny and delightful,
|
|
Mary thought, with his round blue eyes and red cheeks
|
|
and happy looking turned-up nose.
|
|
|
|
"Only five folk as tha' likes?" he said. "Who is th'
|
|
other four?"
|
|
|
|
"Your mother and Martha," Mary checked them off
|
|
on her fingers, "and the robin and Ben Weatherstaff."
|
|
|
|
Dickon laughed so that he was obliged to stifle the sound
|
|
by putting his arm over his mouth.
|
|
|
|
"I know tha' thinks I'm a queer lad," he said, "but I
|
|
think tha' art th' queerest little lass I ever saw."
|
|
|
|
Then Mary did a strange thing. She leaned forward
|
|
and asked him a question she had never dreamed of asking
|
|
any one before. And she tried to ask it in Yorkshire
|
|
because that was his lan- guage, and in India a native
|
|
was always pleased if you knew his speech.
|
|
|
|
"Does tha' like me?" she said.
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" he answered heartily, "that I does. I likes
|
|
thee wonderful, an' so does th' robin, I do believe!"
|
|
|
|
"That's two, then," said Mary. "That's two for me."
|
|
|
|
And then they began to work harder than ever and more joyfully.
|
|
Mary was startled and sorry when she heard the big clock
|
|
in the courtyard strike the hour of her midday dinner.
|
|
|
|
"I shall have to go," she said mournfully. "And you
|
|
will have to go too, won't you?"
|
|
|
|
Dickon grinned.
|
|
|
|
"My dinner's easy to carry about with me," he said.
|
|
"Mother always lets me put a bit o' somethin' in my pocket."
|
|
|
|
He picked up his coat from the grass and brought out of
|
|
a pocket a lumpy little bundle tied up in a quite clean,
|
|
coarse, blue and white handkerchief. It held two thick
|
|
pieces of bread with a slice of something laid between them.
|
|
|
|
"It's oftenest naught but bread," he said, "but I've got
|
|
a fine slice o' fat bacon with it today."
|
|
|
|
Mary thought it looked a queer dinner, but he seemed
|
|
ready to enjoy it.
|
|
|
|
"Run on an' get thy victuals," he said. "I'll be done
|
|
with mine first. I'll get some more work done before I
|
|
start back home."
|
|
|
|
He sat down with his back against a tree.
|
|
|
|
"I'll call th' robin up," he said, "and give him th'
|
|
rind o' th' bacon to peck at. They likes a bit o'
|
|
fat wonderful."
|
|
|
|
Mary could scarcely bear to leave him. Suddenly it
|
|
seemed as if he might be a sort of wood fairy who
|
|
might be gone when she came into the garden again.
|
|
He seemed too good to be true. She went slowly half-way
|
|
to the door in the wall and then she stopped and went back.
|
|
|
|
"Whatever happens, you--you never would tell?" she said.
|
|
|
|
His poppy-colored cheeks were distended with his first big
|
|
bite of bread and bacon, but he managed to smile encouragingly.
|
|
|
|
"If tha' was a missel thrush an' showed me where thy nest was,
|
|
does tha' think I'd tell any one? Not me," he said.
|
|
"Tha' art as safe as a missel thrush."
|
|
|
|
And she was quite sure she was.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XII
|
|
|
|
"MIGHT I HAVE A BIT OF EARTH?"
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mary ran so fast that she was rather out of breath when she
|
|
reached her room. Her hair was ruffled on her forehead
|
|
and her cheeks were bright pink. Her dinner was waiting
|
|
on the table, and Martha was waiting near it.
|
|
|
|
"Tha's a bit late," she said. "Where has tha' been?"
|
|
|
|
"I've seen Dickon!" said Mary. "I've seen Dickon!"
|
|
|
|
"I knew he'd come," said Martha exultantly. "How does tha'
|
|
like him?"
|
|
|
|
"I think--I think he's beautiful!" said Mary in a determined voice.
|
|
|
|
Martha looked rather taken aback but she looked pleased, too.
|
|
|
|
"Well," she said, "he's th' best lad as ever was born,
|
|
but us never thought he was handsome. His nose turns up
|
|
too much."
|
|
|
|
"I like it to turn up," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"An' his eyes is so round," said Martha, a trifle doubtful.
|
|
"Though they're a nice color." "I like them round,"
|
|
said Mary. "And they are exactly the color of the sky
|
|
over the moor."
|
|
|
|
Martha beamed with satisfaction.
|
|
|
|
"Mother says he made 'em that color with always lookin'
|
|
up at th' birds an' th' clouds. But he has got a big mouth,
|
|
hasn't he, now?"
|
|
|
|
"I love his big mouth," said Mary obstinately. "I wish
|
|
mine were just like it."
|
|
|
|
Martha chuckled delightedly.
|
|
|
|
"It'd look rare an' funny in thy bit of a face," she said.
|
|
"But I knowed it would be that way when tha' saw him.
|
|
How did tha' like th' seeds an' th' garden tools?"
|
|
|
|
"How did you know he brought them?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! I never thought of him not bringin' 'em. He'd
|
|
be sure to bring 'em if they was in Yorkshire.
|
|
He's such a trusty lad."
|
|
|
|
Mary was afraid that she might begin to ask
|
|
difficult questions, but she did not. She was very
|
|
much interested in the seeds and gardening tools,
|
|
and there was only one moment when Mary was frightened.
|
|
This was when she began to ask where the flowers were to be planted.
|
|
|
|
"Who did tha' ask about it?" she inquired.
|
|
|
|
"I haven't asked anybody yet," said Mary, hesitating.
|
|
"Well, I wouldn't ask th' head gardener. He's too grand,
|
|
Mr. Roach is."
|
|
|
|
"I've never seen him," said Mary. "I've only seen
|
|
undergardeners and Ben Weatherstaff."
|
|
|
|
"If I was you, I'd ask Ben Weatherstaff," advised Martha.
|
|
"He's not half as bad as he looks, for all he's so crabbed.
|
|
Mr. Craven lets him do what he likes because he was here
|
|
when Mrs. Craven was alive, an' he used to make her laugh.
|
|
She liked him. Perhaps he'd find you a corner somewhere out o'
|
|
the way."
|
|
|
|
"If it was out of the way and no one wanted it, no one
|
|
could mind my having it, could they?" Mary said anxiously.
|
|
|
|
"There wouldn't be no reason," answered Martha.
|
|
"You wouldn't do no harm."
|
|
|
|
Mary ate her dinner as quickly as she could and when she
|
|
rose from the table she was going to run to her room
|
|
to put on her hat again, but Martha stopped her.
|
|
|
|
"I've got somethin' to tell you," she said. "I thought
|
|
I'd let you eat your dinner first. Mr. Craven came back
|
|
this mornin' and I think he wants to see you."
|
|
|
|
Mary turned quite pale.
|
|
|
|
"Oh!" she said. "Why! Why! He didn't want to see me when I came.
|
|
I heard Pitcher say he didn't." "Well," explained Martha,
|
|
"Mrs. Medlock says it's because o' mother. She was walkin'
|
|
to Thwaite village an' she met him. She'd never spoke
|
|
to him before, but Mrs. Craven had been to our cottage
|
|
two or three times. He'd forgot, but mother hadn't an'
|
|
she made bold to stop him. I don't know what she said
|
|
to him about you but she said somethin' as put him in th'
|
|
mind to see you before he goes away again, tomorrow."
|
|
|
|
"Oh!" cried Mary, "is he going away tomorrow? I am so glad!"
|
|
|
|
"He's goin' for a long time. He mayn't come back till
|
|
autumn or winter. He's goin' to travel in foreign places.
|
|
He's always doin' it."
|
|
|
|
"Oh! I'm so glad--so glad!" said Mary thankfully.
|
|
|
|
If he did not come back until winter, or even autumn,
|
|
there would be time to watch the secret garden come alive.
|
|
Even if he found out then and took it away from her she
|
|
would have had that much at least.
|
|
|
|
"When do you think he will want to see--"
|
|
|
|
She did not finish the sentence, because the door opened,
|
|
and Mrs. Medlock walked in. She had on her best black
|
|
dress and cap, and her collar was fastened with a
|
|
large brooch with a picture of a man's face on it.
|
|
It was a colored photograph of Mr. Medlock who had died
|
|
years ago, and she always wore it when she was dressed up.
|
|
She looked nervous and excited.
|
|
|
|
"Your hair's rough," she said quickly. "Go and
|
|
brush it. Martha, help her to slip on her best dress.
|
|
Mr. Craven sent me to bring her to him in his study."
|
|
|
|
All the pink left Mary's cheeks. Her heart began to
|
|
thump and she felt herself changing into a stiff, plain,
|
|
silent child again. She did not even answer Mrs. Medlock,
|
|
but turned and walked into her bedroom, followed by Martha.
|
|
She said nothing while her dress was changed, and her
|
|
hair brushed, and after she was quite tidy she followed
|
|
Mrs. Medlock down the corridors, in silence. What was there
|
|
for her to say? She was obliged to go and see Mr. Craven
|
|
and he would not like her, and she would not like him.
|
|
She knew what he would think of her.
|
|
|
|
She was taken to a part of the house she had not been
|
|
into before. At last Mrs. Medlock knocked at a door,
|
|
and when some one said, "Come in," they entered the
|
|
room together. A man was sitting in an armchair before
|
|
the fire, and Mrs. Medlock spoke to him.
|
|
|
|
"This is Miss Mary, sir," she said.
|
|
|
|
"You can go and leave her here. I will ring for you
|
|
when I want you to take her away," said Mr. Craven.
|
|
|
|
When she went out and closed the door, Mary could only
|
|
stand waiting, a plain little thing, twisting her thin
|
|
hands together. She could see that the man in the
|
|
chair was not so much a hunchback as a man with high,
|
|
rather crooked shoulders, and he had black hair streaked
|
|
with white. He turned his head over his high shoulders
|
|
and spoke to her.
|
|
|
|
"Come here!" he said.
|
|
|
|
Mary went to him.
|
|
|
|
He was not ugly. His face would have been handsome if it
|
|
had not been so miserable. He looked as if the sight
|
|
of her worried and fretted him and as if he did not know
|
|
what in the world to do with her.
|
|
|
|
"Are you well?" he asked.
|
|
|
|
"Yes," answered Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Do they take good care of you?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes."
|
|
|
|
He rubbed his forehead fretfully as he looked her over.
|
|
|
|
"You are very thin," he said.
|
|
|
|
"I am getting fatter," Mary answered in what she knew
|
|
was her stiffest way.
|
|
|
|
What an unhappy face he had! His black eyes seemed as if they
|
|
scarcely saw her, as if they were seeing something else,
|
|
and he could hardly keep his thoughts upon her.
|
|
|
|
"I forgot you," he said. "How could I remember you? I
|
|
intended to send you a governess or a nurse, or some
|
|
one of that sort, but I forgot."
|
|
|
|
"Please," began Mary. "Please--" and then the lump
|
|
in her throat choked her.
|
|
|
|
"What do you want to say?" he inquired.
|
|
|
|
"I am--I am too big for a nurse," said Mary.
|
|
"And please--please don't make me have a governess yet."
|
|
|
|
He rubbed his forehead again and stared at her.
|
|
|
|
"That was what the Sowerby woman said," he muttered absentmindedly.
|
|
|
|
Then Mary gathered a scrap of courage.
|
|
|
|
"Is she--is she Martha's mother?" she stammered.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I think so," he replied.
|
|
|
|
"She knows about children," said Mary. "She has twelve.
|
|
She knows."
|
|
|
|
He seemed to rouse himself.
|
|
|
|
"What do you want to do?"
|
|
|
|
"I want to play out of doors," Mary answered, hoping that
|
|
her voice did not tremble. "I never liked it in India.
|
|
It makes me hungry here, and I am getting fatter."
|
|
|
|
He was watching her.
|
|
|
|
"Mrs. Sowerby said it would do you good. Perhaps it will,"
|
|
he said. "She thought you had better get stronger before
|
|
you had a governess."
|
|
|
|
"It makes me feel strong when I play and the wind comes
|
|
over the moor," argued Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Where do you play?" he asked next.
|
|
|
|
"Everywhere," gasped Mary. "Martha's mother sent me
|
|
a skipping-rope. I skip and run--and I look about to see
|
|
if things are beginning to stick up out of the earth.
|
|
I don't do any harm."
|
|
|
|
"Don't look so frightened," he said in a worried voice.
|
|
"You could not do any harm, a child like you! You may do
|
|
what you like."
|
|
|
|
Mary put her hand up to her throat because she was afraid
|
|
he might see the excited lump which she felt jump into it.
|
|
She came a step nearer to him.
|
|
|
|
"May I?" she said tremulously.
|
|
|
|
Her anxious little face seemed to worry him more than ever.
|
|
|
|
"Don't look so frightened," he exclaimed. "Of course you may.
|
|
I am your guardian, though I am a poor one for any child.
|
|
I cannot give you time or attention. I am too ill,
|
|
and wretched and distracted; but I wish you to be happy
|
|
and comfortable. I don't know anything about children,
|
|
but Mrs. Medlock is to see that you have all you need.
|
|
I sent for you to-day because Mrs. Sowerby said I
|
|
ought to see you. Her daughter had talked about you.
|
|
She thought you needed fresh air and freedom and running
|
|
about."
|
|
|
|
"She knows all about children," Mary said again in spite
|
|
of herself.
|
|
|
|
"She ought to," said Mr. Craven. "I thought her rather
|
|
bold to stop me on the moor, but she said--Mrs. Craven
|
|
had been kind to her." It seemed hard for him to speak
|
|
his dead wife's name. "She is a respectable woman.
|
|
Now I have seen you I think she said sensible things.
|
|
Play out of doors as much as you like. It's a big place
|
|
and you may go where you like and amuse yourself as you like.
|
|
Is there anything you want?" as if a sudden thought had
|
|
struck him. "Do you want toys, books, dolls?"
|
|
|
|
"Might I," quavered Mary, "might I have a bit of earth?"
|
|
|
|
In her eagerness she did not realize how queer the words
|
|
would sound and that they were not the ones she had meant
|
|
to say. Mr. Craven looked quite startled.
|
|
|
|
"Earth!" he repeated. "What do you mean?"
|
|
|
|
"To plant seeds in--to make things grow--to see them
|
|
come alive," Mary faltered.
|
|
|
|
He gazed at her a moment and then passed his hand quickly
|
|
over his eyes.
|
|
|
|
"Do you--care about gardens so much," he said slowly.
|
|
|
|
"I didn't know about them in India," said Mary. "I was
|
|
always ill and tired and it was too hot. I sometimes
|
|
made littlebeds in the sand and stuck flowers in them.
|
|
But here it is different."
|
|
|
|
Mr. Craven got up and began to walk slowly across the room.
|
|
|
|
"A bit of earth," he said to himself, and Mary thought
|
|
that somehow she must have reminded him of something.
|
|
When he stopped and spoke to her his dark eyes looked almost
|
|
soft and kind.
|
|
|
|
"You can have as much earth as you want," he said.
|
|
"You remind me of some one else who loved the earth and
|
|
things that grow. When you see a bit of earth you want,"
|
|
with something like a smile, "take it, child, and make it
|
|
come alive."
|
|
|
|
"May I take it from anywhere--if it's not wanted?"
|
|
|
|
"Anywhere," he answered. "There! You must go now,
|
|
I am tired." He touched the bell to call Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
"Good-by. I shall be away all summer."
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Medlock came so quickly that Mary thought she must
|
|
have been waiting in the corridor.
|
|
|
|
"Mrs. Medlock," Mr. Craven said to her, "now I have
|
|
seen the child I understand what Mrs. Sowerby meant.
|
|
She must be less delicate before she begins lessons.
|
|
Give her simple, healthy food. Let her run wild in
|
|
the garden. Don't look after her too much. She needs
|
|
liberty and fresh air and romping about. Mrs. Sowerby
|
|
is to come and see her now and then and she may sometimes
|
|
go to the cottage."
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Medlock looked pleased. She was relieved to
|
|
hear that she need not "look after" Mary too much.
|
|
She had felt her a tiresome charge and had indeed seen
|
|
as little of her as she dared. In addition to this
|
|
she was fond of Martha's mother.
|
|
|
|
"Thank you, sir," she said. "Susan Sowerby and me went to
|
|
school together and she's as sensible and good-hearted a woman
|
|
as you'd find in a day's walk. I never had any children
|
|
myself and she's had twelve, and there never was healthier
|
|
or better ones. Miss Mary can get no harm from them.
|
|
I'd always take Susan Sowerby's advice about children myself.
|
|
She's what you might call healthy-minded--if you understand me."
|
|
|
|
"I understand," Mr. Craven answered. "Take Miss Mary
|
|
away now and send Pitcher to me."
|
|
|
|
When Mrs. Medlock left her at the end of her own corridor
|
|
Mary flew back to her room. She found Martha waiting there.
|
|
Martha had, in fact, hurried back after she had removed
|
|
the dinner service.
|
|
|
|
"I can have my garden!" cried Mary. "I may have it
|
|
where I like! I am not going to have a governess
|
|
for a long time! Your mother is coming to see me
|
|
and I may go to your cottage! He says a little girl
|
|
like me could not do any harm and I may do what I like--anywhere!"
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" said Martha delightedly, "that was nice of him
|
|
wasn't it?"
|
|
|
|
"Martha," said Mary solemnly, "he is really a nice man,
|
|
only his face is so miserable and his forehead is all
|
|
drawn together."
|
|
|
|
She ran as quickly as she could to the garden. She had
|
|
been away so much longer than she had thought she should
|
|
and she knew Dickon would have to set out early on his
|
|
five-mile walk. When she slipped through the door under
|
|
the ivy, she saw he was not working where she had left him.
|
|
The gardening tools were laid together under a tree.
|
|
She ran to them, looking all round the place, but there
|
|
was no Dickon to be seen. He had gone away and the secret
|
|
garden was empty--except for the robin who had just flown
|
|
across the wall and sat on a standard rose-bush watching her.
|
|
"He's gone," she said woefully. "Oh! was he--was he--was
|
|
he only a wood fairy?"
|
|
|
|
Something white fastened to the standard rose-bush caught
|
|
her eye. It was a piece of paper, in fact, it was a
|
|
piece of the letter she had printed for Martha to send
|
|
to Dickon. It was fastened on the bush with a long thorn,
|
|
and in a minute she knew Dickon had left it there.
|
|
There were some roughly printed letters on it and a sort
|
|
of picture. At first she could not tell what it was.
|
|
Then she saw it was meant for a nest with a bird sitting
|
|
on it. Underneath were the printed letters and they
|
|
said:
|
|
|
|
"I will cum bak."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XIII
|
|
|
|
"I AM COLIN"
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mary took the picture back to the house when she went
|
|
to her supper and she showed it to Martha.
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" said Martha with great pride. "I never knew our
|
|
Dickon was as clever as that. That there's a picture
|
|
of a missel thrush on her nest, as large as life an'
|
|
twice as natural."
|
|
|
|
Then Mary knew Dickon had meant the picture to be a message.
|
|
He had meant that she might be sure he would keep her secret.
|
|
Her garden was her nest and she was like a missel thrush.
|
|
Oh, how she did like that queer, common boy!
|
|
|
|
She hoped he would come back the very next day and she
|
|
fell asleep looking forward to the morning.
|
|
|
|
But you never know what the weather will do in Yorkshire,
|
|
particularly in the springtime. She was awakened in
|
|
the night by the sound of rain beating with heavy drops
|
|
against her window. It was pouring down in torrents
|
|
and the wind was "wuthering" round the corners and in
|
|
the chimneys of the huge old house. Mary sat up in bed
|
|
and felt miserable and angry.
|
|
|
|
"The rain is as contrary as I ever was," she said.
|
|
"It came because it knew I did not want it."
|
|
|
|
She threw herself back on her pillow and buried her face.
|
|
She did not cry, but she lay and hated the sound of the
|
|
heavily beating rain, she hated the wind and its "wuthering."
|
|
She could not go to sleep again. The mournful sound kept
|
|
her awake because she felt mournful herself. If she had
|
|
felt happy it would probably have lulled her to sleep.
|
|
How it "wuthered" and how the big raindrops poured down
|
|
and beat against the pane!
|
|
|
|
"It sounds just like a person lost on the moor
|
|
and wandering on and on crying," she said.
|
|
|
|
|
|
She had been lying awake turning from side to side
|
|
for about an hour, when suddenly something made her sit
|
|
up in bed and turn her head toward the door listening.
|
|
She listened and she listened.
|
|
|
|
"It isn't the wind now," she said in a loud whisper.
|
|
"That isn't the wind. It is different. It is that crying I
|
|
heard before."
|
|
|
|
The door of her room was ajar and the sound came down
|
|
the corridor, a far-off faint sound of fretful crying.
|
|
She listened for a few minutes and each minute she became
|
|
more and more sure. She felt as if she must find out
|
|
what it was. It seemed even stranger than the secret
|
|
garden and the buried key. Perhaps the fact that she
|
|
was in a rebellious mood made her bold. She put her foot
|
|
out of bed and stood on the floor.
|
|
|
|
"I am going to find out what it is," she said. "Everybody is
|
|
in bed and I don't care about Mrs. Medlock--I don't care!"
|
|
|
|
There was a candle by her bedside and she took it up
|
|
and went softly out of the room. The corridor looked
|
|
very long and dark, but she was too excited to mind that.
|
|
She thought she remembered the corners she must turn
|
|
to find the short corridor with the door covered with
|
|
tapestry--the one Mrs. Medlock had come through the day
|
|
she lost herself. The sound had come up that passage.
|
|
So she went on with her dim light, almost feeling her way,
|
|
her heart beating so loud that she fancied she could
|
|
hear it. The far-off faint crying went on and led her.
|
|
Sometimes it stopped for a moment or so and then began again.
|
|
Was this the right corner to turn? She stopped and thought.
|
|
Yes it was. Down this passage and then to the left,
|
|
and then up two broad steps, and then to the right again.
|
|
Yes, there was the tapestry door.
|
|
|
|
She pushed it open very gently and closed it behind her,
|
|
and she stood in the corridor and could hear the crying
|
|
quite plainly, though it was not loud. It was on the other
|
|
side of the wall at her left and a few yards farther on
|
|
there was a door. She could see a glimmer of light coming
|
|
from beneath it. The Someone was crying in that room,
|
|
and it was quite a young Someone.
|
|
|
|
So she walked to the door and pushed it open, and there
|
|
she was standing in the room!
|
|
|
|
It was a big room with ancient, handsome furniture in it.
|
|
There was a low fire glowing faintly on the hearth and a
|
|
night light burning by the side of a carved four-posted
|
|
bed hung with brocade, and on the bed was lying a boy,
|
|
crying fretfully.
|
|
|
|
Mary wondered if she was in a real place or if she had
|
|
fallen asleep again and was dreaming without knowing it.
|
|
|
|
The boy had a sharp, delicate face the color of ivory
|
|
and he seemed to have eyes too big for it. He had
|
|
also a lot of hair which tumbled over his forehead
|
|
in heavy locks and made his thin face seem smaller.
|
|
He looked like a boy who had been ill, but he was crying
|
|
more as if he were tired and cross than as if he were in pain.
|
|
|
|
Mary stood near the door with her candle in her hand,
|
|
holding her breath. Then she crept across the room, and,
|
|
as she drew nearer, the light attracted the boy's attention
|
|
and he turned his head on his pillow and stared at her,
|
|
his gray eyes opening so wide that they seemed immense.
|
|
|
|
"Who are you?" he said at last in a half-frightened whisper.
|
|
"Are you a ghost?"
|
|
|
|
"No, I am not," Mary answered, her own whisper sounding
|
|
half frightened. "Are you one?"
|
|
|
|
He stared and stared and stared. Mary could not help
|
|
noticing what strange eyes he had. They were agate
|
|
gray and they looked too big for his face because they
|
|
had black lashes all round them.
|
|
|
|
"No," he replied after waiting a moment or so.
|
|
"I am Colin."
|
|
|
|
"Who is Colin?" she faltered.
|
|
|
|
"I am Colin Craven. Who are you?"
|
|
|
|
"I am Mary Lennox. Mr. Craven is my uncle."
|
|
|
|
"He is my father," said the boy.
|
|
|
|
"Your father!" gasped Mary. "No one ever told me he
|
|
had a boy! Why didn't they?"
|
|
|
|
"Come here," he said, still keeping his strange eyes
|
|
fixed on her with an anxious expression.
|
|
|
|
She came close to the bed and he put out his hand
|
|
and touched her.
|
|
|
|
"You are real, aren't you?" he said. "I have such real
|
|
dreams very often. You might be one of them."
|
|
|
|
Mary had slipped on a woolen wrapper before she left
|
|
her room and she put a piece of it between his fingers.
|
|
|
|
"Rub that and see how thick and warm it is," she said.
|
|
"I will pinch you a little if you like, to show you how real
|
|
I am. For a minute I thought you might be a dream too."
|
|
|
|
"Where did you come from?" he asked.
|
|
|
|
"From my own room. The wind wuthered so I couldn't go
|
|
to sleep and I heard some one crying and wanted to find
|
|
out who it was. What were you crying for?"
|
|
|
|
"Because I couldn't go to sleep either and my head ached.
|
|
Tell me your name again."
|
|
|
|
"Mary Lennox. Did no one ever tell you I had come
|
|
to live here?"
|
|
|
|
He was still fingering the fold of her wrapper, but he
|
|
began to look a little more as if he believed in her reality.
|
|
|
|
"No," he answered. "They daren't."
|
|
|
|
"Why?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Because I should have been afraid you would see me.
|
|
I won't let people see me and talk me over."
|
|
|
|
"Why?" Mary asked again, feeling more mystified every moment.
|
|
|
|
"Because I am like this always, ill and having to lie down.
|
|
My father won't let people talk me over either.
|
|
The servants are not allowed to speak about me.
|
|
If I live I may be a hunchback, but I shan't live.
|
|
My father hates to think I may be like him."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, what a queer house this is!" Mary said.
|
|
"What a queer house! Everything is a kind of secret.
|
|
Rooms are locked up and gardens are locked up--and you!
|
|
Have you been locked up?"
|
|
|
|
"No. I stay in this room because I don't want to be moved
|
|
out of it. It tires me too much."
|
|
|
|
"Does your father come and see you?" Mary ventured.
|
|
|
|
"Sometimes. Generally when I am asleep. He doesn't want
|
|
to see me."
|
|
|
|
"Why?" Mary could not help asking again.
|
|
|
|
A sort of angry shadow passed over the boy's face.
|
|
|
|
"My mother died when I was born and it makes him wretched
|
|
to look at me. He thinks I don't know, but I've heard
|
|
people talking. He almost hates me."
|
|
|
|
"He hates the garden, because she died," said Mary half
|
|
speaking to herself.
|
|
|
|
"What garden?" the boy asked.
|
|
|
|
"Oh! just--just a garden she used to like," Mary stammered.
|
|
"Have you been here always?" "Nearly always. Sometimes I
|
|
have been taken to places at the seaside, but I won't
|
|
stay because people stare at me. I used to wear an iron
|
|
thing to keep my back straight, but a grand doctor came
|
|
from London to see me and said it was stupid. He told
|
|
them to take it off and keep me out in the fresh air.
|
|
I hate fresh air and I don't want to go out."
|
|
|
|
"I didn't when first I came here," said Mary. "Why do
|
|
you keep looking at me like that?"
|
|
|
|
"Because of the dreams that are so real," he answered
|
|
rather fretfully. "Sometimes when I open my eyes I don't
|
|
believe I'm awake."
|
|
|
|
"We're both awake," said Mary. She glanced round the room
|
|
with its high ceiling and shadowy corners and dim fire-light.
|
|
"It looks quite like a dream, and it's the middle of the night,
|
|
and everybody in the house is asleep--everybody but us.
|
|
We are wide awake."
|
|
|
|
"I don't want it to be a dream," the boy said restlessly.
|
|
|
|
Mary thought of something all at once.
|
|
|
|
"If you don't like people to see you," she began,
|
|
"do you want me to go away?"
|
|
|
|
He still held the fold of her wrapper and he gave it
|
|
a little pull.
|
|
|
|
"No," he said. "I should be sure you were a dream if you went.
|
|
If you are real, sit down on that big footstool and talk.
|
|
I want to hear about you."
|
|
|
|
Mary put down her candle on the table near the bed
|
|
and sat down on the cushioned stool. She did not want
|
|
to go away at all. She wanted to stay in the mysterious
|
|
hidden-away room and talk to the mysterious boy.
|
|
|
|
"What do you want me to tell you?" she said.
|
|
|
|
He wanted to know how long she had been at Misselthwaite;
|
|
he wanted to know which corridor her room was on; he wanted
|
|
to know what she had been doing; if she disliked the moor
|
|
as he disliked it; where she had lived before she came
|
|
to Yorkshire. She answered all these questions and many
|
|
more and he lay back on his pillow and listened. He made
|
|
her tell him a great deal about India and about her voyage
|
|
across the ocean. She found out that because he had been
|
|
an invalid he had not learned things as other children had.
|
|
One of his nurses had taught him to read when he was quite
|
|
little and he was always reading and looking at pictures
|
|
in splendid books.
|
|
|
|
Though his father rarely saw him when he was awake, he was
|
|
given all sorts of wonderful things to amuse himself with.
|
|
He never seemed to have been amused, however. He could have
|
|
anything he asked for and was never made to do anything he did
|
|
not like to do. "Everyone is obliged to do what pleases me,"
|
|
he said indifferently. "It makes me ill to be angry.
|
|
No one believes I shall live to grow up."
|
|
|
|
He said it as if he was so accustomed to the idea that it
|
|
had ceased to matter to him at all. He seemed to like
|
|
the sound of Mary's voice. As she went on talking he
|
|
listened in a drowsy, interested way. Once or twice she
|
|
wondered if he were not gradually falling into a doze.
|
|
But at last he asked a question which opened up a new subject.
|
|
|
|
"How old are you?" he asked.
|
|
|
|
"I am ten," answered Mary, forgetting herself for the moment,
|
|
"and so are you."
|
|
|
|
"How do you know that?" he demanded in a surprised voice.
|
|
|
|
"Because when you were born the garden door was locked
|
|
and the key was buried. And it has been locked for ten years."
|
|
|
|
Colin half sat up, turning toward her, leaning on his elbows.
|
|
|
|
"What garden door was locked? Who did it? Where was
|
|
the key buried?" he exclaimed as if he were suddenly
|
|
very much interested.
|
|
|
|
"It--it was the garden Mr. Craven hates," said Mary nervously.
|
|
"He locked the door. No one--no one knew where he buried
|
|
the key." "What sort of a garden is it?" Colin persisted eagerly.
|
|
|
|
"No one has been allowed to go into it for ten years,"
|
|
was Mary's careful answer.
|
|
|
|
But it was too late to be careful. He was too much
|
|
like herself. He too had had nothing to think about
|
|
and the idea of a hidden garden attracted him as it
|
|
had attracted her. He asked question after question.
|
|
Where was it? Had she never looked for the door? Had she
|
|
never asked the gardeners?
|
|
|
|
"They won't talk about it," said Mary. "I think they
|
|
have been told not to answer questions."
|
|
|
|
"I would make them," said Colin.
|
|
|
|
"Could you?" Mary faltered, beginning to feel frightened.
|
|
If he could make people answer questions, who knew what
|
|
might happen!
|
|
|
|
"Everyone is obliged to please me. I told you that,"
|
|
he said. "If I were to live, this place would sometime
|
|
belong to me. They all know that. I would make them
|
|
tell me."
|
|
|
|
Mary had not known that she herself had been spoiled,
|
|
but she could see quite plainly that this mysterious boy
|
|
had been. He thought that the whole world belonged to him.
|
|
How peculiar he was and how coolly he spoke of not living.
|
|
|
|
"Do you think you won't live?" she asked, partly because
|
|
she was curious and partly in hope of making him forget
|
|
the garden.
|
|
|
|
"I don't suppose I shall," he answered as indifferently
|
|
as he had spoken before. "Ever since I remember anything
|
|
I have heard people say I shan't. At first they thought
|
|
I was too little to understand and now they think I
|
|
don't hear. But I do. My doctor is my father's cousin.
|
|
He is quite poor and if I die he will have all Misselthwaite
|
|
when my father is dead. I should think he wouldn't want
|
|
me to live."
|
|
|
|
"Do you want to live?" inquired Mary.
|
|
|
|
"No," he answered, in a cross, tired fashion. "But I
|
|
don't want to die. When I feel ill I lie here and think
|
|
about it until I cry and cry."
|
|
|
|
"I have heard you crying three times," Mary said, "but I
|
|
did not know who it was. Were you crying about that?"
|
|
She did so want him to forget the garden.
|
|
|
|
"I dare say," he answered. "Let us talk about something else.
|
|
Talk about that garden. Don't you want to see it?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes," answered Mary, in quite a low voice.
|
|
|
|
"I do," he went on persistently. "I don't think I ever really
|
|
wanted to see anything before, but I want to see that garden.
|
|
I want the key dug up. I want the door unlocked.
|
|
I would let them take me there in my chair. That would
|
|
be gettingfresh air. I am going to make them open the door."
|
|
|
|
He had become quite excited and his strange eyes began
|
|
to shine like stars and looked more immense than ever.
|
|
|
|
"They have to please me," he said. "I will make them
|
|
take me there and I will let you go, too."
|
|
|
|
Mary's hands clutched each other. Everything would
|
|
be spoiled--everything! Dickon would never come back.
|
|
She would never again feel like a missel thrush with a
|
|
safe-hidden nest.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, don't--don't--don't--don't do that!" she cried out.
|
|
|
|
He stared as if he thought she had gone crazy!
|
|
|
|
"Why?" he exclaimed. "You said you wanted to see it."
|
|
|
|
"I do," she answered almost with a sob in her throat,
|
|
"but if you make them open the door and take you in like
|
|
that it will never be a secret again."
|
|
|
|
He leaned still farther forward.
|
|
|
|
"A secret," he said. "What do you mean? Tell me."
|
|
|
|
Mary's words almost tumbled over one another.
|
|
|
|
"You see--you see," she panted, "if no one knows but
|
|
ourselves--if there was a door, hidden somewhere under
|
|
the ivy--if there was--and we could find it; and if we
|
|
could slip through it together and shut it behind us,
|
|
and no one knew any one was inside and we called it our
|
|
garden and pretended that--that we were missel thrushes
|
|
and it was our nest, and if we played there almost every
|
|
day and dug and planted seeds and made it all come alive--"
|
|
|
|
"Is it dead?" he interrupted her.
|
|
|
|
"It soon will be if no one cares for it," she went on.
|
|
"The bulbs will live but the roses--"
|
|
|
|
He stopped her again as excited as she was herself.
|
|
|
|
"What are bulbs?" he put in quickly.
|
|
|
|
"They are daffodils and lilies and snowdrops. They are
|
|
working in the earth now--pushing up pale green points
|
|
because the spring is coming."
|
|
|
|
"Is the spring coming?" he said. "What is it like? You
|
|
don't see it in rooms if you are ill."
|
|
|
|
"It is the sun shining on the rain and the rain falling
|
|
on the sunshine, and things pushing up and working under
|
|
the earth," said Mary. "If the garden was a secret and we
|
|
could get into it we could watch the things grow bigger
|
|
every day, and see how many roses are alive. Don't you.
|
|
see? Oh, don't you see how much nicer it would be if it
|
|
was a secret?"
|
|
|
|
He dropped back on his pillow and lay there with an odd
|
|
expression on his face.
|
|
|
|
"I never had a secret," he said, "except that one about
|
|
not living to grow up. They don't know I know that,
|
|
so it is a sort of secret. But I like this kind better."
|
|
|
|
"If you won't make them take you to the garden," pleaded Mary,
|
|
"perhaps--I feel almost sure I can find out how to get
|
|
in sometime. And then--if the doctor wants you to go out
|
|
in your chair, and if you can always do what you want to do,
|
|
perhaps--perhaps we might find some boy who would push you,
|
|
and we could go alone and it would always be a secret garden."
|
|
|
|
"I should--like--that," he said very slowly, his eyes
|
|
looking dreamy. "I should like that. I should not mind
|
|
fresh air in a secret garden."
|
|
|
|
Mary began to recover her breath and feel safer because
|
|
the idea of keeping the secret seemed to please him.
|
|
She felt almost sure that if she kept on talking and could
|
|
make him see the garden in his mind as she had seen it
|
|
he would like it so much that he could not bear to think
|
|
that everybody might tramp in to it when they chose.
|
|
|
|
"I'll tell you what I think it would be like, if we could
|
|
go into it," she said. "It has been shut up so long
|
|
things have grown into a tangle perhaps."
|
|
|
|
He lay quite still and listened while she went on talking
|
|
about the roses which might have clambered from tree
|
|
to tree and hung down--about the many birds which might
|
|
have built their nests there because it was so safe.
|
|
And then she told him about the robin and Ben Weatherstaff,
|
|
and there was so much to tell about the robin and it
|
|
was so easy and safe to talk about it that she ceased
|
|
to be afraid. The robin pleased him so much that he
|
|
smiled until he looked almost beautiful, and at first
|
|
Mary had thought that he was even plainer than herself,
|
|
with his big eyes and heavy locks of hair.
|
|
|
|
"I did not know birds could be like that," he said.
|
|
"But if you stay in a room you never see things.
|
|
What a lot of things you know. I feel as if you had been
|
|
inside that garden."
|
|
|
|
She did not know what to say, so she did not say anything.
|
|
He evidently did not expect an answer and the next moment
|
|
he gave her a surprise.
|
|
|
|
"I am going to let you look at something," he said.
|
|
"Do you see that rose-colored silk curtain hanging on the
|
|
wall over the mantel-piece?"
|
|
|
|
Mary had not noticed it before, but she looked up and saw it.
|
|
It was a curtain of soft silk hanging over what seemed
|
|
to be some picture.
|
|
|
|
"Yes," she answered.
|
|
|
|
"There is a cord hanging from it," said Colin.
|
|
"Go and pull it."
|
|
|
|
Mary got up, much mystified, and found the cord.
|
|
When she pulled it the silk curtain ran back on
|
|
rings and when it ran back it uncovered a picture.
|
|
It was the picture of a girl with a laughing face.
|
|
She had bright hair tied up with a blue ribbon and her gay,
|
|
lovely eyes were exactly like Colin's unhappy ones,
|
|
agate gray and looking twice as big as they really were
|
|
because of the black lashes all round them.
|
|
|
|
"She is my mother," said Colin complainingly. "I don't
|
|
see why she died. Sometimes I hate her for doing it."
|
|
|
|
"How queer!" said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"If she had lived I believe I should not have been ill always,"
|
|
he grumbled. "I dare say I should have lived, too.
|
|
And my father would not have hated to look at me. I dare
|
|
say I should have had a strong back. Draw the curtain again."
|
|
|
|
Mary did as she was told and returned to her footstool.
|
|
|
|
"She is much prettier than you," she said, "but her eyes
|
|
are just like yours--at least they are the same shape
|
|
and color. Why is the curtain drawn over her?"
|
|
|
|
He moved uncomfortably.
|
|
|
|
"I made them do it," he said. "Sometimes I don't like to
|
|
see her looking at me. She smiles too much when I am ill
|
|
and miserable. Besides, she is mine and I don't want everyone
|
|
to see her." There were a few moments of silence and then Mary spoke.
|
|
|
|
"What would Mrs. Medlock do if she found out that I
|
|
had been here?" she inquired.
|
|
|
|
"She would do as I told her to do," he answered.
|
|
"And I should tell her that I wanted you to come here
|
|
and talk to me every day. I am glad you came."
|
|
|
|
"So am I," said Mary. "I will come as often as I can,
|
|
but"--she hesitated--"I shall have to look every day
|
|
for the garden door."
|
|
|
|
"Yes, you must," said Colin, "and you can tell me about
|
|
it afterward."
|
|
|
|
He lay thinking a few minutes, as he had done before,
|
|
and then he spoke again.
|
|
|
|
"I think you shall be a secret, too," he said. "I will not
|
|
tell them until they find out. I can always send the nurse
|
|
out of the room and say that I want to be by myself.
|
|
Do you know Martha?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I know her very well," said Mary. "She waits on me."
|
|
|
|
He nodded his head toward the outer corridor.
|
|
|
|
"She is the one who is asleep in the other room.
|
|
The nurse went away yesterday to stay all night with her
|
|
sister and she always makes Martha attend to me when she
|
|
wants to go out. Martha shall tell you when to come here."
|
|
|
|
Then Mary understood Martha's troubled look when she
|
|
had asked questions about the crying.
|
|
|
|
"Martha knew about you all the time?" she said.
|
|
|
|
"Yes; she often attends to me. The nurse likes to get
|
|
away from me and then Martha comes."
|
|
|
|
"I have been here a long time," said Mary. "Shall I go
|
|
away now? Your eyes look sleepy."
|
|
|
|
"I wish I could go to sleep before you leave me,"
|
|
he said rather shyly.
|
|
|
|
"Shut your eyes," said Mary, drawing her footstool closer,
|
|
"and I will do what my Ayah used to do in India.
|
|
I will pat your hand and stroke it and sing something
|
|
quite low."
|
|
|
|
"I should like that perhaps," he said drowsily.
|
|
|
|
Somehow she was sorry for him and did not want him
|
|
to lie awake, so she leaned against the bed and began
|
|
to stroke and pat his hand and sing a very low little
|
|
chanting song in Hindustani.
|
|
|
|
"That is nice," he said more drowsily still, and she went
|
|
on chanting and stroking, but when she looked at him again
|
|
his black lashes were lying close against his cheeks,
|
|
for his eyes were shut and he was fast asleep. So she
|
|
got up softly, took her candle and crept away without
|
|
making a sound.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XIV
|
|
|
|
A YOUNG RAJAH
|
|
|
|
|
|
The moor was hidden in mist when the morning came,
|
|
and the rain had not stopped pouring down. There could
|
|
be no going out of doors. Martha was so busy that Mary
|
|
had no opportunity of talking to her, but in the afternoon
|
|
she asked her to come and sit with her in the nursery.
|
|
She came bringing the stocking she was always knitting
|
|
when she was doing nothing else.
|
|
|
|
"What's the matter with thee?" she asked as soon as they
|
|
sat down. "Tha' looks as if tha'd somethin' to say."
|
|
|
|
"I have. I have found out what the crying was,"
|
|
said Mary.
|
|
|
|
Martha let her knitting drop on her knee and gazed
|
|
at her with startled eyes.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' hasn't!" she exclaimed. "Never!"
|
|
|
|
"I heard it in the night," Mary went on. "And I got
|
|
up and went to see where it came from. It was Colin.
|
|
I found him."
|
|
|
|
Martha's face became red with fright.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! Miss Mary!" she said half crying. "Tha' shouldn't
|
|
have done it--tha' shouldn't! Tha'll get me in trouble.
|
|
I never told thee nothin' about him--but tha'll get me
|
|
in trouble. I shall lose my place and what'll mother do!"
|
|
|
|
"You won't lose your place," said Mary. "He was glad I came.
|
|
We talked and talked and he said he was glad I came."
|
|
|
|
"Was he?" cried Martha. "Art tha' sure? Tha'
|
|
doesn't know what he's like when anything vexes him.
|
|
He's a big lad to cry like a baby, but when he's
|
|
in a passion he'll fair scream just to frighten us.
|
|
He knows us daren't call our souls our own."
|
|
|
|
"He wasn't vexed," said Mary. "I asked him if I should go
|
|
away and he made me stay. He asked me questions and I
|
|
sat on a big footstool and talked to him about India
|
|
and about the robin and gardens. He wouldn't let me go.
|
|
He let me see his mother's picture. Before I left him I
|
|
sang him to sleep."
|
|
|
|
Martha fairly gasped with amazement.
|
|
|
|
"I can scarcely believe thee!" she protested.
|
|
"It's as if tha'd walked straight into a lion's den.
|
|
If he'd been like he is most times he'd have throwed himself
|
|
into one of his tantrums and roused th' house. He won't
|
|
let strangers look at him."
|
|
|
|
"He let me look at him. I looked at him all the time
|
|
and he looked at me. We stared!" said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"I don't know what to do!" cried agitated Martha.
|
|
"If Mrs. Medlock finds out, she'll think I broke orders
|
|
and told thee and I shall be packed back to mother."
|
|
|
|
"He is not going to tell Mrs. Medlock anything about it yet.
|
|
It's to be a sort of secret just at first," said Mary firmly.
|
|
"And he says everybody is obliged to do as he pleases."
|
|
|
|
"Aye, that's true enough--th' bad lad!" sighed Martha,
|
|
wiping her forehead with her apron.
|
|
|
|
"He says Mrs. Medlock must. And he wants me to come and talk
|
|
to him every day. And you are to tell me when he wants me."
|
|
|
|
"Me!" said Martha; "I shall lose my place--I shall for sure!"
|
|
|
|
"You can't if you are doing what he wants you to do
|
|
and everybody is ordered to obey him," Mary argued.
|
|
|
|
"Does tha' mean to say," cried Martha with wide open eyes,
|
|
"that he was nice to thee!"
|
|
|
|
"I think he almost liked me," Mary answered.
|
|
|
|
"Then tha' must have bewitched him!" decided Martha,
|
|
drawing a long breath.
|
|
|
|
"Do you mean Magic?" inquired Mary. "I've heard about Magic
|
|
in India, but I can't make it. I just went into his room
|
|
and I was so surprised to see him I stood and stared.
|
|
And then he turned round and stared at me. And he thought
|
|
I was a ghost or a dream and I thought perhaps he was.
|
|
And it was so queer being there alone together in the
|
|
middle of the night and not knowing about each other.
|
|
And we began to ask each other questions. And when I asked
|
|
him if I must go away he said I must not."
|
|
|
|
"Th' world's comin' to a end!" gasped Martha.
|
|
|
|
"What is the matter with him?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Nobody knows for sure and certain," said Martha.
|
|
"Mr. Craven went off his head like when he was born.
|
|
Th' doctors thought he'd have to be put in a 'sylum.
|
|
It was because Mrs. Craven died like I told you.
|
|
He wouldn't set eyes on th' baby. He just raved and said
|
|
it'd be another hunchback like him and it'd better die."
|
|
|
|
"Is Colin a hunchback?" Mary asked. "He didn't look
|
|
like one."
|
|
|
|
"He isn't yet," said Martha. "But he began all wrong.
|
|
Mother said that there was enough trouble and raging in th'
|
|
house to set any child wrong. They was afraid his back
|
|
was weak an' they've always been takin' care of it--keepin'
|
|
him lyin' down and not lettin' him walk. Once they made
|
|
him wear a brace but he fretted so he was downright ill.
|
|
Then a big doctor came to see him an' made them take it off.
|
|
He talked to th' other doctor quite rough--in a polite way.
|
|
He said there'd been too much medicine and too much lettin'
|
|
him have his own way."
|
|
|
|
"I think he's a very spoiled boy," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"He's th' worst young nowt as ever was!" said Martha.
|
|
"I won't say as he hasn't been ill a good bit.
|
|
He's had coughs an' colds that's nearly killed him two
|
|
or three times. Once he had rheumatic fever an' once he
|
|
had typhoid. Eh! Mrs. Medlock did get a fright then.
|
|
He'd been out of his head an' she was talkin' to th'
|
|
nurse, thinkin' he didn't know nothin', an' she said,
|
|
`He'll die this time sure enough, an' best thing for him an'
|
|
for everybody.' An' she looked at him an' there he
|
|
was with his big eyes open, starin' at her as sensible
|
|
as she was herself. She didn't know wha'd happen but he
|
|
just stared at her an' says, `You give me some water an'
|
|
stop talkin'.'"
|
|
|
|
"Do you think he will die?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Mother says there's no reason why any child should live
|
|
that gets no fresh air an' doesn't do nothin' but lie
|
|
on his back an' read picture-books an' take medicine.
|
|
He's weak and hates th' trouble o' bein' taken out o'
|
|
doors, an' he gets cold so easy he says it makes him ill."
|
|
|
|
Mary sat and looked at the fire. "I wonder," she said slowly,
|
|
"if it would not do him good to go out into a garden
|
|
and watch things growing. It did me good."
|
|
|
|
"One of th' worst fits he ever had," said Martha, "was one
|
|
time they took him out where the roses is by the fountain.
|
|
He'd been readin' in a paper about people gettin'
|
|
somethin' he called `rose cold' an' he began to sneeze an'
|
|
said he'd got it an' then a new gardener as didn't
|
|
know th' rules passed by an' looked at him curious.
|
|
He threw himself into a passion an' he said he'd
|
|
looked at him because he was going to be a hunchback.
|
|
He cried himself into a fever an' was ill all night."
|
|
|
|
"If he ever gets angry at me, I'll never go and see
|
|
him again," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"He'll have thee if he wants thee," said Martha.
|
|
"Tha' may as well know that at th' start."
|
|
|
|
Very soon afterward a bell rang and she rolled up
|
|
her knitting.
|
|
|
|
"I dare say th' nurse wants me to stay with him a bit,"
|
|
she said. "I hope he's in a good temper."
|
|
|
|
She was out of the room about ten minutes and then she
|
|
came back with a puzzled expression.
|
|
|
|
"Well, tha' has bewitched him," she said. "He's up on his
|
|
sofa with his picture-books. He's told the nurse to stay
|
|
away until six o'clock. I'm to wait in the next room.
|
|
Th' minute she was gone he called me to him an' says, `I want
|
|
Mary Lennox to come and talk to me, and remember you're
|
|
not to tell any one.' You'd better go as quick as you can."
|
|
|
|
Mary was quite willing to go quickly. She did not want
|
|
to see Colin as much as she wanted to see Dickon;
|
|
but she wanted to see him very much.
|
|
|
|
There was a bright fire on the hearth when she entered
|
|
his room, and in the daylight she saw it was a very
|
|
beautiful room indeed. There were rich colors in the
|
|
rugs and hangings and pictures and books on the walls
|
|
which made it look glowing and comfortable even in spite
|
|
of the gray sky and falling rain. Colin looked rather
|
|
like a picture himself. He was wrapped in a velvet
|
|
dressing-gown and sat against a big brocaded cushion.
|
|
He had a red spot on each cheek.
|
|
|
|
"Come in," he said. "I've been thinking about you
|
|
all morning."
|
|
|
|
"I've been thinking about you, too," answered Mary.
|
|
"You don't know how frightened Martha is. She says
|
|
Mrs. Medlock will think she told me about you and then she
|
|
will be sent away."
|
|
|
|
He frowned.
|
|
|
|
"Go and tell her to come here," he said. "She is
|
|
in the next room."
|
|
|
|
Mary went and brought her back. Poor Martha was shaking
|
|
in her shoes. Colin was still frowning.
|
|
|
|
"Have you to do what I please or have you not?" he demanded.
|
|
|
|
"I have to do what you please, sir," Martha faltered,
|
|
turning quite red.
|
|
|
|
"Has Medlock to do what I please?"
|
|
|
|
"Everybody has, sir," said Martha.
|
|
|
|
"Well, then, if I order you to bring Miss Mary to me,
|
|
how can Medlock send you away if she finds it out?"
|
|
|
|
"Please don't let her, sir," pleaded Martha.
|
|
|
|
"I'll send her away if she dares to say a word about such
|
|
a thing," said Master Craven grandly. "She wouldn't
|
|
like that, I can tell you."
|
|
|
|
"Thank you, sir," bobbing a curtsy, "I want to do my duty, sir."
|
|
|
|
"What I want is your duty" said Colin more grandly still.
|
|
"I'll take care of you. Now go away."
|
|
|
|
When the door closed behind Martha, Colin found Mistress
|
|
Mary gazing at him as if he had set her wondering.
|
|
|
|
"Why do you look at me like that?" he asked her.
|
|
"What are you thinking about?"
|
|
|
|
"I am thinking about two things."
|
|
|
|
"What are they? Sit down and tell me."
|
|
|
|
"This is the first one," said Mary, seating herself on the
|
|
big stool. "Once in India I saw a boy who was a Rajah.
|
|
He had rubies and emeralds and diamonds stuck all over him.
|
|
He spoke to his people just as you spoke to Martha.
|
|
Everybody had to do everything he told them--in a minute.
|
|
I think they would have been killed if they hadn't."
|
|
|
|
"I shall make you tell me about Rajahs presently," he said,
|
|
"but first tell me what the second thing was."
|
|
|
|
"I was thinking," said Mary, "how different you are
|
|
from Dickon."
|
|
|
|
"Who is Dickon?" he said. "What a queer name!"
|
|
|
|
She might as well tell him, she thought she could talk
|
|
about Dickon without mentioning the secret garden. She had
|
|
liked to hear Martha talk about him. Besides, she longed
|
|
to talk about him. It would seem to bring him nearer.
|
|
|
|
"He is Martha's brother. He is twelve years old,"
|
|
she explained. "He is not like any one else in the world.
|
|
He can charm foxes and squirrels and birds just as the
|
|
natives in India charm snakes. He plays a very soft tune
|
|
on a pipe and they come and listen."
|
|
|
|
There were some big books on a table at his side and he
|
|
dragged one suddenly toward him. "There is a picture
|
|
of a snake-charmer in this," he exclaimed. "Come and look
|
|
at it"
|
|
|
|
The book was a beautiful one with superb colored
|
|
illustrations and he turned to one of them.
|
|
|
|
"Can he do that?" he asked eagerly.
|
|
|
|
"He played on his pipe and they listened," Mary explained.
|
|
"But he doesn't call it Magic. He says it's because he
|
|
lives on the moor so much and he knows their ways. He says
|
|
he feels sometimes as if he was a bird or a rabbit himself,
|
|
he likes them so. I think he asked the robin questions.
|
|
It seemed as if they talked to each other in soft chirps."
|
|
|
|
Colin lay back on his cushion and his eyes grew larger
|
|
and larger and the spots on his cheeks burned.
|
|
|
|
"Tell me some more about him," he said.
|
|
|
|
"He knows all about eggs and nests," Mary went on.
|
|
"And he knows where foxes and badgers and otters live.
|
|
He keeps them secret so that other boys won't find their holes
|
|
and frighten them. He knows about everything that grows
|
|
or lives on the moor."
|
|
|
|
"Does he like the moor?" said Colin. "How can he
|
|
when it's such a great, bare, dreary place?"
|
|
|
|
"It's the most beautiful place," protested Mary.
|
|
"Thousands of lovely things grow on it and there are
|
|
thousands of little creatures all busy building nests
|
|
and making holes and burrows and chippering or singing
|
|
or squeaking to each other. They are so busy and having
|
|
such fun under the earth or in the trees or heather.
|
|
It's their world."
|
|
|
|
"How do you know all that?" said Colin, turning on his
|
|
elbow to look at her.
|
|
|
|
"I have never been there once, really," said Mary
|
|
suddenly remembering. "I only drove over it in the dark.
|
|
I thought it was hideous. Martha told me about it first
|
|
and then Dickon. When Dickon talks about it you feel
|
|
as if you saw things and heard them and as if you were
|
|
standing in the heather with the sun shining and the gorse
|
|
smelling like honey--and all full of bees and butterflies."
|
|
|
|
"You never see anything if you are ill," said
|
|
Colin restlessly. He looked like a person listening
|
|
to a new sound in the distance and wondering what it was.
|
|
|
|
"You can't if you stay in a room, " said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"I couldn't go on the moor" he said in a resentful tone.
|
|
|
|
Mary was silent for a minute and then she said something bold.
|
|
|
|
"You might--sometime."
|
|
|
|
He moved as if he were startled.
|
|
|
|
"Go on the moor! How could I? I am going to die."
|
|
"How do you know?" said Mary unsympathetically.
|
|
She didn't like the way he had of talking about dying.
|
|
She did not feel very sympathetic. She felt rather as if he
|
|
almost boasted about it.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I've heard it ever since I remember," he answered crossly.
|
|
"They are always whispering about it and thinking
|
|
I don't notice. They wish I would, too."
|
|
|
|
Mistress Mary felt quite contrary. She pinched her
|
|
lips together.
|
|
|
|
"If they wished I would," she said, "I wouldn't. Who
|
|
wishes you would?"
|
|
|
|
"The servants--and of course Dr. Craven because he would
|
|
get Misselthwaite and be rich instead of poor. He daren't
|
|
say so, but he always looks cheerful when I am worse.
|
|
When I had typhoid fever his face got quite fat. I think
|
|
my father wishes it, too."
|
|
|
|
"I don't believe he does," said Mary quite obstinately.
|
|
|
|
That made Colin turn and look at her again.
|
|
|
|
"Don't you?" he said.
|
|
|
|
And then he lay back on his cushion and was still, as if
|
|
he were thinking. And there was quite a long silence.
|
|
Perhaps they were both of them thinking strange things
|
|
children do not usually think. "I like the grand doctor
|
|
from London, because he made them take the iron thing off,"
|
|
said Mary at last "Did he say you were going to die?"
|
|
|
|
"No.".
|
|
|
|
"What did he say?"
|
|
|
|
"He didn't whisper," Colin answered. "Perhaps he knew I
|
|
hated whispering. I heard him say one thing quite aloud.
|
|
He said, 'The lad might live if he would make up his mind
|
|
to it. Put him in the humor.' It sounded as if he was
|
|
in a temper."
|
|
|
|
"I'll tell you who would put you in the humor, perhaps,"
|
|
said Mary reflecting. She felt as if she would like this
|
|
thing to be settled one way or the other. "I believe
|
|
Dickon would. He's always talking about live things.
|
|
He never talks about dead things or things that are ill.
|
|
He's always looking up in the sky to watch birds flying--or
|
|
looking down at the earth to see something growing.
|
|
He has such round blue eyes and they are so wide open with
|
|
looking about. And he laughs such a big laugh with his wide
|
|
mouth--and his cheeks are as red--as red as cherries."
|
|
She pulled her stool nearer to the sofa and her expression
|
|
quite changed at the remembrance of the wide curving mouth
|
|
and wide open eyes.
|
|
|
|
"See here," she said. "Don't let us talk about dying;
|
|
I don't like it. Let us talk about living. Let us
|
|
talk and talk about Dickon. And then we will look at
|
|
your pictures."
|
|
|
|
It was the best thing she could have said. To talk about
|
|
Dickon meant to talk about the moor and about the cottage
|
|
and the fourteen people who lived in it on sixteen shillings
|
|
a week--and the children who got fat on the moor grass
|
|
like the wild ponies. And about Dickon's mother--and
|
|
the skipping-rope--and the moor with the sun on it--and
|
|
about pale green points sticking up out of the black sod.
|
|
And it was all so alive that Mary talked more than she had
|
|
ever talked before--and Colin both talked and listened as he
|
|
had never done either before. And they both began to laugh
|
|
over nothings as children will when they are happy together.
|
|
And they laughed so that in the end they were making
|
|
as much noise as if they had been two ordinary healthy
|
|
natural ten-year-old creatures--instead of a hard, little,
|
|
unloving girl and a sickly boy who believed that he was going to die.
|
|
|
|
They enjoyed themselves so much that they forgot the
|
|
pictures and they forgot about the time. They had been
|
|
laughing quite loudly over Ben Weatherstaff and his robin,
|
|
and Colin was actually sitting up as if he had forgotten
|
|
about his weak back, when he suddenly remembered something.
|
|
"Do you know there is one thing we have never once
|
|
thought of," he said. "We are cousins."
|
|
|
|
It seemed so queer that they had talked so much and never
|
|
remembered this simple thing that they laughed more than ever,
|
|
because they had got into the humor to laugh at anything.
|
|
And in the midst of the fun the door opened and in walked
|
|
Dr. Craven and Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
|
|
Dr. Craven started in actual alarm and Mrs. Medlock almost
|
|
fell back because he had accidentally bumped against her.
|
|
|
|
"Good Lord!" exclaimed poor Mrs. Medlock with her eyes
|
|
almost starting out of her head. "Good Lord!"
|
|
|
|
"What is this?" said Dr. Craven, coming forward.
|
|
"What does it mean?"
|
|
|
|
Then Mary was reminded of the boy Rajah again.
|
|
Colin answered as if neither the doctor's alarm nor
|
|
Mrs. Medlock's terror were of the slightest consequence.
|
|
He was as little disturbed or frightened as if an elderly
|
|
cat and dog had walked into the room.
|
|
|
|
"This is my cousin, Mary Lennox," he said. "I asked
|
|
her to come and talk to me. I like her. She must come
|
|
and talk to me whenever I send for her."
|
|
|
|
Dr. Craven turned reproachfully to Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
"Oh, sir" she panted. "I don't know how it's happened.
|
|
There's not a servant on the place tha'd dare to talk--they
|
|
all have their orders."
|
|
|
|
"Nobody told her anything," said Colin. "She heard
|
|
me crying and found me herself. I am glad she came.
|
|
Don't be silly, Medlock."
|
|
|
|
Mary saw that Dr. Craven did not look pleased, but it
|
|
was quite plain that he dare not oppose his patient.
|
|
He sat down by Colin and felt his pulse.
|
|
|
|
"I am afraid there has been too much excitement.
|
|
Excitement is not good for you, my boy," he said.
|
|
|
|
"I should be excited if she kept away," answered Colin,
|
|
his eyes beginning to look dangerously sparkling.
|
|
"I am better. She makes me better. The nurse must bring up
|
|
her tea with mine. We will have tea together."
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Medlock and Dr. Craven looked at each other in a
|
|
troubled way, but there was evidently nothing to be done.
|
|
|
|
"He does look rather better, sir," ventured Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
"But"--thinking the matter over--"he looked better this
|
|
morning before she came into the room."
|
|
|
|
"She came into he room last night. She stayed with me
|
|
a long time. She sang a Hindustani song to me and it
|
|
made me go to sleep," said Colin. "I was better when I
|
|
wakened up. I wanted my breakfast. I want my tea now.
|
|
Tell nurse, Medlock."
|
|
|
|
Dr. Craven did not stay very long. He talked to the nurse
|
|
for a few minutes when she came into the room and said a few
|
|
words of warning to Colin. He must not talk too much;
|
|
he must not forget that he was ill; he must not forget
|
|
that he was very easily tired. Mary thought that there
|
|
seemed to be a number of uncomfortable things he was not
|
|
to forget.
|
|
|
|
Colin looked fretful and kept his strange black-lashed
|
|
eyes fixed on Dr. Craven's face.
|
|
|
|
"I want to forget it," he said at last. "She makes me
|
|
forget it. That is why I want her."
|
|
|
|
Dr. Craven did not look happy when he left the room.
|
|
He gave a puzzled glance at the little girl sitting on
|
|
the large stool. She had become a stiff, silent child
|
|
again as soon as he entered and he could not see what
|
|
the attraction was. The boy actually did look brighter,
|
|
however--and he sighed rather heavily as he went down
|
|
the corridor.
|
|
|
|
"They are always wanting me to eat things when I don't
|
|
want to," said Colin, as the nurse brought in the tea
|
|
and put it on the table by the sofa. "Now, if you'll
|
|
eat I will. Those muffins look so nice and hot.
|
|
Tell me about Rajahs."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XV
|
|
|
|
NEST BUILDING
|
|
|
|
|
|
After another week of rain the high arch of blue sky
|
|
appeared again and the sun which poured down was quite hot.
|
|
Though there had been no chance to see either the secret
|
|
garden or Dickon, Mistress Mary had enjoyed herself
|
|
very much. The week had not seemed long. She had spent
|
|
hours of every day with Colin in his room, talking about
|
|
Rajahs or gardens or Dickon and the cottage on the moor.
|
|
They had looked at the splendid books and pictures and
|
|
sometimes Mary had read things to Colin, and sometimes he
|
|
had read a little to her. When he was amused and interested
|
|
she thought he scarcely looked like an invalid at all,
|
|
except that his face was so colorless and he was always
|
|
on the sofa.
|
|
|
|
"You are a sly young one to listen and get out of your
|
|
bed to go following things up like you did that night,"
|
|
Mrs. Medlock said once. "But there's no saying it's
|
|
not been a sort of blessing to the lot of us. He's not
|
|
had a tantrum or a whining fit since you made friends.
|
|
The nurse was just going to give up the case because she
|
|
was so sick of him, but she says she doesn't mind staying
|
|
now you've gone on duty with her," laughing a little.
|
|
|
|
In her talks with Colin, Mary had tried to be very cautious
|
|
about the secret garden. There were certain things she
|
|
wanted to find out from him, but she felt that she must
|
|
find them out without asking him direct questions.
|
|
In the first place, as she began to like to be with him,
|
|
she wanted to discover whether he was the kind of boy you
|
|
could tell a secret to. He was not in the least like Dickon,
|
|
but he was evidently so pleased with the idea of a garden
|
|
no one knew anything about that she thought perhaps he
|
|
could be trusted. But she had not known him long enough
|
|
to be sure. The second thing she wanted to find out was
|
|
this: If he could be trusted--if he really could--wouldn't
|
|
it be possible to take him to the garden without having
|
|
any one find it out? The grand doctor had said that he must
|
|
have fresh air and Colin had said that he would not mind
|
|
fresh air in a secret garden. Perhaps if he had a great
|
|
deal of fresh air and knew Dickon and the robin and saw
|
|
things growing he might not think so much about dying.
|
|
Mary had seen herself in the glass sometimes lately when she
|
|
had realized that she looked quite a different creature
|
|
from the child she had seen when she arrived from India.
|
|
This child looked nicer. Even Martha had seen a change
|
|
in her.
|
|
|
|
"Th' air from th' moor has done thee good already,"
|
|
she had said. "Tha'rt not nigh so yeller and tha'rt not
|
|
nigh so scrawny. Even tha' hair doesn't slamp down on tha'
|
|
head so flat. It's got some life in it so as it sticks
|
|
out a bit."
|
|
|
|
"It's like me," said Mary. "It's growing stronger
|
|
and fatter. I'm sure there's more of it."
|
|
|
|
"It looks it, for sure," said Martha, ruffling it up
|
|
a little round her face. "Tha'rt not half so ugly when
|
|
it's that way an' there's a bit o' red in tha' cheeks."
|
|
|
|
If gardens and fresh air had been good for her perhaps they
|
|
would be good for Colin. But then, if he hated people
|
|
to look at him, perhaps he would not like to see Dickon.
|
|
|
|
"Why does it make you angry when you are looked at?"
|
|
she inquired one day.
|
|
|
|
"I always hated it," he answered, "even when I was very little.
|
|
Then when they took me to the seaside and I used to lie
|
|
in my carriage everybody used to stare and ladies would
|
|
stop and talk to my nurse and then they would begin to
|
|
whisper and I knew then they were saying I shouldn't live
|
|
to grow up. Then sometimes the ladies would pat my cheeks
|
|
and say `Poor child!' Once when a lady did that I screamed
|
|
out loud and bit her hand. She was so frightened she ran away."
|
|
|
|
"She thought you had gone mad like a dog," said Mary,
|
|
not at all admiringly.
|
|
|
|
"I don't care what she thought," said Colin, frowning.
|
|
|
|
"I wonder why you didn't scream and bite me when I came
|
|
into your room?" said Mary. Then she began to smile slowly.
|
|
|
|
"I thought you were a ghost or a dream," he said.
|
|
"You can't bite a ghost or a dream, and if you scream they
|
|
don't care."
|
|
|
|
"Would you hate it if--if a boy looked at you?"
|
|
Mary asked uncertainly.
|
|
|
|
He lay back on his cushion and paused thoughtfully.
|
|
|
|
"There's one boy," he said quite slowly, as if he were thinking
|
|
over every word, "there's one boy I believe I shouldn't mind.
|
|
It's that boy who knows where the foxes live--Dickon."
|
|
|
|
"I'm sure you wouldn't mind him," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"The birds don't and other animals," he said, still thinking
|
|
it over, "perhaps that's why I shouldn't. He's a sort
|
|
of animal charmer and I am a boy animal."
|
|
|
|
Then he laughed and she laughed too; in fact it ended
|
|
in their both laughing a great deal and finding the idea
|
|
of a boy animal hiding in his hole very funny indeed.
|
|
|
|
What Mary felt afterward was that she need not fear
|
|
about Dickon.
|
|
|
|
|
|
On that first morning when the sky was blue again Mary wakened
|
|
very early. The sun was pouring in slanting rays through
|
|
the blinds and there was something so joyous in the sight
|
|
of it that she jumped out of bed and ran to the window.
|
|
She drew up the blinds and opened the window itself
|
|
and a great waft of fresh, scented air blew in upon her.
|
|
The moor was blue and the whole world looked as if something
|
|
Magic had happened to it. There were tender little
|
|
fluting sounds here and there and everywhere, as if scores
|
|
of birds were beginning to tune up for a concert.
|
|
Mary put her hand out of the window and held it in the sun.
|
|
|
|
"It's warm--warm!" she said. "It will make the green
|
|
points push up and up and up, and it will make the bulbs
|
|
and roots work and struggle with all their might under
|
|
the earth."
|
|
|
|
She kneeled down and leaned out of the window as far
|
|
as she could, breathing big breaths and sniffing the air
|
|
until she laughed because she remembered what Dickon's
|
|
mother had said about the end of his nose quivering
|
|
like a rabbit's. "It must be very early," she said.
|
|
"The little clouds are all pink and I've never seen
|
|
the sky look like this. No one is up. I don't even hear
|
|
the stable boys."
|
|
|
|
A sudden thought made her scramble to her feet.
|
|
|
|
"I can't wait! I am going to see the garden!"
|
|
|
|
She had learned to dress herself by this time and she put
|
|
on her clothes in five minutes. She knew a small side door
|
|
which she could unbolt herself and she flew downstairs
|
|
in her stocking feet and put on her shoes in the hall.
|
|
She unchained and unbolted and unlocked and when the door
|
|
was open she sprang across the step with one bound,
|
|
and there she was standing on the grass, which seemed
|
|
to have turned green, and with the sun pouring down on
|
|
her and warm sweet wafts about her and the fluting and
|
|
twittering and singing coming from every bush and tree.
|
|
She clasped her hands for pure joy and looked up in the sky
|
|
and it was so blue and pink and pearly and white and flooded
|
|
with springtime light that she felt as if she must flute
|
|
and sing aloud herself and knew that thrushes and robins
|
|
and skylarks could not possibly help it. She ran around
|
|
the shrubs and paths towards the secret garden.
|
|
|
|
"It is all different already," she said. "The grass is
|
|
greener and things are sticking up every- where and things
|
|
are uncurling and green buds of leaves are showing.
|
|
This afternoon I am sure Dickon will come."
|
|
|
|
The long warm rain had done strange things to the
|
|
herbaceous beds which bordered the walk by the lower wall.
|
|
There were things sprouting and pushing out from the
|
|
roots of clumps of plants and there were actually here
|
|
and there glimpses of royal purple and yellow unfurling
|
|
among the stems of crocuses. Six months before Mistress
|
|
Mary would not have seen how the world was waking up,
|
|
but now she missed nothing.
|
|
|
|
When she had reached the place where the door hid itself
|
|
under the ivy, she was startled by a curious loud sound.
|
|
It was the caw--caw of a crow and it came from the top
|
|
of the wall, and when she looked up, there sat a big
|
|
glossy-plumaged blue-black bird, looking down at her very
|
|
wisely indeed. She had never seen a crow so close before
|
|
and he made her a little nervous, but the next moment he
|
|
spread his wings and flapped away across the garden.
|
|
She hoped he was not going to stay inside and she
|
|
pushed the door open wondering if he would. When she
|
|
got fairly into the garden she saw that he probably
|
|
did intend to stay because he had alighted on a dwarf
|
|
apple-tree and under the apple-tree was lying a little
|
|
reddish animal with a Bushy tail, and both of them were
|
|
watching the stooping body and rust-red head of Dickon,
|
|
who was kneeling on the grass working hard.
|
|
|
|
Mary flew across the grass to him.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Dickon! Dickon!" she cried out. "How could you get
|
|
here so early! How could you! The sun has only just got up!"
|
|
|
|
He got up himself, laughing and glowing, and tousled;
|
|
his eyes like a bit of the sky.
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" he said. "I was up long before him. How could I
|
|
have stayed abed! Th' world's all fair begun again this
|
|
mornin', it has. An' it's workin' an' hummin' an' scratchin'
|
|
an' pipin' an' nest-buildin' an' breathin' out scents,
|
|
till you've got to be out on it 'stead o' lyin' on your back.
|
|
When th' sun did jump up, th' moor went mad for joy, an'
|
|
I was in the midst of th' heather, an' I run like mad
|
|
myself, shoutin' an' singin'. An' I come straight here.
|
|
I couldn't have stayed away. Why, th' garden was lyin'
|
|
here waitin'!"
|
|
|
|
Mary put her hands on her chest, panting, as if she
|
|
had been running herself.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Dickon! Dickon!" she said. "I'm so happy I can
|
|
scarcely breathe!"
|
|
|
|
Seeing him talking to a stranger, the little bushy-tailed
|
|
animal rose from its place under the tree and came to him,
|
|
and the rook, cawing once, flew down from its branch
|
|
and settled quietly on his shoulder.
|
|
|
|
"This is th' little fox cub," he said, rubbing the little
|
|
reddish animal's head. "It's named Captain. An' this
|
|
here's Soot. Soot he flew across th' moor with me an'
|
|
Captain he run same as if th' hounds had been after him.
|
|
They both felt same as I did."
|
|
|
|
Neither of the creatures looked as if he were the least
|
|
afraid of Mary. When Dickon began to walk about,
|
|
Soot stayed on his shoulder and Captain trotted quietly
|
|
close to his side.
|
|
|
|
"See here!" said Dickon. "See how these has
|
|
pushed up, an' these an' these! An' Eh! Look at these here!"
|
|
|
|
He threw himself upon his knees and Mary went
|
|
down beside him. They had come upon a whole clump
|
|
of crocuses burst into purple and orange and gold.
|
|
Mary bent her face down and kissed and kissed them.
|
|
|
|
"You never kiss a person in that way," she said when she
|
|
lifted her head. "Flowers are so different."
|
|
|
|
He looked puzzled but smiled.
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" he said, "I've kissed mother many a time that way
|
|
when I come in from th' moor after a day's roamin' an'
|
|
she stood there at th' door in th' sun, lookin' so glad an'
|
|
comfortable." They ran from one part of the garden to
|
|
another and found so many wonders that they were obliged
|
|
to remind themselves that they must whisper or speak low.
|
|
He showed her swelling leafbuds on rose branches which
|
|
had seemed dead. He showed her ten thousand new green
|
|
points pushing through the mould. They put their eager
|
|
young noses close to the earth and sniffed its warmed
|
|
springtime breathing; they dug and pulled and laughed low
|
|
with rapture until Mistress Mary's hair was as tumbled
|
|
as Dickon's and her cheeks were almost as poppy red as his.
|
|
|
|
There was every joy on earth in the secret garden
|
|
that morning, and in the midst of them came a delight
|
|
more delightful than all, because it was more wonderful.
|
|
Swiftly something flew across the wall and darted through
|
|
the trees to a close grown corner, a little flare of
|
|
red-breasted bird with something hanging from its beak.
|
|
Dickon stood quite still and put his hand on Mary almost
|
|
as if they had suddenly found themselves laughing in a church.
|
|
|
|
"We munnot stir," he whispered in broad Yorkshire.
|
|
"We munnot scarce breathe. I knowed he was mate-huntin'
|
|
when I seed him last. It's Ben Weatherstaff's robin.
|
|
He's buildin' his nest. He'll stay here if us don't fight him."
|
|
They settled down softly upon the grass and sat there
|
|
without moving.
|
|
|
|
"Us mustn't seem as if us was watchin' him too close,"
|
|
said Dickon. "He'd be out with us for good if he got th'
|
|
notion us was interferin' now. He'll be a good bit different
|
|
till all this is over. He's settin' up housekeepin'.
|
|
He'll be shyer an' readier to take things ill.
|
|
He's got no time for visitin' an' gossipin'. Us must
|
|
keep still a bit an' try to look as if us was grass an'
|
|
trees an' bushes. Then when he's got used to seein'
|
|
us I'll chirp a bit an' he'll know us'll not be in
|
|
his way."
|
|
|
|
Mistress Mary was not at all sure that she knew, as Dickon
|
|
seemed to, how to try to look like grass and trees and bushes.
|
|
But he had said the queer thing as if it were the simplest
|
|
and most natural thing in the world, and she felt it must
|
|
be quite easy to him, and indeed she watched him for a few
|
|
minutes carefully, wondering if it was possible for him
|
|
to quietly turn green and put out branches and leaves.
|
|
But he only sat wonderfully still, and when he spoke
|
|
dropped his voice to such a softness that it was curious
|
|
that she could hear him, but she could.
|
|
|
|
"It's part o' th' springtime, this nest-buildin'
|
|
is," he said. "I warrant it's been goin' on in th'
|
|
same way every year since th' world was begun.
|
|
They've got their way o' thinkin' and doin' things an'
|
|
a body had better not meddle. You can lose a friend
|
|
in springtime easier than any other season if you're too curious."
|
|
|
|
"If we talk about him I can't help looking at him," Mary said
|
|
as softly as possible. "We must talk of something else.
|
|
There is something I want to tell you."
|
|
|
|
"He'll like it better if us talks o' somethin' else,"
|
|
said Dickon. "What is it tha's got to tell me?"
|
|
|
|
"Well--do you know about Colin?" she whispered.
|
|
|
|
He turned his head to look at her.
|
|
|
|
"What does tha' know about him?" he asked.
|
|
|
|
"I've seen him. I have been to talk to him every day
|
|
this week. He wants me to come. He says I'm making him
|
|
forget about being ill and dying," answered Mary.
|
|
|
|
Dickon looked actually relieved as soon as the surprise
|
|
died away from his round face.
|
|
|
|
"I am glad o' that," he exclaimed. "I'm right down glad.
|
|
It makes me easier. I knowed I must say nothin' about him an'
|
|
I don't like havin' to hide things."
|
|
|
|
"Don't you like hiding the garden?" said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"I'll never tell about it," he answered. "But I says
|
|
to mother, `Mother,' I says, `I got a secret to keep.
|
|
It's not a bad 'un, tha' knows that. It's no worse
|
|
than hidin' where a bird's nest is. Tha' doesn't mind it,
|
|
does tha'?'"
|
|
|
|
Mary always wanted to hear about mother.
|
|
|
|
"What did she say?" she asked, not at all afraid to hear.
|
|
|
|
Dickon grinned sweet-temperedly.
|
|
|
|
"It was just like her, what she said," he answered.
|
|
"She give my head a bit of a rub an' laughed an' she says,
|
|
'Eh, lad, tha' can have all th' secrets tha' likes.
|
|
I've knowed thee twelve year'.'"
|
|
|
|
"How did you know about Colin?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Everybody as knowed about Mester Craven knowed there was
|
|
a little lad as was like to be a cripple, an' they knowed
|
|
Mester Craven didn't like him to be talked about. Folks is
|
|
sorry for Mester Craven because Mrs. Craven was such a pretty
|
|
young lady an' they was so fond of each other. Mrs. Medlock
|
|
stops in our cottage whenever she goes to Thwaite an'
|
|
she doesn't mind talkin' to mother before us children,
|
|
because she knows us has been brought up to be trusty.
|
|
How did tha' find out about him? Martha was in fine
|
|
trouble th' last time she came home. She said tha'd
|
|
heard him frettin' an' tha' was askin' questions an'
|
|
she didn't know what to say."
|
|
|
|
Mary told him her story about the midnight wuthering
|
|
of the wind which had wakened her and about the faint
|
|
far-off sounds of the complaining voice which had led
|
|
her down the dark corridors with her candle and had
|
|
ended with her opening of the door of the dimly lighted
|
|
room with the carven four-posted bed in the corner.
|
|
When she described the small ivory-white face and the
|
|
strange black-rimmed eyes Dickon shook his head.
|
|
|
|
"Them's just like his mother's eyes, only hers was
|
|
always laughin', they say," he said. "They say as
|
|
Mr. Craven can't bear to see him when he's awake an'
|
|
it's because his eyes is so like his mother's an'
|
|
yet looks so different in his miserable bit of a face."
|
|
|
|
"Do you think he wants to die?" whispered Mary.
|
|
|
|
"No, but he wishes he'd never been born. Mother she
|
|
says that's th' worst thing on earth for a child.
|
|
Them as is not wanted scarce ever thrives. Mester Craven
|
|
he'd buy anythin' as money could buy for th' poor lad
|
|
but he'd like to forget as he's on earth. For one thing,
|
|
he's afraid he'll look at him some day and find he's
|
|
growed hunchback."
|
|
|
|
"Colin's so afraid of it himself that he won't sit up,"
|
|
said Mary. "He says he's always thinking that if he
|
|
should feel a lump coming he should go crazy and scream
|
|
himself to death."
|
|
|
|
"Eh! he oughtn't to lie there thinkin' things like that,"
|
|
said Dickon. "No lad could get well as thought them
|
|
sort o' things."
|
|
|
|
The fox was lying on the grass close by him, looking up to
|
|
ask for a pat now and then, and Dickon bent down and rubbed
|
|
his neck softly and thought a few minutes in silence.
|
|
Presently he lifted his head and looked round the garden.
|
|
|
|
"When first we got in here," he said, "it seemed like
|
|
everything was gray. Look round now and tell me if tha'
|
|
doesn't see a difference."
|
|
|
|
Mary looked and caught her breath a little.
|
|
|
|
"Why!" she cried, "the gray wall is changing.
|
|
It is as if a green mist were creeping over it.
|
|
It's almost like a green gauze veil."
|
|
|
|
"Aye," said Dickon. "An' it'll be greener and greener till th'
|
|
gray's all gone. Can tha' guess what I was thinkin'?"
|
|
|
|
"I know it was something nice," said Mary eagerly.
|
|
"I believe it was something about Colin."
|
|
|
|
"I was thinkin' that if he was out here he wouldn't be watchin'
|
|
for lumps to grow on his back; he'd be watchin' for buds
|
|
to break on th' rose-bushes, an' he'd likely be healthier,"
|
|
explained Dickon. "I was wonderin' if us could ever
|
|
get him in th' humor to come out here an' lie under th'
|
|
trees in his carriage."
|
|
|
|
"I've been wondering that myself. I've thought of it
|
|
almost every time I've talked to him," said Mary.
|
|
"I've wondered if he could keep a secret and I've wondered
|
|
if we could bring him here without any one seeing us.
|
|
I thought perhaps you could push his carriage. The doctor
|
|
said he must have fresh air and if he wants us to take him
|
|
out no one dare disobey him. He won't go out for other people
|
|
and perhaps they will be glad if he will go out with us.
|
|
He could order the gardeners to keep away so they wouldn't
|
|
find out."
|
|
|
|
Dickon was thinking very hard as he scratched Captain's back.
|
|
|
|
"It'd be good for him, I'll warrant," he said.
|
|
"Us'd not be thinkin' he'd better never been born.
|
|
Us'd be just two children watchin' a garden grow, an'
|
|
he'd be another. Two lads an' a little lass just lookin'
|
|
on at th' springtime. I warrant it'd be better than
|
|
doctor's stuff."
|
|
|
|
"He's been lying in his room so long and he's always
|
|
been so afraid of his back that it has made him queer,"
|
|
said Mary. "He knows a good many things out of books
|
|
but he doesn't know anything else. He says he has been
|
|
too ill to notice things and he hates going out of doors
|
|
and hates gardens and gardeners. But he likes to hear
|
|
about this garden because it is a secret. I daren't tell
|
|
him much but he said he wanted to see it."
|
|
|
|
"Us'll have him out here sometime for sure," said Dickon.
|
|
"I could push his carriage well enough. Has tha'
|
|
noticed how th' robin an' his mate has been workin'
|
|
while we've been sittin' here? Look at him perched on that
|
|
branch wonderin' where it'd be best to put that twig he's
|
|
got in his beak."
|
|
|
|
He made one of his low whistling calls and the robin turned
|
|
his head and looked at him inquiringly, still holding
|
|
his twig. Dickon spoke to him as Ben Weatherstaff did,
|
|
but Dickon's tone was one of friendly advice.
|
|
|
|
"Wheres'ever tha' puts it," he said, "it'll be
|
|
all right. Tha' knew how to build tha' nest before tha'
|
|
came out o' th' egg. Get on with thee, lad. Tha'st got
|
|
no time to lose."
|
|
|
|
"Oh, I do like to hear you talk to him!" Mary said,
|
|
laughing delightedly. "Ben Weatherstaff scolds him
|
|
and makes fun of him, and he hops about and looks as
|
|
if he understood every word, and I know he likes it.
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff says he is so conceited he would rather
|
|
have stones thrown at him than not be noticed."
|
|
|
|
Dickon laughed too and went on talking.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' knows us won't trouble thee," he said to the robin.
|
|
"Us is near bein' wild things ourselves. Us is nest-buildin'
|
|
too, bless thee. Look out tha' doesn't tell on us."
|
|
|
|
And though the robin did not answer, because his beak
|
|
was occupied, Mary knew that when he flew away with his
|
|
twig to his own corner of the garden the darkness of his
|
|
dew-bright eye meant that he would not tell their secret
|
|
for the world.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XVI
|
|
|
|
"I WON'T!" SAID MARY
|
|
|
|
|
|
They found a great deal to do that morning and Mary
|
|
was late in returning to the house and was also in such
|
|
a hurry to get back to her work that she quite forgot
|
|
Colin until the last moment.
|
|
|
|
"Tell Colin that I can't come and see him yet," she said
|
|
to Martha. "I'm very busy in the garden."
|
|
|
|
Martha looked rather frightened.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! Miss Mary," she said, "it may put him all out
|
|
of humor when I tell him that."
|
|
|
|
But Mary was not as afraid of him as other people were
|
|
and she was not a self-sacrificing person.
|
|
|
|
"I can't stay," she answered. "Dickon's waiting for me;"
|
|
and she ran away.
|
|
|
|
The afternoon was even lovelier and busier than the morning
|
|
had been. Already nearly all the weeds were cleared
|
|
out of the garden and most of the roses and trees had
|
|
been pruned or dug about. Dickon had brought a spade
|
|
of his own and he had taught Mary to use all her tools,
|
|
so that by this time it was plain that though the lovely
|
|
wild place was not likely to become a "gardener's garden"
|
|
it would be a wilderness of growing things before the
|
|
springtime was over.
|
|
|
|
"There'll be apple blossoms an' cherry blossoms overhead,"
|
|
Dickon said, working away with all his might.
|
|
"An' there'll be peach an' plum trees in bloom against th'
|
|
walls, an' th' grass'll be a carpet o' flowers."
|
|
|
|
The little fox and the rook were as happy and busy
|
|
as they were, and the robin and his mate flew
|
|
backward and forward like tiny streaks of lightning.
|
|
Sometimes the rook flapped his black wings and soared away
|
|
over the tree-tops in the park. Each time he came back
|
|
and perched near Dickon and cawed several times as if he
|
|
were relating his adventures, and Dickon talked to him
|
|
just as he had talked to the robin. Once when Dickon
|
|
was so busy that he did not answer him at first, Soot flew
|
|
on to his shoulders and gently tweaked his ear with his
|
|
large beak. When Mary wanted to rest a little Dickon
|
|
sat down with her under a tree and once he took his pipe
|
|
out of his pocket and played the soft strange little notes
|
|
and two squirrels appeared on the wall and looked and listened.
|
|
|
|
"Tha's a good bit stronger than tha' was," Dickon said,
|
|
looking at her as she was digging. "Tha's beginning
|
|
to look different, for sure."
|
|
|
|
Mary was glowing with exercise and good spirits.
|
|
|
|
"I'm getting fatter and fatter every day," she said
|
|
quite exultantly. "Mrs. Medlock will have to get me some
|
|
bigger dresses. Martha says my hair is growing thicker.
|
|
It isn't so flat and stringy."
|
|
|
|
The sun was beginning to set and sending deep gold-colored
|
|
rays slanting under the trees when they parted.
|
|
|
|
"It'll be fine tomorrow," said Dickon. "I'll be at work
|
|
by sunrise."
|
|
|
|
"So will I," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
She ran back to the house as quickly as her feet would
|
|
carry her. She wanted to tell Colin about Dickon's fox cub
|
|
and the rook and about what the springtime had been doing.
|
|
She felt sure he would like to hear. So it was not very
|
|
pleasant when she opened the door of her room, to see
|
|
Martha standing waiting for her with a doleful face.
|
|
|
|
"What is the matter?" she asked. "What did Colin say
|
|
when you told him I couldn't come?"
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" said Martha, "I wish tha'd gone. He was nigh goin'
|
|
into one o' his tantrums. There's been a nice to do all
|
|
afternoon to keep him quiet. He would watch the clock
|
|
all th' time."
|
|
|
|
Mary's lips pinched themselves together. She was no more
|
|
used to considering other people than Colin was and she
|
|
saw no reason why an ill-tempered boy should interfere
|
|
with the thing she liked best. She knew nothing about
|
|
the pitifulness of people who had been ill and nervous
|
|
and who did not know that they could control their tempers
|
|
and need not make other people ill and nervous, too.
|
|
When she had had a headache in India she had done her
|
|
best to see that everybody else also had a headache or
|
|
something quite as bad. And she felt she was quite right;
|
|
but of course now she felt that Colin was quite wrong.
|
|
|
|
He was not on his sofa when she went into his room.
|
|
He was lying flat on his back in bed and he did not turn
|
|
his head toward her as she came in. This was a bad beginning
|
|
and Mary marched up to him with her stiff manner.
|
|
|
|
"Why didn't you get up?" she said.
|
|
|
|
"I did get up this morning when I thought you were coming,"
|
|
he answered, without looking at her. "I made them put
|
|
me back in bed this afternoon. My back ached and my
|
|
head ached and I was tired. Why didn't you come?"
|
|
"I was working in the garden with Dickon," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
Colin frowned and condescended to look at her.
|
|
|
|
"I won't let that boy come here if you go and stay
|
|
with him instead of coming to talk to me," he said.
|
|
|
|
Mary flew into a fine passion. She could fly into
|
|
a passion without making a noise. She just grew sour
|
|
and obstinate and did not care what happened.
|
|
|
|
"If you send Dickon away, I'll never come into this
|
|
room again!" she retorted.
|
|
|
|
"You'll have to if I want you," said Colin.
|
|
|
|
"I won't!" said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"I'll make you," said Colin. "They shall drag you in."
|
|
|
|
"Shall they, Mr. Rajah!" said Mary fiercely. "They may drag
|
|
me in but they can't make me talk when they get me here.
|
|
I'll sit and clench my teeth and never tell you one thing.
|
|
I won't even look at you. I'll stare at the floor!"
|
|
|
|
They were a nice agreeable pair as they glared at each other.
|
|
If they had been two little street boys they would have
|
|
sprung at each other and had a rough-and-tumble fight.
|
|
As it was, they did the next thing to it.
|
|
|
|
"You are a selfish thing!" cried Colin.
|
|
|
|
"What are you?" said Mary. "Selfish people always say that.
|
|
Any one is selfish who doesn't do what they want.
|
|
You're more selfish than I am. You're the most selfish boy
|
|
I ever saw."
|
|
|
|
"I'm not!" snapped Colin. "I'm not as selfish as your
|
|
fine Dickon is! He keeps you playing in the dirt when he
|
|
knows I am all by myself. He's selfish, if you like!"
|
|
|
|
Mary's eyes flashed fire.
|
|
|
|
"He's nicer than any other boy that ever lived!" she said.
|
|
"He's--he's like an angel!" It might sound rather silly
|
|
to say that but she did not care.
|
|
|
|
"A nice angel!" Colin sneered ferociously. "He's a common
|
|
cottage boy off the moor!"
|
|
|
|
"He's better than a common Rajah!" retorted Mary.
|
|
"He's a thousand times better!"
|
|
|
|
Because she was the stronger of the two she was beginning
|
|
to get the better of him. The truth was that he had
|
|
never had a fight with any one like himself in his
|
|
life and, upon the whole, it was rather good for him,
|
|
though neither he nor Mary knew anything about that.
|
|
He turned his head on his pillow and shut his eyes
|
|
and a big tear was squeezed out and ran down his cheek.
|
|
He was beginning to feel pathetic and sorry for himself--not
|
|
for any one else.
|
|
|
|
"I'm not as selfish as you, because I'm always ill,
|
|
and I'm sure there is a lump coming on my back," he said.
|
|
"And I am going to die besides."
|
|
|
|
"You're not!" contradicted Mary unsympathetically.
|
|
|
|
He opened his eyes quite wide with indignation.
|
|
He had never heard such a thing said before. He was at
|
|
once furious and slightly pleased, if a person could
|
|
be both at one time.
|
|
|
|
"I'm not?" he cried. "I am! You know I am! Everybody
|
|
says so."
|
|
|
|
"I don't believe it!" said Mary sourly. "You just say
|
|
that to make people sorry. I believe you're proud of it.
|
|
I don't believe it! If you were a nice boy it might be
|
|
true--but you're too nasty!"
|
|
|
|
In spite of his invalid back Colin sat up in bed in quite
|
|
a healthy rage.
|
|
|
|
"Get out of the room!" he shouted and he caught hold
|
|
of his pillow and threw it at her. He was not strong
|
|
enough to throw it far and it only fell at her feet,
|
|
but Mary's face looked as pinched as a nutcracker.
|
|
|
|
"I'm going," she said. "And I won't come back!"
|
|
She walked to the door and when she reached it she turned
|
|
round and spoke again.
|
|
|
|
"I was going to tell you all sorts of nice things,"
|
|
she said. "Dickon brought his fox and his rook and I was
|
|
going to tell you all about them. Now I won't tell you
|
|
a single thing!"
|
|
|
|
She marched out of the door and closed it behind her,
|
|
and there to her great astonishment she found the trained
|
|
nurse standing as if she had been listening and, more amazing
|
|
still--she was laughing. She was a big handsome young
|
|
woman who ought not to have been a trained nurse at all,
|
|
as she could not bear invalids and she was always
|
|
making excuses to leave Colin to Martha or any one else
|
|
who would take her place. Mary had never liked her,
|
|
and she simply stood and gazed up at her as she stood
|
|
giggling into her handkerchief..
|
|
|
|
"What are you laughing at?" she asked her.
|
|
|
|
"At you two young ones," said the nurse. "It's the best
|
|
thing that could happen to the sickly pampered thing
|
|
to have some one to stand up to him that's as spoiled
|
|
as himself;" and she laughed into her handkerchief again.
|
|
"If he'd had a young vixen of a sister to fight with it
|
|
would have been the saving of him."
|
|
|
|
"Is he going to die?"
|
|
|
|
"I don't know and I don't care," said the nurse.
|
|
"Hysterics and temper are half what ails him."
|
|
|
|
"What are hysterics?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
"You'll find out if you work him into a tantrum after
|
|
this--but at any rate you've given him something to have
|
|
hysterics about, and I'm glad of it."
|
|
|
|
Mary went back to her room not feeling at all as she
|
|
had felt when she had come in from the garden. She was
|
|
cross and disappointed but not at all sorry for Colin.
|
|
She had looked forward to telling him a great many things
|
|
and she had meant to try to make up her mind whether
|
|
it would be safe to trust him with the great secret.
|
|
She had been beginning to think it would be, but now she
|
|
had changed her mind entirely. She would never tell him
|
|
and he could stay in his room and never get any fresh
|
|
air and die if he liked! It would serve him right! She
|
|
felt so sour and unrelenting that for a few minutes she
|
|
almost forgot about Dickon and the green veil creeping
|
|
over the world and the soft wind blowing down from
|
|
the moor.
|
|
|
|
Martha was waiting for her and the trouble in her face
|
|
had been temporarily replaced by interest and curiosity.
|
|
There was a wooden box on the table and its cover had been
|
|
removed and revealed that it was full of neat packages.
|
|
|
|
"Mr. Craven sent it to you," said Martha. "It looks
|
|
as if it had picture-books in it."
|
|
|
|
Mary remembered what he had asked her the day she had gone
|
|
to his room. "Do you want anything--dolls--toys --books?"
|
|
She opened the package wondering if he had sent a doll,
|
|
and also wondering what she should do with it if he had.
|
|
But he had not sent one. There were several beautiful
|
|
books such as Colin had, and two of them were about gardens
|
|
and were full of pictures. There were two or three games
|
|
and there was a beautiful little writing-case with a gold
|
|
monogram on it and a gold pen and inkstand.
|
|
|
|
Everything was so nice that her pleasure began to crowd
|
|
her anger out of her mind. She had not expected him
|
|
to remember her at all and her hard little heart grew
|
|
quite warm.
|
|
|
|
"I can write better than I can print," she said,
|
|
"and the first thing I shall write with that pen will
|
|
be a letter to tell him I am much obliged."
|
|
|
|
If she had been friends with Colin she would have run to show
|
|
him her presents at once, and they would have looked at the
|
|
pictures and read some of the gardening books and perhaps
|
|
tried playing the games, and he would have enjoyed himself
|
|
so much he would never once have thought he was going
|
|
to die or have put his hand on his spine to see if there
|
|
was a lump coming. He had a way of doing that which she
|
|
could not bear. It gave her an uncomfortable frightened
|
|
feeling because he always looked so frightened himself.
|
|
He said that if he felt even quite a little lump
|
|
some day he should know his hunch had begun to grow.
|
|
Something he had heard Mrs. Medlock whispering to the
|
|
nurse had given him the idea and he had thought over it
|
|
in secret until it was quite firmly fixed in his mind.
|
|
Mrs. Medlock had said his father's back had begun to show
|
|
its crookedness in that way when he was a child. He had
|
|
never told any one but Mary that most of his "tantrums"
|
|
as they called them grew out of his hysterical hidden fear.
|
|
Mary had been sorry for him when he had told her.
|
|
|
|
"He always began to think about it when he was cross or tired,"
|
|
she said to herself. "And he has been cross today.
|
|
Perhaps--perhaps he has been thinking about it all afternoon."
|
|
|
|
She stood still, looking down at the carpet and thinking.
|
|
|
|
"I said I would never go back again--" she hesitated,
|
|
knitting her brows--"but perhaps, just perhaps,
|
|
I will go and see--if he wants me--in the morning.
|
|
Perhaps he'll try to throw his pillow at me again,
|
|
but--I think--I'll go."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XVII
|
|
|
|
A TANTRUM
|
|
|
|
|
|
She had got up very early in the morning and had worked
|
|
hard in the garden and she was tired and sleepy, so as soon
|
|
as Martha had brought her supper and she had eaten it,
|
|
she was glad to go to bed. As she laid her head on
|
|
the pillow she murmured to herself:
|
|
|
|
"I'll go out before breakfast and work with Dickon
|
|
and then afterward--I believe--I'll go to see him."
|
|
|
|
She thought it was the middle of the night when she was
|
|
awakened by such dreadful sounds that she jumped out of
|
|
bed in an instant. What was it--what was it? The next
|
|
minute she felt quite sure she knew. Doors were opened
|
|
and shut and there were hurrying feet in the corridors
|
|
and some one was crying and screaming at the same time,
|
|
screaming and crying in a horrible way.
|
|
|
|
"It's Colin," she said. "He's having one of those tantrums
|
|
the nurse called hysterics. How awful it sounds."
|
|
|
|
As she listened to the sobbing screams she did not
|
|
wonder that people were so frightened that they gave
|
|
him his own way in everything rather than hear them.
|
|
She put her hands over her ears and felt sick and shivering.
|
|
|
|
"I don't know what to do. I don't know what to do,"
|
|
she kept saying. "I can't bear it."
|
|
|
|
Once she wondered if he would stop if she dared go
|
|
to him and then she remembered how he had driven her out
|
|
of the room and thought that perhaps the sight of her
|
|
might make him worse. Even when she pressed her hands
|
|
more tightly over her ears she could not keep the awful
|
|
sounds out. She hated them so and was so terrified
|
|
by them that suddenly they began to make her angry
|
|
and she felt as if she should like to fly into a tantrum
|
|
herself and frighten him as he was frightening her.
|
|
She was not used to any one's tempers but her own. She took
|
|
her hands from her ears and sprang up and stamped her foot.
|
|
|
|
"He ought to be stopped! Somebody ought to make him stop!
|
|
Somebody ought to beat him!" she cried out.
|
|
|
|
Just then she heard feet almost running down the corridor
|
|
and her door opened and the nurse came in. She was not
|
|
laughing now by any means. She even looked rather pale.
|
|
|
|
"He's worked himself into hysterics," she said in a great hurry.
|
|
"He'll do himself harm. No one can do anything with him.
|
|
You come and try, like a good child. He likes you."
|
|
|
|
"He turned me out of the room this morning," said Mary,
|
|
stamping her foot with excitement.
|
|
|
|
The stamp rather pleased the nurse. The truth was that she
|
|
had been afraid she might find Mary crying and hiding
|
|
her head under the bed-clothes.
|
|
|
|
"That's right," she said. "You're in the right humor.
|
|
You go and scold him. Give him something new to think of.
|
|
Do go, child, as quick as ever you can."
|
|
|
|
It was not until afterward that Mary realized that the thing
|
|
had been funny as well as dreadful--that it was funny that all
|
|
the grown-up people were so frightened that they came to a little
|
|
girl just because they guessed she was almost as bad as Colin himself.
|
|
|
|
She flew along the corridor and the nearer she got
|
|
to the screams the higher her temper mounted.
|
|
She felt quite wicked by the time she reached the door.
|
|
She slapped it open with her hand and ran across the room
|
|
to the four-posted bed.
|
|
|
|
"You stop!" she almost shouted. "You stop! I hate you!
|
|
Everybody hates you! I wish everybody would run out of the
|
|
house and let you scream yourself to death! You will scream
|
|
yourself to death in a minute, and I wish you would!"
|
|
A nice sympathetic child could neither have thought nor
|
|
said such things, but it just happened that the shock of
|
|
hearing them was the best possible thing for this hysterical
|
|
boy whom no one had ever dared to restrain or contradict.
|
|
|
|
He had been lying on his face beating his pillow with his
|
|
hands and he actually almost jumped around, he turned
|
|
so quickly at the sound of the furious little voice.
|
|
His face looked dreadful, white and red and swollen,
|
|
and he was gasping and choking; but savage little Mary did
|
|
not care an atom.
|
|
|
|
"If you scream another scream," she said, "I'll scream
|
|
too --and I can scream louder than you can and I'll
|
|
frighten you, I'll frighten you!"
|
|
|
|
He actually had stopped screaming because she had startled
|
|
him so. The scream which had been coming almost choked him.
|
|
The tears were streaming down his face and he shook
|
|
all over.
|
|
|
|
"I can't stop!" he gasped and sobbed. "I can't--I can't!"
|
|
|
|
"You can!" shouted Mary. "Half that ails you is hysterics
|
|
and temper--just hysterics--hysterics--hysterics!"
|
|
and she stamped each time she said it.
|
|
|
|
"I felt the lump--I felt it," choked out Colin.
|
|
"I knew I should. I shall have a hunch on my back and then
|
|
I shall die," and he began to writhe again and turned
|
|
on his face and sobbed and wailed but he didn't scream.
|
|
|
|
"You didn't feel a lump!" contradicted Mary fiercely. "If you
|
|
did it was only a hysterical lump. Hysterics makes lumps.
|
|
There's nothing the matter with your horrid back--nothing
|
|
but hysterics! Turn over and let me look at it!"
|
|
|
|
She liked the word "hysterics" and felt somehow as if it
|
|
had an effect on him. He was probably like herself
|
|
and had never heard it before.
|
|
|
|
"Nurse," she commanded, "come here and show me his back
|
|
this minute!"
|
|
|
|
The nurse, Mrs. Medlock and Martha had been standing
|
|
huddled together near the door staring at her, their mouths
|
|
half open. All three had gasped with fright more than once.
|
|
The nurse came forward as if she were half afraid.
|
|
Colin was heaving with great breathless sobs.
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps he--he won't let me," she hesitated in a low voice.
|
|
|
|
Colin heard her, however, and he gasped out between two
|
|
sobs:
|
|
|
|
"Sh-show her! She-she'll see then!"
|
|
|
|
It was a poor thin back to look at when it was bared.
|
|
Every rib could be counted and every joint of the spine,
|
|
though Mistress Mary did not count them as she bent over
|
|
and examined them with a solemn savage little face.
|
|
She looked so sour and old-fashioned that the nurse turned
|
|
her head aside to hide the twitching of her mouth.
|
|
There was just a minute's silence, for even Colin tried
|
|
to hold his breath while Mary looked up and down his spine,
|
|
and down and up, as intently as if she had been the great
|
|
doctor from London.
|
|
|
|
"There's not a single lump there!" she said at last.
|
|
"There's not a lump as big as a pin--except backbone lumps,
|
|
and you can only feel them because you're thin.
|
|
I've got backbone lumps myself, and they used to stick
|
|
out as much as yours do, until I began to get fatter,
|
|
and I am not fat enough yet to hide them. There's not
|
|
a lump as big as a pin! If you ever say there is again,
|
|
I shall laugh!"
|
|
|
|
No one but Colin himself knew what effect those crossly
|
|
spoken childish words had on him. If he had ever
|
|
had any one to talk to about his secret terrors--if he
|
|
had ever dared to let himself ask questions--if he had
|
|
had childish companions and had not lain on his back
|
|
in the huge closed house, breathing an atmosphere heavy
|
|
with the fears of people who were most of them ignorant
|
|
and tired of him, he would have found out that most
|
|
of his fright and illness was created by himself.
|
|
But he had lain and thought of himself and his aches
|
|
and weariness for hours and days and months and years.
|
|
And now that an angry unsympathetic little girl insisted
|
|
obstinately that he was not as ill as he thought he was
|
|
he actually felt as if she might be speaking the truth.
|
|
|
|
"I didn't know," ventured the nurse, "that he thought he
|
|
had a lump on his spine. His back is weak because he
|
|
won't try to sit up. I could have told him there was no
|
|
lump there." Colin gulped and turned his face a little
|
|
to look at her.
|
|
|
|
"C-could you?" he said pathetically.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, sir."
|
|
|
|
"There!" said Mary, and she gulped too.
|
|
|
|
Colin turned on his face again and but for his long-drawn
|
|
broken breaths, which were the dying down of his storm
|
|
of sobbing, he lay still for a minute, though great tears
|
|
srteamed down his face and wet the pillow. Actually the
|
|
tears meant that a curious great relief had come to him.
|
|
Presently he turned and looked at the nurse again and
|
|
strangely enough he was not like a Rajah at all as he
|
|
spoke to her.
|
|
|
|
"Do you think--I could--live to grow up?" he said.
|
|
|
|
The nurse was neither clever nor soft-hearted but she
|
|
could repeat some of the London doctor's words.
|
|
|
|
"You probably will if you will do what you are told
|
|
to do and not give way to your temper, and stay
|
|
out a great deal in the fresh air."
|
|
|
|
Colin's tantrum had passed and he was weak and worn
|
|
out with crying and this perhaps made him feel gentle.
|
|
He put out his hand a little toward Mary, and I am glad
|
|
to say that, her own tantum having passed, she was softened
|
|
too and met him half-way with her hand, so that it was
|
|
a sort of making up.
|
|
|
|
"I'll--I'll go out with you, Mary," he said. "I shan't
|
|
hate fresh air if we can find--" He remembered just
|
|
in time to stop himself from saying "if we can find
|
|
the secret garden" and he ended, "I shall like to go
|
|
out with you if Dickon will come and push my chair.
|
|
I do so want to see Dickon and the fox and the crow."
|
|
|
|
The nurse remade the tumbled bed and shook and straightened
|
|
the pillows. Then she made Colin a cup of beef tea
|
|
and gave a cup to Mary, who really was very glad to get
|
|
it after her excitement. Mrs. Medlock and Martha gladly
|
|
slipped away, and after everything was neat and calm
|
|
and in order the nurse looked as if she would very gladly
|
|
slip away also. She was a healthy young woman who resented
|
|
being robbed of her sleep and she yawned quite openly
|
|
as she looked at Mary, who had pushed her big footstool
|
|
close to the four-posted bed and was holding Colin's hand.
|
|
|
|
"You must go back and get your sleep out," she said.
|
|
"He'll drop off after a while--if he's not too upset.
|
|
Then I'll lie down myself in the next room."
|
|
|
|
"Would you like me to sing you that song I learned from
|
|
my Ayah?" Mary whispered to Colin.
|
|
|
|
His hand pulled hers gently and he turned his tired eyes
|
|
on her appealingly.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, yes!" he answered. "It's such a soft song.
|
|
I shall go to sleep in a minute."
|
|
|
|
"I will put him to sleep," Mary said to the yawning nurse.
|
|
"You can go if you like."
|
|
|
|
"Well," said the nurse, with an attempt at reluctance.
|
|
"If he doesn't go to sleep in half an hour you must
|
|
call me."
|
|
|
|
"Very well," answered Mary.
|
|
|
|
The nurse was out of the room in a minute and as soon
|
|
as she was gone Colin pulled Mary's hand again.
|
|
|
|
"I almost told," he said; "but I stopped myself in time.
|
|
I won't talk and I'll go to sleep, but you said you had
|
|
a whole lot of nice things to tell me. Have you--do you
|
|
think you have found out anything at all about the way
|
|
into the secret garden?"
|
|
|
|
Mary looked at his poor little tired face and swollen
|
|
eyes and her heart relented.
|
|
|
|
"Ye-es," she answered, "I think I have. And if you
|
|
will go to sleep I will tell you tomorrow." His hand
|
|
quite trembled.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Mary!" he said. "Oh, Mary! If I could get into it
|
|
I think I should live to grow up! Do you suppose that
|
|
instead of singing the Ayah song--you could just tell
|
|
me softly as you did that first day what you imagine it
|
|
looks like inside? I am sure it will make me go to sleep."
|
|
|
|
"Yes," answered Mary. "Shut your eyes."
|
|
|
|
He closed his eyes and lay quite still and she held his
|
|
hand and began to speak very slowly and in a very low voice.
|
|
|
|
"I think it has been left alone so long--that it has grown
|
|
all into a lovely tangle. I think the roses have climbed and
|
|
climbed and climbed until they hang from the branches and walls
|
|
and creep over the ground--almost like a strange gray mist.
|
|
Some of them have died but many--are alive and when the
|
|
summer comes there will be curtains and fountains of roses.
|
|
I think the ground is full of daffodils and snowdrops
|
|
and lilies and iris working their way out of the dark.
|
|
Now the spring has begun--perhaps--perhaps--"
|
|
|
|
The soft drone of her voice was making him stiller
|
|
and stiller and she saw it and went on.
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps they are coming up through the grass--perhaps there
|
|
are clusters of purple crocuses and gold ones--even now.
|
|
Perhaps the leaves are beginning to break out and uncurl--and
|
|
perhaps--the gray is changing and a green gauze veil is
|
|
creeping--and creeping over--everything. And the birds are
|
|
coming to look at it--because it is--so safe and still.
|
|
And perhaps--perhaps--perhaps--" very softly and slowly indeed,
|
|
"the robin has found a mate--and is building a nest."
|
|
|
|
And Colin was asleep.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XVIII
|
|
|
|
"THA' MUNNOT WASTE NO TIME"
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of course Mary did not waken early the next morning.
|
|
She slept late because she was tired, and when Martha
|
|
brought her breakfast she told her that though.
|
|
Colin was quite quiet he was ill and feverish as he always
|
|
was after he had worn himself out with a fit of crying.
|
|
Mary ate her breakfast slowly as she listened.
|
|
|
|
"He says he wishes tha' would please go and see him as soon
|
|
as tha' can," Martha said. "It's queer what a fancy
|
|
he's took to thee. Tha' did give it him last night for
|
|
sure--didn't tha? Nobody else would have dared to do it.
|
|
Eh! poor lad! He's been spoiled till salt won't save him.
|
|
Mother says as th' two worst things as can happen to a
|
|
child is never to have his own way--or always to have it.
|
|
She doesn't know which is th' worst. Tha' was in a fine temper
|
|
tha'self, too. But he says to me when I went into his room,
|
|
`Please ask Miss Mary if she'll please come an, talk to me?'
|
|
Think o' him saying please! Will you go, Miss?" "I'll run
|
|
and see Dickon first," said Mary. "No, I'll go and see
|
|
Colin first and tell him--I know what I'll tell him,"
|
|
with a sudden inspiration.
|
|
|
|
She had her hat on when she appeared in Colin's room
|
|
and for a second he looked disappointed. He was in bed.
|
|
His face was pitifully white and there were dark circles
|
|
round his eyes.
|
|
|
|
"I'm glad you came," he said. "My head aches and I ache
|
|
all over because I'm so tired. Are you going somewhere?"
|
|
|
|
Mary went and leaned against his bed.
|
|
|
|
"I won't be long," she said. "I'm going to Dickon,
|
|
but I'll come back. Colin, it's--it's something about
|
|
the garden."
|
|
|
|
His whole face brightened and a little color came into it.
|
|
|
|
"Oh! is it?" he cried out. "I dreamed about it all night
|
|
I heard you say something about gray changing into green,
|
|
and I dreamed I was standing in a place all filled
|
|
with trembling little green leaves--and there were birds
|
|
on nests everywhere and they looked so soft and still.
|
|
I'll lie and think about it until you come back."
|
|
|
|
|
|
In five minutes Mary was with Dickon in their garden.
|
|
The fox and the crow were with him again and this time
|
|
he had brought two tame squirrels. "I came over on the
|
|
pony this mornin', " he said. "Eh! he is a good little
|
|
chap--Jump is! I brought these two in my pockets.
|
|
This here one he's called Nut an' this here other one's
|
|
called Shell."
|
|
|
|
When he said "Nut" one squirrel leaped on to his right
|
|
shoulder and when he said "Shell" the other one leaped
|
|
on to his left shoulder.
|
|
|
|
When they sat down on the grass with Captain curled at
|
|
their feet, Soot solemnly listening on a tree and Nut and
|
|
Shell nosing about close to them, it seemed to Mary that it
|
|
would be scarcely bearable to leave such delightfulness,
|
|
but when she began to tell her story somehow the look
|
|
in Dickon's funny face gradually changed her mind.
|
|
She could see he felt sorrier for Colin than she did.
|
|
He looked up at the sky and all about him.
|
|
|
|
"Just listen to them birds--th' world seems full
|
|
of 'em--all whistlin' an' pipin'," he said.
|
|
"Look at 'em dartin' about, an' hearken at 'em callin'
|
|
to each other. Come springtime seems like as if all th'
|
|
world's callin'. The leaves is uncurlin' so you can see
|
|
'em--an', my word, th' nice smells there is about!"
|
|
sniffing with his happy turned-up nose. "An' that poor
|
|
lad lyin' shut up an' seein' so little that he gets
|
|
to thinkin' o' things as sets him screamin'. Eh! my!
|
|
we mun get him out here--we mun get him watchin'
|
|
an listenin' an' sniffin' up th' air an' get him just soaked
|
|
through wi' sunshine. An' we munnot lose no time about it."
|
|
|
|
When he was very much interested he often spoke quite
|
|
broad Yorkshire though at other times he tried to modify
|
|
his dialect so that Mary could better understand.
|
|
But she loved his broad Yorkshire and had in fact been
|
|
trying to learn to speak it herself. So she spoke
|
|
a little now.
|
|
|
|
"Aye, that we mun," she said (which meant "Yes, indeed,
|
|
we must"). "I'll tell thee what us'll do first," she proceeded,
|
|
and Dickon grinned, because when the little wench tried
|
|
to twist her tongue into speaking Yorkshire it amused
|
|
him very much. "He's took a graidely fancy to thee.
|
|
He wants to see thee and he wants to see Soot an' Captain.
|
|
When I go back to the house to talk to him I'll ax him
|
|
if tha' canna' come an' see him tomorrow mornin'--an'.
|
|
bring tha' creatures wi' thee--an' then--in a bit,
|
|
when there's more leaves out, an' happen a bud or two,
|
|
we'll get him to come out an' tha' shall push him in his
|
|
chair an' we'll bring him here an' show him everything."
|
|
|
|
When she stopped she was quite proud of herself.
|
|
She had never made a long speech in Yorkshire before
|
|
and she had remembered very well.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' mun talk a bit o' Yorkshire like that to Mester Colin,"
|
|
Dickon chuckled. "Tha'll make him laugh an' there's nowt
|
|
as good for ill folk as laughin' is. Mother says she
|
|
believes as half a hour's good laugh every mornin'
|
|
'ud cure a chap as was makin' ready for typhus fever."
|
|
|
|
"I'm going to talk Yorkshire to him this very day,"
|
|
said Mary, chuckling herself.
|
|
|
|
The garden had reached the time when every day and every night
|
|
it seemed as if Magicians were passing through it drawing
|
|
loveliness out of the earth and the boughs with wands.
|
|
It was hard to go away and leave it all, particularly as Nut
|
|
had actually crept on to her dress and Shell had scrambled
|
|
down the trunk of the apple-tree they sat under and stayed
|
|
there looking at her with inquiring eyes. But she went back
|
|
to the house and when she sat down close to Colin's bed
|
|
he began to sniff as Dickon did though not in such an experienced way.
|
|
|
|
"You smell like flowers and--and fresh things," he cried
|
|
out quite joyously. "What is it you smell of? It's cool
|
|
and warm and sweet all at the same time."
|
|
|
|
"It's th' wind from th' moor," said Mary. "It comes o' sittin'
|
|
on th' grass under a tree wi' Dickon an' wi' Captain an'
|
|
Soot an' Nut an' Shell. It's th' springtime an' out o'
|
|
doors an' sunshine as smells so graidely."
|
|
|
|
She said it as broadly as she could, and you do not know
|
|
how broadly Yorkshire sounds until you have heard some
|
|
one speak it. Colin began to laugh.
|
|
|
|
"What are you doing?" he said. "I never heard you talk
|
|
like that before. How funny it sounds."
|
|
|
|
"I'm givin' thee a bit o' Yorkshire," answered Mary triumphantly.
|
|
`I canna' talk as graidely as Dickon an' Martha can but tha'
|
|
sees I can shape a bit. Doesn't tha' understand a bit o'
|
|
Yorkshire when tha' hears it? An' tha' a Yorkshire lad thysel'
|
|
bred an' born! Eh! I wonder tha'rt not ashamed o'
|
|
thy face."
|
|
|
|
And then she began to laugh too and they both laughed until
|
|
they could not stop themselves and they laughed until
|
|
the room echoed and Mrs. Medlock opening the door to come
|
|
in drew back into the corridor and stood listening amazed.
|
|
|
|
"Well, upon my word!" she said, speaking rather broad
|
|
Yorkshire herself because there was no one to hear
|
|
her and she was so astonished. "Whoever heard th'
|
|
like! Whoever on earth would ha' thought it!"
|
|
|
|
There was so much to talk about. It seemed as if Colin
|
|
could never hear enough of Dickon and Captain and Soot
|
|
and Nut and Shell and the pony whose name was Jump.
|
|
Mary had run round into the wood with Dickon to see Jump.
|
|
He was a tiny little shaggy moor pony with thick locks
|
|
hanging over his eyes and with a pretty face and a nuzzling
|
|
velvet nose. He was rather thin with living on moor
|
|
grass but he was as tough and wiry as if the muscle
|
|
in his little legs had been made of steel springs.
|
|
He had lifted his head and whinnied softly the moment
|
|
he saw Dickon and he had trotted up to him and put his
|
|
head across his shoulder and then Dickon had talked into
|
|
his ear and Jump had talked back in odd little whinnies
|
|
and puffs and snorts. Dickon had made him give Mary
|
|
his small front hoof and kiss her on her cheek with his
|
|
velvet muzzle.
|
|
|
|
"Does he really understand everything Dickon says?"
|
|
Colin asked.
|
|
|
|
"It seems as if he does," answered Mary. "Dickon says
|
|
anything will understand if you're friends with it for sure,
|
|
but you have to be friends for sure."
|
|
|
|
Colin lay quiet a little while and his strange gray
|
|
eyes seemed to be staring at the wall, but Mary saw
|
|
he was thinking.
|
|
|
|
"I wish I was friends with things," he said at last,
|
|
"but I'm not. I never had anything to be friends with,
|
|
and I can't bear people."
|
|
|
|
"Can't you bear me?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I can," he answered. "It's funny but I even like you."
|
|
|
|
"Ben Weatherstaff said I was like him," said Mary.
|
|
"He said he'd warrant we'd both got the same nasty tempers.
|
|
I think you are like him too. We are all three alike--you
|
|
and I and Ben Weatherstaff. He said we were neither
|
|
of us much to look at and we were as sour as we looked.
|
|
But I don't feel as sour as I used to before I knew the robin
|
|
and Dickon."
|
|
|
|
"Did you feel as if you hated people?"
|
|
|
|
"Yes," answered Mary without any affectation.
|
|
"I should have detested you if I had seen you before
|
|
I saw the robin and Dickon."
|
|
|
|
Colin put out his thin hand and touched her.
|
|
|
|
"Mary," he said, "I wish I hadn't said what I did about
|
|
sending Dickon away. I hated you when you said he was
|
|
like an angel and I laughed at you but--but perhaps he is."
|
|
|
|
"Well, it was rather funny to say it," she admitted frankly,
|
|
"because his nose does turn up and he has a big mouth
|
|
and his clothes have patches all over them and he talks
|
|
broad Yorkshire, but--but if an angel did come to Yorkshire
|
|
and live on the moor--if there was a Yorkshire angel--I
|
|
believe he'd understand the green things and know how to
|
|
make them grow and he would know how to talk to the wild
|
|
creatures as Dickon does and they'd know he was friends for sure."
|
|
|
|
"I shouldn't mind Dickon looking at me," said Colin;
|
|
"I want to see him."
|
|
|
|
"I'm glad you said that," answered Mary, "because--because--"
|
|
|
|
Quite suddenly it came into her mind that this was the
|
|
minute to tell him. Colin knew something new was coming.
|
|
|
|
"Because what?" he cried eagerly.
|
|
|
|
Mary was so anxious that she got up from her stool
|
|
and came to him and caught hold of both his hands.
|
|
|
|
"Can I trust you? I trusted Dickon because birds trusted him.
|
|
Can I trust you--for sure--for sure?" she implored.
|
|
|
|
Her face was so solemn that he almost whispered his answer.
|
|
|
|
"Yes--yes!"
|
|
|
|
"Well, Dickon will come to see you tomorrow morning,
|
|
and he'll bring his creatures with him."
|
|
|
|
"Oh! Oh!" Colin cried out in delight.
|
|
|
|
"But that's not all," Mary went on, almost pale with
|
|
solemn excitement. "The rest is better. There is a door
|
|
into the garden. I found it. It is under the ivy on the wall."
|
|
|
|
If he had been a strong healthy boy Colin would probably
|
|
have shouted "Hooray! Hooray! Hooray!" but he was weak
|
|
and rather hysterical; his eyes grew bigger and bigger
|
|
and he gasped for breath.
|
|
|
|
"Oh! Mary!" he cried out with a half sob. "Shall I see
|
|
it? Shall I get into it? Shall I live to get into it?"
|
|
and he clutched her hands and dragged her toward him.
|
|
|
|
"Of course you'll see it!" snapped Mary indignantly.
|
|
"Of course you'll live to get into it! Don't be silly!"
|
|
|
|
And she was so un-hysterical and natural and childish
|
|
that she brought him to his senses and he began to laugh
|
|
at himself and a few minutes afterward she was sitting
|
|
on her stool again telling him not what she imagined
|
|
the secret garden to be like but what it really was,
|
|
and Colin's aches and tiredness were forgotten and he
|
|
was listening enraptured.
|
|
|
|
"It is just what you thought it would be," he said at last.
|
|
"It sounds just as if you had really seen it. You know I
|
|
said that when you told me first."
|
|
|
|
Mary hesitated about two minutes and then boldly spoke
|
|
the truth.
|
|
|
|
"I had seen it--and I had been in," she said. "I found
|
|
the key and got in weeks ago. But I daren't tell you--I
|
|
daren't because I was so afraid I couldn't trust you--for sure!"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XIX
|
|
|
|
"IT HAS COME!"
|
|
|
|
Of course Dr. Craven had been sent for the morning after
|
|
Colin had had his tantrum. He was always sent for at
|
|
once when such a thing occurred and he always found,
|
|
when he arrived, a white shaken boy lying on his bed,
|
|
sulky and still so hysterical that he was ready to break
|
|
into fresh sobbing at the least word. In fact, Dr. Craven
|
|
dreaded and detested the difficulties of these visits.
|
|
On this occasion he was away from Misselthwaite Manor
|
|
until afternoon.
|
|
|
|
"How is he?" he asked Mrs. Medlock rather irritably when he arrived.
|
|
"He will break a blood-vessel in one of those fits some day.
|
|
The boy is half insane with hysteria and self-indulgence."
|
|
|
|
"Well, sir," answered Mrs. Medlock, "you'll scarcely believe
|
|
your eyes when you see him. That plain sour-faced child
|
|
that's almost as bad as himself has just bewitched him.
|
|
How she's done it there's no telling. The Lord knows
|
|
she's nothing to look at and you scarcely ever hear
|
|
her speak, but she did what none of us dare do.
|
|
She just flew at him like a little cat last night,
|
|
and stamped her feet and ordered him to stop screaming,
|
|
and somehow she startled him so that he actually did stop,
|
|
and this afternoon--well just come up and see, sir.
|
|
It's past crediting."
|
|
|
|
The scene which Dr. Craven beheld when he entered his
|
|
patient's room was indeed rather astonishing to him.
|
|
As Mrs. Medlock opened the door he heard laughing
|
|
and chattering. Colin was on his sofa in his dressing-gown
|
|
and he was sitting up quite straight looking at a picture
|
|
in one of the garden books and talking to the plain
|
|
child who at that moment could scarcely be called plain
|
|
at all because her face was so glowing with enjoyment.
|
|
|
|
"Those long spires of blue ones--we'll have a lot of those,"
|
|
Colin was announcing. "They're called Del-phin-iums."
|
|
|
|
"Dickon says they're larkspurs made big and grand,"
|
|
cried Mistress Mary. "There are clumps there already."
|
|
|
|
Then they saw Dr. Craven and stopped. Mary became quite
|
|
still and Colin looked fretful.
|
|
|
|
"I am sorry to hear you were ill last night, my boy,"
|
|
Dr. Craven said a trifle nervously. He was rather a
|
|
nervous man.
|
|
|
|
"I'm better now--much better," Colin answered,
|
|
rather like a Rajah. "I'm going out in my chair
|
|
in a day or two if it is fine. I want some fresh air."
|
|
|
|
Dr. Craven sat down by him and felt his pulse and looked
|
|
at him curiously.
|
|
|
|
"It must be a very fine day," he said, "and you must
|
|
be very careful not to tire yourself."
|
|
|
|
"Fresh air won't tire me," said the young Rajah.
|
|
|
|
As there had been occasions when this same young gentleman
|
|
had shrieked aloud with rage and had insisted that fresh
|
|
air would give him cold and kill him, it is not to be
|
|
wondered at that his doctor felt somewhat startled.
|
|
|
|
"I thought you did not like fresh air," he said.
|
|
|
|
"I don't when I am by myself," replied the Rajah;
|
|
"but my cousin is going out with me."
|
|
|
|
"And the nurse, of course?" suggested Dr. Craven.
|
|
|
|
"No, I will not have the nurse," so magnificently that Mary
|
|
could not help remembering how the young native Prince
|
|
had looked with his diamonds and emeralds and pearls
|
|
stuck all over him and the great rubies on the small dark
|
|
hand he had waved to command his servants to approach
|
|
with salaams and receive his orders.
|
|
|
|
"My cousin knows how to take care of me. I am always better
|
|
when she is with me. She made me better last night.
|
|
A very strong boy I know will push my carriage."
|
|
|
|
Dr. Craven felt rather alarmed. If this tiresome
|
|
hysterical boy should chance to get well he himself would
|
|
lose all chance of inheriting Misselthwaite; but he
|
|
was not an unscrupulous man, though he was a weak one,
|
|
and he did not intend to let him run into actual danger.
|
|
|
|
"He must be a strong boy and a steady boy," he said.
|
|
"And I must know something about him. Who is he? What is
|
|
his name?"
|
|
|
|
"It's Dickon," Mary spoke up suddenly. She felt somehow
|
|
that everybody who knew the moor must know Dickon.
|
|
And she was right, too. She saw that in a moment
|
|
Dr. Craven's serious face relaxed into a relieved smile.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, Dickon," he said. "If it is Dickon you will be
|
|
safe enough. He's as strong as a moor pony, is Dickon."
|
|
|
|
"And he's trusty," said Mary. "He's th' trustiest lad i'
|
|
Yorkshire." She had been talking Yorkshire to Colin
|
|
and she forgot herself.
|
|
|
|
"Did Dickon teach you that?" asked Dr. Craven,
|
|
laughing outright.
|
|
|
|
"I'm learning it as if it was French," said Mary rather coldly.
|
|
"It's like a native dialect in India. Very clever
|
|
people try to learn them. I like it and so does Colin."
|
|
"Well, well," he said. "If it amuses you perhaps it won't
|
|
do you any harm. Did you take your bromide last night, Colin?"
|
|
|
|
"No," Colin answered. "I wouldn't take it at first
|
|
and after Mary made me quiet she talked me to sleep--in
|
|
a low voice--about the spring creeping into a garden."
|
|
|
|
"That sounds soothing," said Dr. Craven, more perplexed
|
|
than ever and glancing sideways at Mistress Mary sitting
|
|
on her stool and looking down silently at the carpet.
|
|
"You are evidently better, but you must remember--"
|
|
|
|
"I don't want to remember," interrupted the Rajah,
|
|
appearing again. "When I lie by myself and remember I
|
|
begin to have pains everywhere and I think of things
|
|
that make me begin to scream because I hate them so.
|
|
If there was a doctor anywhere who could make you forget
|
|
you were ill instead of remembering it I would have him
|
|
brought here." And he waved a thin hand which ought really
|
|
to have been covered with royal signet rings made of rubies.
|
|
"It is because my cousin makes me forget that she makes
|
|
me better."
|
|
|
|
Dr. Craven had never made such a short stay after a
|
|
"tantrum"; usually he was obliged to remain a very long
|
|
time and do a great many things. This afternoon he did
|
|
not give any medicine or leave any new orders and he was
|
|
spared any disagreeable scenes. When he went downstairs he
|
|
looked very thoughtful and when he talked to Mrs. Medlock
|
|
in the library she felt that he was a much puzzled man.
|
|
|
|
"Well, sir," she ventured, "could you have believed it?"
|
|
|
|
"It is certainly a new state of affairs," said the doctor.
|
|
"And there's no denying it is better than the old one."
|
|
|
|
"I believe Susan Sowerby's right--I do that," said Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
"I stopped in her cottage on my way to Thwaite yesterday
|
|
and had a bit of talk with her. And she says to me,
|
|
'Well, Sarah Ann, she mayn't be a good child, an' she mayn't
|
|
be a pretty one, but she's a child, an' children needs
|
|
children.' We went to school together, Susan Sowerby and me."
|
|
|
|
"She's the best sick nurse I know," said Dr. Craven.
|
|
"When I find her in a cottage I know the chances are that I
|
|
shall save my patient."
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Medlock smiled. She was fond of Susan Sowerby.
|
|
|
|
"She's got a way with her, has Susan," she went on
|
|
quite volubly. "I've been thinking all morning of one
|
|
thing she said yesterday. She says, `Once when I
|
|
was givin' th' children a bit of a preach after they'd
|
|
been fightin' I ses to 'em all, "When I was at school my
|
|
jography told as th' world was shaped like a orange an'
|
|
I found out before I was ten that th' whole orange
|
|
doesn't belong to nobody. No one owns more than his bit
|
|
of a quarter an' there's times it seems like there's
|
|
not enow quarters to go round. But don't you--none o'
|
|
you--think as you own th' whole orange or you'll find
|
|
out you're mistaken, an' you won't find it out without
|
|
hard knocks." `What children learns from children,'
|
|
she says, 'is that there's no sense in grabbin' at th'
|
|
whole orange--peel an' all. If you do you'll likely
|
|
not get even th' pips, an' them's too bitter to eat.'"
|
|
|
|
"She's a shrewd woman," said Dr. Craven, putting on his coat.
|
|
|
|
"Well, she's got a way of saying things," ended Mrs. Medlock,
|
|
much pleased. "Sometimes I've said to her, 'Eh! Susan,
|
|
if you was a different woman an' didn't talk such broad
|
|
Yorkshire I've seen the times when I should have said you
|
|
was clever.'"
|
|
|
|
|
|
That night Colin slept without once awakening and
|
|
when he opened his eyes in the morning he lay still
|
|
and smiled without knowing it--smiled because he felt so
|
|
curiously comfortable. It was actually nice to be awake,
|
|
and he turned over and stretched his limbs luxuriously.
|
|
He felt as if tight strings which had held him had
|
|
loosened themselves and let him go. He did not know that
|
|
Dr. Craven would have said that his nerves had relaxed
|
|
and rested themselves. Instead of lying and staring at
|
|
the wall and wishing he had not awakened, his mind was full
|
|
of the plans he and Mary had made yesterday, of pictures
|
|
of the garden and of Dickon and his wild creatures.
|
|
It was so nice to have things to think about. And he
|
|
had not been awake more than ten minutes when he heard
|
|
feet running along the corridor and Mary was at the door.
|
|
The next minute she was in the room and had run across
|
|
to his bed, bringing with her a waft of fresh air full
|
|
of the scent of the morning.
|
|
|
|
"You've been out! You've been out! There's that nice
|
|
smell of leaves!" he cried.
|
|
|
|
She had been running and her hair was loose and blown
|
|
and she was bright with the air and pink-cheeked, though
|
|
he could not see it.
|
|
|
|
"It's so beautiful!" she said, a little breathless
|
|
with her speed. "You never saw anything so beautiful!
|
|
It has come! I thought it had come that other morning,
|
|
but it was only coming. It is here now! It has come,
|
|
the Spring! Dickon says so!"
|
|
|
|
"Has it?" cried Colin, and though he really knew nothing
|
|
about it he felt his heart beat. He actually sat up
|
|
in bed.
|
|
|
|
"Open the window!" he added, laughing half with joyful
|
|
excitement and half at his own fancy. "Perhaps we may
|
|
hear golden trumpets!"
|
|
|
|
And though he laughed, Mary was at the window in a moment
|
|
and in a moment more it was opened wide and freshness and
|
|
softness and scents and birds' songs were pouring through.
|
|
|
|
"That's fresh air," she said. "Lie on your back and draw
|
|
in long breaths of it. That's what Dickon does when he's
|
|
lying on the moor. He says he feels it in his veins
|
|
and it makes him strong and he feels as if he could
|
|
live forever and ever. Breathe it and breathe it."
|
|
|
|
She was only repeating what Dickon had told her, but she
|
|
caught Colin's fancy.
|
|
|
|
"`Forever and ever'! Does it make him feel like that?"
|
|
he said, and he did as she told him, drawing in long deep
|
|
breaths over and over again until he felt that something
|
|
quite new and delightful was happening to him.
|
|
|
|
Mary was at his bedside again.
|
|
|
|
"Things are crowding up out of the earth," she ran on
|
|
in a hurry. "And there are flowers uncurling and buds
|
|
on everything and the green veil has covered nearly all
|
|
the gray and the birds are in such a hurry about their
|
|
nests for fear they may be too late that some of them
|
|
are even fighting for places in the secret garden.
|
|
And the rose-bushes look as wick as wick can be,
|
|
and there are primroses in the lanes and woods,
|
|
and the seeds we planted are up, and Dickon has brought
|
|
the fox and the crow and the squirrels and a new-born lamb."
|
|
|
|
And then she paused for breath. The new-born lamb Dickon
|
|
had found three days before lying by its dead mother
|
|
among the gorse bushes on the moor. It was not the first
|
|
motherless lamb he had found and he knew what to do with it.
|
|
He had taken it to the cottage wrapped in his jacket and he
|
|
had let it lie near the fire and had fed it with warm milk.
|
|
It was a soft thing with a darling silly baby face
|
|
and legs rather long for its body. Dickon had carried
|
|
it over the moor in his arms and its feeding bottle
|
|
was in his pocket with a squirrel, and when Mary had sat
|
|
under a tree with its limp warmness huddled on her lap she
|
|
had felt as if she were too full of strange joy to speak.
|
|
A lamb--a lamb! A living lamb who lay on your lap like a baby!
|
|
|
|
She was describing it with great joy and Colin was listening
|
|
and drawing in long breaths of air when the nurse entered.
|
|
She started a little at the sight of the open window.
|
|
She had sat stifling in the room many a warm day because her
|
|
patient was sure that open windows gave people cold.
|
|
|
|
"Are you sure you are not chilly, Master Colin?"
|
|
she inquired.
|
|
|
|
"No," was the answer. "I am breathing long breaths
|
|
of fresh air. It makes you strong. I am going to get up
|
|
to the sofa for breakfast. My cousin will have breakfast
|
|
with me."
|
|
|
|
The nurse went away, concealing a smile, to give
|
|
the order for two breakfasts. She found the servants'
|
|
hall a more amusing place than the invalid's chamber and
|
|
just now everybody wanted to hear the news from upstairs.
|
|
There was a great deal of joking about the unpopular young
|
|
recluse who, as the cook said, "had found his master,
|
|
and good for him." The servants' hall had been very tired
|
|
of the tantrums, and the butler, who was a man with a family,
|
|
had more than once expressed his opinion that the invalid
|
|
would be all the better "for a good hiding."
|
|
|
|
When Colin was on his sofa and the breakfast for two was
|
|
put upon the table he made an announcement to the nurse
|
|
in his most Rajah-like manner.
|
|
|
|
"A boy, and a fox, and a crow, and two squirrels,
|
|
and a new-born lamb, are coming to see me this morning.
|
|
I want them brought upstairs as soon as they come,"
|
|
he said. "You are not to begin playing with the animals
|
|
in the servants' hall and keep them there. I want them here."
|
|
The nurse gave a slight gasp and tried to conceal it with
|
|
a cough.
|
|
|
|
"Yes, sir," she answered.
|
|
|
|
"I'll tell you what you can do," added Colin, waving
|
|
his hand. "You can tell Martha to bring them here.
|
|
The boy is Martha's brother. His name is Dickon and he
|
|
is an animal charmer."
|
|
|
|
"I hope the animals won't bite, Master Colin," said the nurse.
|
|
|
|
"I told you he was a charmer," said Colin austerely.
|
|
"Charmers' animals never bite."
|
|
|
|
"There are snake-charmers in India," said Mary.
|
|
"and they can put their snakes' heads in their mouths."
|
|
|
|
"Goodness!" shuddered the nurse.
|
|
|
|
They ate their breakfast with the morning air pouring
|
|
in upon them. Colin's breakfast was a very good one
|
|
and Mary watched him with serious interest.
|
|
|
|
"You will begin to get fatter just as I did," she said.
|
|
"I never wanted my breakfast when I was in India and now I
|
|
always want it."
|
|
|
|
"I wanted mine this morning," said Colin. "Perhaps it
|
|
was the fresh air. When do you think Dickon will come?"
|
|
|
|
He was not long in coming. In about ten minutes Mary
|
|
held up her hand.
|
|
|
|
"Listen!" she said. "Did you hear a caw?"
|
|
|
|
Colin listened and heard it, the oddest sound in the world
|
|
to hear inside a house, a hoarse "caw-caw."
|
|
|
|
"Yes," he answered.
|
|
|
|
"That's Soot," said Mary. "Listen again. Do you hear
|
|
a bleat--a tiny one?"
|
|
|
|
"Oh, yes!" cried Colin, quite flushing.
|
|
|
|
"That's the new-born lamb," said Mary. "He's coming."
|
|
|
|
Dickon's moorland boots were thick and clumsy and though
|
|
he tried to walk quietly they made a clumping sound as he
|
|
walked through the long corridors. Mary and Colin heard him
|
|
marching--marching, until he passed through the tapestry
|
|
door on to the soft carpet of Colin's own passage.
|
|
|
|
"If you please, sir," announced Martha, opening the door,
|
|
"if you please, sir, here's Dickon an' his creatures."
|
|
|
|
Dickon came in smiling his nicest wide smile.
|
|
The new- born lamb was in his arms and the little red
|
|
fox trotted by his side. Nut sat on his left shoulder
|
|
and Soot on his right and Shell's head and paws peeped
|
|
out of his coat pocket.
|
|
|
|
Colin slowly sat up and stared and stared--as he had stared
|
|
when he first saw Mary; but this was a stare of wonder
|
|
and delight. The truth was that in spite of all he had
|
|
heard he had not in the least understood what this boy would
|
|
be like and that his fox and his crow and his squirrels
|
|
and his lamb were so near to him and his friendliness
|
|
that they seemed almost to be part of himself. Colin had
|
|
never talked to a boy in his life and he was so overwhelmed
|
|
by his own pleasure and curiosity that he did not even think of speaking.
|
|
|
|
But Dickon did not feel the least shy or awkward.
|
|
He had not felt embarrassed because the crow had not
|
|
known his language and had only stared and had not
|
|
spoken to him the first time they met. Creatures were
|
|
always like that until they found out about you.
|
|
He walked over to Colin's sofa and put the new-born
|
|
lamb quietly on his lap, and immediately the little
|
|
creature turned to the warm velvet dressing-gown and
|
|
began to nuzzle and nuzzle into its folds and butt its
|
|
tight-curled head with soft impatience against his side.
|
|
Of course no boy could have helped speaking then.
|
|
|
|
"What is it doing?" cried Colin. "What does it want?"
|
|
|
|
"It wants its mother," said Dickon, smiling more and more.
|
|
"I brought it to thee a bit hungry because I knowed tha'd
|
|
like to see it feed."
|
|
|
|
He knelt down by the sofa and took a feeding-bottle
|
|
from his pocket.
|
|
|
|
"Come on, little 'un," he said, turning the small
|
|
woolly white head with a gentle brown hand. "This is
|
|
what tha's after. Tha'll get more out o' this than tha'
|
|
will out o' silk velvet coats. There now," and he pushed
|
|
the rubber tip of the bottle into the nuzzling mouth
|
|
and the lamb began to suck it with ravenous ecstasy.
|
|
|
|
After that there was no wondering what to say.
|
|
By the time the lamb fell asleep questions poured forth
|
|
and Dickon answered them all. He told them how he had found
|
|
the lamb just as the sun was rising three mornings ago.
|
|
He had been standing on the moor listening to a skylark
|
|
and watching him swing higher and higher into the sky
|
|
until he was only a speck in the heights of blue.
|
|
|
|
"I'd almost lost him but for his song an' I was wonderin'
|
|
how a chap could hear it when it seemed as if he'd
|
|
get out o' th' world in a minute--an' just then I
|
|
heard somethin' else far off among th' gorse bushes.
|
|
It was a weak bleatin' an' I knowed it was a new lamb
|
|
as was hungry an' I knowed it wouldn't be hungry if it
|
|
hadn't lost its mother somehow, so I set off searchin'.
|
|
Eh! I did have a look for it. I went in an' out among th'
|
|
gorse bushes an' round an' round an' I always seemed
|
|
to take th' wrong turnin'. But at last I seed a bit o'
|
|
white by a rock on top o' th' moor an' I climbed up an'
|
|
found th' little 'un half dead wi' cold an' clemmin'."
|
|
While he talked, Soot flew solemnly in and out of the open
|
|
window and cawed remarks about the scenery while Nut
|
|
and Shell made excursions into the big trees outside
|
|
and ran up and down trunks and explored branches.
|
|
Captain curled up near Dickon, who sat on the hearth-rug
|
|
from preference.
|
|
|
|
They looked at the pictures in the gardening books and
|
|
Dickon knew all the flowers by their country names and knew
|
|
exactly which ones were already growing in the secret garden.
|
|
|
|
"I couldna' say that there name," he said, pointing to one
|
|
under which was written "Aquilegia," "but us calls that
|
|
a columbine, an' that there one it's a snapdragon and they
|
|
both grow wild in hedges, but these is garden ones an'
|
|
they're bigger an' grander. There's some big clumps o'
|
|
columbine in th' garden. They'll look like a bed o' blue an'
|
|
white butterflies flutterin' when they're out."
|
|
|
|
"I'm going to see them," cried Colin. "I am going
|
|
to see them!"
|
|
|
|
"Aye, that tha' mun," said Mary quite seriously. "An' tha'
|
|
munnot lose no time about it."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XX
|
|
|
|
"I SHALL LIVE FOREVER--AND EVER--AND EVER!"
|
|
|
|
|
|
But they were obliged to wait more than a week because
|
|
first there came some very windy days and then Colin
|
|
was threatened with a cold, which two things happening
|
|
one after the other would no doubt have thrown him into
|
|
a rage but that there was so much careful and mysterious
|
|
planning to do and almost every day Dickon came in,
|
|
if only for a few minutes, to talk about what was happening
|
|
on the moor and in the lanes and hedges and on the borders
|
|
of streams. The things he had to tell about otters'
|
|
and badgers' and water-rats' houses, not to mention birds'
|
|
nests and field-mice and their burrows, were enough
|
|
to make you almost tremble with excitement when you
|
|
heard all the intimate details from an animal charmer
|
|
and realized with what thrilling eagerness and anxiety
|
|
the whole busy underworld was working.
|
|
|
|
"They're same as us," said Dickon, "only they have to
|
|
build their homes every year. An' it keeps 'em so busy
|
|
they fair scuffle to get 'em done."
|
|
|
|
The most absorbing thing, however, was the preparations
|
|
to be made before Colin could be transported with sufficient
|
|
secrecy to the garden. No one must see the chair-carriage
|
|
and Dickon and Mary after they turned a certain corner
|
|
of the shrubbery and entered upon the walk outside
|
|
the ivied walls. As each day passed, Colin had become
|
|
more and more fixed in his feeling that the mystery
|
|
surrounding the garden was one of its greatest charms.
|
|
Nothing must spoil that. No one must ever suspect
|
|
that they had a secret. People must think that he
|
|
was simply going out with Mary and Dickon because he
|
|
liked them and did not object to their looking at him.
|
|
They had long and quite delightful talks about their route.
|
|
They would go up this path and down that one and cross
|
|
the other and go round among the fountain flower-beds
|
|
as if they were looking at the "bedding-out plants"
|
|
the head gardener, Mr. Roach, had been having arranged.
|
|
That would seem such a rational thing to do that no one
|
|
would think it at all mysterious. They would turn into
|
|
the shrubbery walks and lose themselves until they came
|
|
to the long walls. It was almost as serious and elaborately
|
|
thought out as the plans of march made by geat generals
|
|
in time of war.
|
|
|
|
Rumors of the new and curious things which were occurring
|
|
in the invalid's apartments had of course filtered
|
|
through the servants' hall into the stable yards
|
|
and out among the gardeners, but notwithstanding this,
|
|
Mr. Roach was startled one day when he received orders
|
|
from Master Colin's room to the effect that he must report
|
|
himself in the apartment no outsider had ever seen,
|
|
as the invalid himself desired to speak to him.
|
|
|
|
"Well, well," he said to himself as he hurriedly changed
|
|
his coat, "what's to do now? His Royal Highness that wasn't
|
|
to be looked at calling up a man he's never set eyes on."
|
|
|
|
Mr. Roach was not without curiosity. He had never
|
|
caught even a glimpse of the boy and had heard a dozen
|
|
exaggerated stories about his uncanny looks and ways
|
|
and his insane tempers. The thing he had heard
|
|
oftenest was that he might die at any moment and there
|
|
had been numerous fanciful descriptions of a humped
|
|
back and helpless limbs, given by people who had never seen him.
|
|
|
|
"Things are changing in this house, Mr. Roach,"
|
|
said Mrs. Medlock, as she led him up the back staircase
|
|
to the corridor on to which opened the hitherto mysterious chamber.
|
|
|
|
"Let's hope they're changing for the better, Mrs. Medlock,"
|
|
he answered.
|
|
|
|
"They couldn't well change for the worse," she continued;
|
|
"and queer as it all is there's them as finds their
|
|
duties made a lot easier to stand up under. Don't you
|
|
be surprised, Mr. Roach, if you find yourself in the middle
|
|
of a menagerie and Martha Sowerby's Dickon more at home
|
|
than you or me could ever be."
|
|
|
|
There really was a sort of Magic about Dickon, as Mary
|
|
always privately believed. When Mr. Roach heard his name
|
|
he smiled quite leniently.
|
|
|
|
"He'd be at home in Buckingham Palace or at the bottom
|
|
of a coal mine," he said. "And yet it's not impudence,
|
|
either. He's just fine, is that lad."
|
|
|
|
It was perhaps well he had been prepared or he might
|
|
have been startled. When the bedroom door was opened
|
|
a large crow, which seemed quite at home perched on
|
|
the high back of a carven chair, announced the entrance
|
|
of a visitor by saying "Caw--Caw" quite loudly.
|
|
In spite of Mrs. Medlock's warning, Mr. Roach only just
|
|
escaped being sufficiently undignified to jump backward.
|
|
|
|
The young Rajah was neither in bed nor on his sofa.
|
|
He was sitting in an armchair and a young lamb was standing
|
|
by him shaking its tail in feeding-lamb fashion as Dickon
|
|
knelt giving it milk from its bottle. A squirrel was
|
|
perched on Dickon's bent back attentively nibbling a nut.
|
|
The little girl from India was sitting on a big footstool
|
|
looking on.
|
|
|
|
"Here is Mr. Roach, Master Colin," said Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
|
|
The young Rajah turned and looked his servitor over--at
|
|
least that was what the head gardener felt happened.
|
|
|
|
"Oh, you are Roach, are you?" he said. "I sent for you
|
|
to give you some very important orders."
|
|
|
|
"Very good, sir," answered Roach, wondering if he was
|
|
to receive instructions to fell all the oaks in the park
|
|
or to transform the orchards into water-gardens.
|
|
|
|
"I am going out in my chair this afternoon," said Colin.
|
|
"If the fresh air agrees with me I may go out every day.
|
|
When I go, none of the gardeners are to be anywhere near
|
|
the Long Walk by the garden walls. No one is to be there.
|
|
I shall go out about two o'clock and everyone must
|
|
keep away until I send word that they may go back to
|
|
their work."
|
|
|
|
"Very good, sir," replied Mr. Roach, much relieved to hear
|
|
that the oaks might remain and that the orchards were safe.
|
|
"Mary," said Colin, turning to her, "what is that thing
|
|
you say in India when you have finished talking and want
|
|
people to go?"
|
|
|
|
"You say, `You have my permission to go,'" answered Mary.
|
|
|
|
The Rajah waved his hand.
|
|
|
|
"You have my permission to go, Roach," he said.
|
|
"But, remember, this is very important."
|
|
|
|
"Caw--Caw!" remarked the crow hoarsely but not impolitely.
|
|
|
|
"Very good, sir. Thank you, sir," said Mr. Roach,
|
|
and Mrs. Medlock took him out of the room.
|
|
|
|
Outside in the corridor, being a rather good-natured man,
|
|
he smiled until he almost laughed.
|
|
|
|
"My word!" he said, "he's got a fine lordly way with him,
|
|
hasn't he? You'd think he was a whole Royal Family rolled
|
|
into one--Prince Consort and all.".
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" protested Mrs. Medlock, "we've had to let him
|
|
trample all over every one of us ever since he had feet
|
|
and he thinks that's what folks was born for."
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps he'll grow out of it, if he lives," suggested Mr. Roach.
|
|
|
|
"Well, there's one thing pretty sure," said Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
"If he does live and that Indian child stays here I'll
|
|
warrant she teaches him that thewhole orange does not
|
|
belong to him, as Susan Sowerby says. And he'll be likely
|
|
to find out the size of his own quarter."
|
|
|
|
Inside the room Colin was leaning back on his cushions.
|
|
|
|
"It's all safe now," he said. "And this afternoon I
|
|
shall see it--this afternoon I shall be in it!"
|
|
|
|
Dickon went back to the garden with his creatures and Mary
|
|
stayed with Colin. She did not think he looked tired
|
|
but he was very quiet before their lunch came and he
|
|
was quiet while they were eating it. She wondered why
|
|
and asked him about it.
|
|
|
|
"What big eyes you've got, Colin," she said. "When you
|
|
are thinking they get as big as saucers. What are you
|
|
thinking about now?"
|
|
|
|
"I can't help thinking about what it will look like,"
|
|
he answered.
|
|
|
|
"The garden?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
"The springtime," he said. "I was thinking that I've really
|
|
never seen it before. I scarcely ever went out and when I
|
|
did go I never looked at it. I didn't even think about it."
|
|
|
|
"I never saw it in India because there wasn't any,"
|
|
said Mary.
|
|
|
|
Shut in and morbid as his life had been, Colin had more
|
|
imagination than she had and at least he had spent a good
|
|
deal of time looking at wonderful books and pictures.
|
|
|
|
"That morning when you ran in and said `It's come! It's
|
|
come!, you made me feel quite queer. It sounded as if
|
|
things were coming with a great procession and big bursts
|
|
and wafts of music. I've a picture like it in one of my
|
|
books--crowds of lovely people and children with garlands
|
|
and branches with blossoms on them, everyone laughing
|
|
and dancing and crowding and playing on pipes. That was
|
|
why I said, `Perhaps we shall hear golden trumpets'
|
|
and told you to throw open the window."
|
|
|
|
"How funny!" said Mary. "That's really just what it
|
|
feels like. And if all the flowers and leaves and green
|
|
things and birds and wild creatures danced past at once,
|
|
what a crowd it would be! I'm sure they'd dance and sing
|
|
and flute and that would be the wafts of music."
|
|
|
|
They both laughed but it was not because the idea was
|
|
laughable but because they both so liked it.
|
|
|
|
A little later the nurse made Colin ready. She noticed
|
|
that instead of lying like a log while his clothes were
|
|
put on he sat up and made some efforts to help himself,
|
|
and he talked and laughed with Mary all the time.
|
|
|
|
"This is one of his good days, sir," she said to Dr. Craven,
|
|
who dropped in to inspect him. "He's in such good spirits
|
|
that it makes him stronger."
|
|
|
|
"I'll call in again later in the afternoon, after he has
|
|
come in," said Dr. Craven. "I must see how the going
|
|
out agrees with him. I wish," in a very low voice,
|
|
"that he would let you go with him."
|
|
|
|
"I'd rather give up the case this moment, sir, than even
|
|
stay here while it's suggested," answered the nurse.
|
|
With sudden firmness.
|
|
|
|
"I hadn't really decided to suggest it," said the doctor,
|
|
with his slight nervousness. "We'll try the experiment.
|
|
Dickon's a lad I'd trust with a new-born child."
|
|
|
|
The strongest footman in the house carried Colin down
|
|
stairs and put him in his wheeled chair near which Dickon
|
|
waited outside. After the manservant had arranged
|
|
his rugs and cushions the Rajah waved his hand to him
|
|
and to the nurse.
|
|
|
|
"You have my permission to go," he said, and they both
|
|
disappeared quickly and it must be confessed giggled
|
|
when they were safely inside the house.
|
|
|
|
Dickon began to push the wheeled chair slowly and steadily.
|
|
Mistress Mary walked beside it and Colin leaned back
|
|
and lifted his face to the sky. The arch of it looked
|
|
very high and the small snowy clouds seemed like white birds
|
|
floating on outspread wings below its crystal blueness.
|
|
The wind swept in soft big breaths down from the moor
|
|
and was strange with a wild clear scented sweetness.
|
|
Colin kept lifting his thin chest to draw it in,
|
|
and his big eyes looked as if it were they which were
|
|
listening--listening, instead of his ears.
|
|
|
|
"There are so many sounds of singing and humming and
|
|
calling out," he said. "What is that scent the puffs
|
|
of wind bring?"
|
|
|
|
"It's gorse on th' moor that's openin' out," answered Dickon.
|
|
"Eh! th' bees are at it wonderful today."
|
|
|
|
Not a human creature was to be caught sight of in the
|
|
paths they took. In fact every gardener or gardener's
|
|
lad had been witched away. But they wound in and out
|
|
among the shrubbery and out and round the fountain beds,
|
|
following their carefully planned route for the mere
|
|
mysterious pleasure of it. But when at last they turned
|
|
into the Long Walk by the ivied walls the excited sense
|
|
of an approaching thrill made them, for some curious reason
|
|
they could not have explained, begin to speak in whispers.
|
|
|
|
"This is it," breathed Mary. "This is where I used
|
|
to walk up and down and wonder and wonder." "Is it?"
|
|
cried Colin, and his eyes began to search the ivy with
|
|
eager curiousness. "But I can see nothing," he whispered.
|
|
"There is no door."
|
|
|
|
"That's what I thought," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
Then there was a lovely breathless silence and the chair
|
|
wheeled on.
|
|
|
|
"That is the garden where Ben Weatherstaff works,"
|
|
said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Is it?" said Colin.
|
|
|
|
A few yards more and Mary whispered again.
|
|
|
|
"This is where the robin flew over the wall," she said.
|
|
|
|
"Is it?" cried Colin. "Oh! I wish he'd come again!"
|
|
|
|
"And that," said Mary with solemn delight, pointing under
|
|
a big lilac bush, "is where he perched on the little
|
|
heap of earth and showed me the key."
|
|
|
|
Then Colin sat up.
|
|
|
|
"Where? Where? There?" he cried, and his eyes were as big
|
|
as the wolf's in Red Riding-Hood, when Red Riding-Hood
|
|
felt called upon to remark on them. Dickon stood still
|
|
and the wheeled chair stopped.
|
|
|
|
"And this," said Mary, stepping on to the bed close to the ivy,
|
|
"is where I went to talk to him when he chirped at me
|
|
from the top of the wall. And this is the ivy the wind
|
|
blew back," and she took hold of the hanging green curtain.
|
|
|
|
"Oh! is it--is it!" gasped Colin.
|
|
|
|
"And here is the handle, and here is the door.
|
|
Dickon push him in--push him in quickly!"
|
|
|
|
And Dickon did it with one strong, steady, splendid push.
|
|
|
|
But Colin had actually dropped back against his cushions,
|
|
even though he gasped with delight, and he had covered
|
|
his eyes with his hands and held them there shutting
|
|
out everything until they were inside and the chair
|
|
stopped as if by magic and the door was closed.
|
|
Not till then did he take them away and look round
|
|
and round and round as Dickon and Mary had done.
|
|
And over walls and earth and trees and swinging sprays
|
|
and tendrils the fair green veil of tender little leaves
|
|
had crept, and in the grass under the trees and the gray
|
|
urns in the alcoves and here and there everywhere
|
|
were touches or splashes of gold and purple and white
|
|
and the trees were showing pink and snow above his head
|
|
and there were fluttering of wings and faint sweet pipes
|
|
and humming and scents and scents. And the sun fell
|
|
warm upon his face like a hand with a lovely touch.
|
|
And in wonder Mary and Dickon stood and stared at him.
|
|
He looked so strange and different because a pink glow
|
|
of color had actually crept all over him--ivory face
|
|
and neck and hands and all.
|
|
|
|
"I shall get well! I shall get well!" he cried out.
|
|
"Mary! Dickon! I shall get well! And I shall live forever
|
|
and ever and ever!"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XXI
|
|
|
|
BEN WEATHERSTAFF
|
|
|
|
|
|
One of the strange things about living in the world is
|
|
that it is only now and then one is quite sure one is
|
|
going to live forever and ever and ever. One knows it
|
|
sometimes when one gets up at the tender solemn dawn-time
|
|
and goes out and stands alone and throws one's head far
|
|
back and looks up and up and watches the pale sky slowly
|
|
changing and flushing and marvelous unknown things happening
|
|
until the East almost makes one cry out and one's heart
|
|
stands still at the strange unchanging majesty of the
|
|
rising of the sun--which has been happening every morning
|
|
for thousands and thousands and thousands of years.
|
|
One knows it then for a moment or so. And one knows it
|
|
sometimes when one stands by oneself in a wood at sunset
|
|
and the mysterious deep gold stillness slanting through and
|
|
under the branches seems to be saying slowly again and again
|
|
something one cannot quite hear, however much one tries.
|
|
Then sometimes the immense quiet of the dark blue at night
|
|
with millions of stars waiting and watching makes one sure;
|
|
and sometimes a sound of far-off music makes it true;
|
|
and sometimes a look in some one's eyes.
|
|
|
|
And it was like that with Colin when he first saw and
|
|
heard and felt the Springtime inside the four high walls
|
|
of a hidden garden. That afternoon the whole world
|
|
seemed to devote itself to being perfect and radiantly
|
|
beautiful and kind to one boy. Perhaps out of pure
|
|
heavenly goodness the spring came and crowned everything
|
|
it possibly could into that one place. More than once
|
|
Dickon paused in what he was doing and stood still with
|
|
a sort of growing wonder in his eyes, shaking his head softly.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! it is graidely," he said. "I'm twelve goin'
|
|
on thirteen an' there's a lot o' afternoons in thirteen years,
|
|
but seems to me like I never seed one as graidely as this
|
|
'ere."
|
|
|
|
"Aye, it is a graidely one," said Mary, and she sighed
|
|
for mere joy. "I'll warrant it's the graidelest one
|
|
as ever was in this world."
|
|
|
|
"Does tha' think," said Colin with dreamy carefulness,
|
|
"as happen it was made loike this 'ere all o' purpose for me?"
|
|
|
|
"My word!" cried Mary admiringly, "that there is a bit o'
|
|
good Yorkshire. Tha'rt shapin' first-rate--that tha' art."
|
|
|
|
And delight reigned. They drew the chair under the plum-tree,
|
|
which was snow-white with blossoms and musical with bees.
|
|
It was like a king's canopy, a fairy king's. There were
|
|
flowering cherry-trees near and apple-trees whose buds
|
|
were pink and white, and here and there one had burst
|
|
open wide. Between the blossoming branches of the canopy
|
|
bits of blue sky looked down like wonderful eyes.
|
|
|
|
Mary and Dickon worked a litle here and there and Colin
|
|
watched them. They brought him things to look at--buds
|
|
which were opening, buds which were tight closed,
|
|
bits of twig whose leaves were just showing green,
|
|
the feather of a woodpecker which had dropped on
|
|
the grass, the empty shell of some bird early hatched.
|
|
Dickon pushed the chair slowly round and round the garden,
|
|
stopping every other moment to let him look at wonders
|
|
springing out of the earth or trailing down from trees.
|
|
It was like being taken in state round the country of a
|
|
magic king and queen and shown all the mysterious riches
|
|
it contained.
|
|
|
|
"I wonder if we shall see the robin?" said Colin.
|
|
|
|
"Tha'll see him often enow after a bit," answered Dickon.
|
|
"When th' eggs hatches out th' little chap he'll be kep'
|
|
so busy it'll make his head swim. Tha'll see him flyin'
|
|
backward an' for'ard carryin' worms nigh as big as himsel'
|
|
an' that much noise goin' on in th' nest when he gets
|
|
there as fair flusters him so as he scarce knows which big
|
|
mouth to drop th' first piece in. An' gapin' beaks an'
|
|
squawks on every side. Mother says as when she sees th'
|
|
work a robin has to keep them gapin' beaks filled,
|
|
she feels like she was a lady with nothin, to do.
|
|
She says she's seen th' little chaps when it seemed like th'
|
|
sweat must be droppin' off 'em, though folk can't see
|
|
it."
|
|
|
|
This made them giggle so delightedly that they were obliged
|
|
to cover their mouths with their hands, remembering that
|
|
they must not be heard. Colin had been instructed as to
|
|
the law of whispers and low voices several days before.
|
|
He liked the mysteriousness of it and did his best,
|
|
but in the midst of excited enjoyment it is rather
|
|
difficult never to laugh above a whisper.
|
|
|
|
Every moment of the afternoon was full of new things
|
|
and every hour the sunshine grew more golden. The wheeled
|
|
chair had been drawn back under the canopy and Dickon
|
|
had sat down on the grass and had just drawn out his pipe
|
|
when Colin saw something he had not had time to notice before.
|
|
|
|
"That's a very old tree over there, isn't it?" he said.
|
|
Dickon looked across the grass at the tree and Mary looked
|
|
and there was a brief moment of stillness.
|
|
|
|
"Yes," answered Dickon, after it, and his low voice
|
|
had a very gentle sound.
|
|
|
|
Mary gazed at the tree and thought.
|
|
|
|
"The branches are quite gray and there's not a single
|
|
leaf anywhere," Colin went on. "It's quite dead,
|
|
isn't it?"
|
|
|
|
"Aye," admitted Dickon. "But them roses as has climbed
|
|
all over it will near hide every bit o' th' dead wood
|
|
when they're full o' leaves an' flowers. It won't look
|
|
dead then. It'll be th' prettiest of all."
|
|
|
|
Mary still gazed at the tree and thought.
|
|
|
|
"It looks as if a big branch had been broken off,"
|
|
said Colin. "I wonder how it was done."
|
|
|
|
"It's been done many a year," answered Dickon. "Eh!" with
|
|
a sudden relieved start and laying his hand on Colin.
|
|
"Look at that robin! There he is! He's been foragin'
|
|
for his mate."
|
|
|
|
Colin was almost too late but he just caught sight of him,
|
|
the flash of red-breasted bird with something in his beak.
|
|
He darted through the greenness and into the close-grown
|
|
corner and was out of sight. Colin leaned back on his
|
|
cushion again, laughing a little. "He's taking her tea
|
|
to her. Perhaps it's five o'clock. I think I'd like some
|
|
tea myself."
|
|
|
|
And so they were safe.
|
|
|
|
"It was Magic which sent the robin," said Mary secretly
|
|
to Dickon afterward. "I know it was Magic." For both she
|
|
and Dickon had been afraid Colin might ask something
|
|
about the tree whose branch had broken off ten years
|
|
ago and they had talked it over together and Dickon
|
|
had stood and rubbed his head in a troubled way.
|
|
|
|
"We mun look as if it wasn't no different from th'
|
|
other trees," he had said. "We couldn't never tell him
|
|
how it broke, poor lad. If he says anything about it we
|
|
mun--we mun try to look cheerful."
|
|
|
|
"Aye, that we mun," had answered Mary.
|
|
|
|
But she had not felt as if she looked cheerful when she gazed
|
|
at the tree. She wondered and wondered in those few moments
|
|
if there was any reality in that other thing Dickon had said.
|
|
He had gone on rubbing his rust-red hair in a puzzled way,
|
|
but a nice comforted look had begun to grow in his blue eyes.
|
|
|
|
"Mrs. Craven was a very lovely young lady," he had
|
|
gone on rather hesitatingly. "An' mother she thinks
|
|
maybe she's about Misselthwaite many a time lookin'
|
|
after Mester Colin, same as all mothers do when they're
|
|
took out o' th' world. They have to come back,
|
|
tha' sees. Happen she's been in the garden an'
|
|
happen it was her set us to work, an' told us to bring him here."
|
|
|
|
Mary had thought he meant something about Magic.
|
|
She was a great believer in Magic. Secretly she quite
|
|
believed that Dickon worked Magic, of course good Magic,
|
|
on everything near him and that was why people liked him
|
|
so much and wild creatures knew he was their friend.
|
|
She wondered, indeed, if it were not possible that his
|
|
gift had brought the robin just at the right moment
|
|
when Colin asked that dangerous question. She felt
|
|
that his Magic was working all the afternoon and making
|
|
Colin look like an entirely different boy. It did not
|
|
seem possible that he could be the crazy creature who had
|
|
screamed and beaten and bitten his pillow. Even his ivory
|
|
whiteness seemed to change. The faint glow of color
|
|
which had shown on his face and neck and hands when he
|
|
first got inside the garden really never quite died away.
|
|
He looked as if he were made of flesh instead of ivory
|
|
or wax.
|
|
|
|
They saw the robin carry food to his mate two or three times,
|
|
and it was so suggestive of afternoon tea that Colin
|
|
felt they must have some.
|
|
|
|
"Go and make one of the men servants bring some in a
|
|
basket to the rhododendron walk," he said. "And then
|
|
you and Dickon can bring it here."
|
|
|
|
It was an agreeable idea, easily carried out, and when
|
|
the white cloth was spread upon the grass, with hot tea
|
|
and buttered toast and crumpets, a delightfully hungry
|
|
meal was eaten, and several birds on domestic errands
|
|
paused to inquire what was going on and were led into
|
|
investigating crumbs with great activity. Nut and Shell
|
|
whisked up trees with pieces of cake and Soot took the
|
|
entire half of a buttered crumpet into a corner and pecked
|
|
at and examined and turned it over and made hoarse remarks
|
|
about it until he decided to swallow it all joyfully in one gulp.
|
|
|
|
The afternoon was dragging towards its mellow hour.
|
|
The sun was deepening the gold of its lances, the bees
|
|
were going home and the birds were flying past less often.
|
|
Dickon and Mary were sitting on the grass, the tea-basket
|
|
was repacked ready to be taken back to the house, and Colin
|
|
was lying against his cushions with his heavy locks
|
|
pushed back from his forehead and his face looking quite
|
|
a natural color.
|
|
|
|
"I don't want this afternoon to go," he said; "but I shall
|
|
come back tomorrow, and the day after, and the day after,
|
|
and the day after."
|
|
|
|
"You'll get plenty of fresh air, won't you?" said Mary.
|
|
"I'm going to get nothing else," he answered.
|
|
"I've seen the spring now and I'm going to see the summer.
|
|
I'm going to see everything grow here. I'm going to grow
|
|
here myself."
|
|
|
|
"That tha' will," said Dickon. "Us'll have thee walkin'
|
|
about here an' diggin' same as other folk afore long."
|
|
|
|
Colin flushed tremendously.
|
|
|
|
"Walk!" he said. "Dig! Shall I?"
|
|
|
|
Dickon's glance at him was delicately cautious.
|
|
Neither he nor Mary had ever asked if anything was
|
|
the matter with his legs.
|
|
|
|
"For sure tha' will," he said stoutly. "Tha--tha's got
|
|
legs o' thine own, same as other folks!"
|
|
|
|
Mary was rather frightened until she heard Colin's answer.
|
|
|
|
"Nothing really ails them," he said, "but they are so thin
|
|
and weak. They shake so that I'm afraid to try to stand
|
|
on them."
|
|
|
|
Both Mary and Dickon drew a relieved breath.
|
|
|
|
"When tha' stops bein' afraid tha'lt stand on 'em,"
|
|
Dickon said with renewed cheer. "An' tha'lt stop bein'
|
|
afraid in a bit."
|
|
|
|
"I shall?" said Colin, and he lay still as if he were
|
|
wondering about things.
|
|
|
|
They were really very quiet for a little while.
|
|
The sun was dropping lower. It was that hour when
|
|
everything stills itself, and they really had had a busy
|
|
and exciting afternoon. Colin looked as if he were
|
|
resting luxuriously. Even the creatures had ceased moving
|
|
about and had drawn together and were resting near them.
|
|
Soot had perched on a low branch and drawn up one leg
|
|
and dropped the gray film drowsily over his eyes.
|
|
Mary privately thought he looked as if he might snore
|
|
in a minute.
|
|
|
|
In the midst of this stillness it was rather startling
|
|
when Colin half lifted his head and exclaimed in a loud
|
|
suddenly alarmed whisper:
|
|
|
|
"Who is that man?" Dickon and Mary scrambled to their feet.
|
|
|
|
"Man!" they both cried in low quick voices.
|
|
|
|
Colin pointed to the high wall. "Look!" he whispered excitedly.
|
|
"Just look!"
|
|
|
|
Mary and Dickon wheeled about and looked. There was Ben
|
|
Weatherstaff's indignant face glaring at them over the wall
|
|
from the top of a ladder! He actually shook his fist at Mary.
|
|
|
|
"If I wasn't a bachelder, an' tha' was a wench o'
|
|
mine," he cried, "I'd give thee a hidin'!"
|
|
|
|
He mounted another step threateningly as if it were his
|
|
energetic intention to jump down and deal with her;
|
|
but as she came toward him he evidently thought better
|
|
of it and stood on the top step of his ladder shaking
|
|
his fist down at her.
|
|
|
|
"I never thowt much o' thee!" he harangued. "I couldna'
|
|
abide thee th' first time I set eyes on thee. A scrawny
|
|
buttermilk-faced young besom, allus askin' questions an'
|
|
pokin' tha' nose where it wasna, wanted. I never knowed
|
|
how tha' got so thick wi' me. If it hadna' been for th'
|
|
robin-- Drat him--"
|
|
|
|
"Ben Weatherstaff," called out Mary, finding her breath.
|
|
She stood below him and called up to him with a sort
|
|
of gasp. "Ben Weatherstaff, it was the robin who showed me
|
|
the way!"
|
|
|
|
Then it did seem as if Ben really would scramble down
|
|
on her side of the wall, he was so outraged.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' young bad 'un!" he called down at her. "Layin' tha'
|
|
badness on a robin--not but what he's impidint enow
|
|
for anythin'. Him showin' thee th' way! Him! Eh! tha'
|
|
young nowt"--she could see his next words burst out
|
|
because he was overpowered by curiosity-- "however i'
|
|
this world did tha' get in?"
|
|
|
|
"It was the robin who showed me the way," she protested
|
|
obstinately. "He didn't know he was doing it but he did.
|
|
And I can't tell you from here while you're shaking
|
|
your fist at me."
|
|
|
|
He stopped shaking his fist very suddenly at that very
|
|
moment and his jaw actually dropped as he stared over her
|
|
head at something he saw coming over the grass toward him.
|
|
|
|
At the first sound of his torrent of words Colin had
|
|
been so surprised that he had only sat up and listened
|
|
as if he were spellbound. But in the midst of it he
|
|
had recovered himself and beckoned imperiously to Dickon.
|
|
|
|
"Wheel me over there!" he commanded. "Wheel me quite
|
|
close and stop right in front of him!"
|
|
|
|
And this, if you please, this is what Ben Weatherstaff beheld
|
|
and which made his jaw drop. A wheeled chair with luxurious
|
|
cushions and robes which came toward him looking rather
|
|
like some sort of State Coach because a young Rajah leaned
|
|
back in it with royal command in his great black-rimmed
|
|
eyes and a thin white hand extended haughtily toward him.
|
|
And it stopped right under Ben Weatherstaff's nose.
|
|
It was really no wonder his mouth dropped open.
|
|
|
|
"Do you know who I am?" demanded the Rajah.
|
|
|
|
How Ben Weatherstaff stared! His red old eyes fixed
|
|
themselves on what was before him as if he were seeing
|
|
a ghost. He gazed and gazed and gulped a lump down his
|
|
throat and did not say a word. "Do you know who I am?"
|
|
demanded Colin still more imperiously. "Answer!"
|
|
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff put his gnarled hand up and passed it
|
|
over his eyes and over his forehead and then he did
|
|
answer in a queer shaky voice.
|
|
|
|
"Who tha' art?" he said. "Aye, that I do--wi' tha'
|
|
mother's eyes starin' at me out o' tha' face. Lord knows
|
|
how tha' come here. But tha'rt th' poor cripple."
|
|
|
|
Colin forgot that he had ever had a back. His face
|
|
flushed scarlet and he sat bolt upright.
|
|
|
|
"I'm not a cripple!" he cried out furiously. "I'm not!"
|
|
|
|
"He's not!" cried Mary, almost shouting up the wall
|
|
in her fierce indignation. "He's not got a lump as big
|
|
as a pin! I looked and there was none there--not one!"
|
|
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff passed his hand over his forehead
|
|
again and gazed as if he could never gaze enough.
|
|
His hand shook and his mouth shook and his voice shook.
|
|
He was an ignorant old man and a tactless old man and he
|
|
could only remember the things he had heard.
|
|
|
|
"Tha'--tha' hasn't got a crooked back?" he said hoarsely.
|
|
|
|
"No!" shouted Colin.
|
|
|
|
"Tha'--tha' hasn't got crooked legs?" quavered Ben more
|
|
hoarsely yet. It was too much. The strength which Colin
|
|
usually threw into his tantrums rushed through him now
|
|
in a new way. Never yet had he been accused of crooked
|
|
legs--even in whispers--and the perfectly simple belief
|
|
in their existence which was revealed by Ben Weatherstaff's
|
|
voice was more than Rajah flesh and blood could endure.
|
|
His anger and insulted pride made him forget everything
|
|
but this one moment and filled him with a power he had
|
|
never known before, an almost unnatural strength.
|
|
|
|
"Come here!" he shouted to Dickon, and he actually
|
|
began to tear the coverings off his lower limbs and
|
|
disentangle himself. "Come here! Come here! This minute!"
|
|
|
|
Dickon was by his side in a second. Mary caught her
|
|
breath in a short gasp and felt herself turn pale.
|
|
|
|
"He can do it! He can do it! He can do it! He can!"
|
|
she gabbled over to herself under her breath as fast
|
|
as ever she could.
|
|
|
|
There was a brief fierce scramble, the rugs were tossed
|
|
on the ground, Dickon held Colin's arm, the thin
|
|
legs were out, the thin feet were on the grass.
|
|
Colin was standing upright--upright--as straight as an
|
|
arrow and looking strangely tall--his head thrown back
|
|
and his strange eyes flashing lightning. "Look at me!"
|
|
he flung up at Ben Weatherstaff. "Just look at me--you!
|
|
Just look at me!"
|
|
|
|
"He's as straight as I am!" cried Dickon. "He's as
|
|
straight as any lad i' Yorkshire!"
|
|
|
|
What Ben Weatherstaff did Mary thought queer beyond measure.
|
|
He choked and gulped and suddenly tears ran down his
|
|
weather-wrinkled cheeks as he struck his old hands together.
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" he burst forth, "th' lies folk tells! Tha'rt
|
|
as thin as a lath an' as white as a wraith, but there's
|
|
not a knob on thee. Tha'lt make a mon yet. God bless thee!"
|
|
|
|
Dickon held Colin's arm strongly but the boy had not begun
|
|
to falter. He stood straighter and straighter and looked
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff in the face.
|
|
|
|
"I'm your master," he said, "when my father is away.
|
|
And you are to obey me. This is my garden. Don't dare
|
|
to say a word about it! You get down from that ladder
|
|
and go out to the Long Walk and Miss Mary will meet you
|
|
and bring you here. I want to talk to you. We did not
|
|
want you, but now you will have to be in the secret.
|
|
Be quick!"
|
|
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff's crabbed old face was still wet with
|
|
that one queer rush of tears. It seemed as if he could
|
|
not take his eyes from thin straight Colin standing
|
|
on his feet with his head thrown back.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! lad," he almost whispered. "Eh! my lad!" And then
|
|
remembering himself he suddenly touched his hat gardener
|
|
fashion and said, "Yes, sir! Yes, sir!" and obediently
|
|
disappeared as he descended the ladder.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XXII
|
|
|
|
WHEN THE SUN WENT DOWN
|
|
|
|
|
|
When his head was out of sight Colin turned to Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Go and meet him," he said; and Mary flew across the grass
|
|
to the door under the ivy.
|
|
|
|
Dickon was watching him with sharp eyes. There were
|
|
scarlet spots on his cheeks and he looked amazing,
|
|
but he showed no signs of falling.
|
|
|
|
"I can stand," he said, and his head was still held up
|
|
and he said it quite grandly.
|
|
|
|
"I told thee tha' could as soon as tha' stopped bein'
|
|
afraid," answered Dickon. "An' tha's stopped."
|
|
|
|
"Yes, I've stopped," said Colin.
|
|
|
|
Then suddenly he remembered something Mary had said.
|
|
|
|
"Are you making Magic?" he asked sharply.
|
|
|
|
Dickon's curly mouth spread in a cheerful grin.
|
|
|
|
"Tha's doin' Magic thysel'," he said. "It's same Magic
|
|
as made these 'ere work out o' th' earth," and he touched
|
|
with his thick boot a clump of crocuses in the grass.
|
|
Colin looked down at them.
|
|
|
|
"Aye," he said slowly, "there couldna' be bigger Magic
|
|
than that there--there couldna' be."
|
|
|
|
He drew himself up straighter than ever.
|
|
|
|
"I'm going to walk to that tree," he said, pointing to
|
|
one a few feet away from him. "I'm going to be standing
|
|
when Weatherstaff comes here. I can rest against the tree
|
|
if I like. When I want to sit down I will sit down,
|
|
but not before. Bring a rug from the chair."
|
|
|
|
He walked to the tree and though Dickon held his arm he was
|
|
wonderfully steady. When he stood against the tree trunk
|
|
it was not too plain that he supported himself against it,
|
|
and he still held himself so straight that he looked tall.
|
|
|
|
When Ben Weatherstaff came through the door in the wall
|
|
he saw him standing there and he heard Mary muttering
|
|
something under her breath.
|
|
|
|
"What art sayin'?" he asked rather testily because he
|
|
did not want his attention distracted from the long thin
|
|
straight boy figure and proud face.
|
|
|
|
But she did not tell him. What she was saying was this:
|
|
|
|
"You can do it! You can do it! I told you you could!
|
|
You can do it! You can do it! You can!" She was saying
|
|
it to Colin because she wanted to make Magic and keep
|
|
him on his feet looking like that. She could not bear
|
|
that he should give in before Ben Weatherstaff.
|
|
He did not give in. She was uplifted by a sudden feeling
|
|
that he looked quite beautiful in spite of his thinness.
|
|
He fixed his eyes on Ben Weatherstaff in his funny
|
|
imperious way.
|
|
|
|
"Look at me!" he commanded. "Look at me all over! Am I
|
|
a hunchback? Have I got crooked legs?"
|
|
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff had not quite got over his emotion,
|
|
but he had recovered a little and answered almost in his
|
|
usual way.
|
|
|
|
"Not tha'," he said. "Nowt o' th' sort. What's tha'
|
|
been doin' with thysel'--hidin' out o' sight an' lettin'
|
|
folk think tha' was cripple an' half-witted?"
|
|
|
|
"Half-witted!" said Colin angrily. "Who thought that?"
|
|
|
|
"Lots o' fools," said Ben. "Th' world's full o'
|
|
jackasses brayin' an' they never bray nowt but lies.
|
|
What did tha' shut thysel' up for?"
|
|
|
|
"Everyone thought I was going to die," said Colin shortly.
|
|
"I'm not!"
|
|
|
|
And he said it with such decision Ben Weatherstaff looked
|
|
him over, up and down, down and up.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' die!" he said with dry exultation. "Nowt o' th'
|
|
sort! Tha's got too much pluck in thee. When I seed thee
|
|
put tha' legs on th' ground in such a hurry I knowed tha'
|
|
was all right. Sit thee down on th' rug a bit young
|
|
Mester an' give me thy orders."
|
|
|
|
There was a queer mixture of crabbed tenderness and shrewd
|
|
understanding in his manner. Mary had poured out speech
|
|
as rapidly as she could as they had come down the Long Walk.
|
|
The chief thing to be remembered, she had told him,
|
|
was that Colin was getting well--getting well. The garden
|
|
was doing it. No one must let him remember about having
|
|
humps and dying.
|
|
|
|
The Rajah condescended to seat himself on a rug under
|
|
the tree.
|
|
|
|
"What work do you do in the gardens, Weatherstaff?"
|
|
he inquired.
|
|
|
|
"Anythin' I'm told to do," answered old Ben. "I'm kep'
|
|
on by favor--because she liked me."
|
|
|
|
"She?" said Colin.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' mother," answered Ben Weatherstaff.
|
|
|
|
"My mother?" said Colin, and he looked about him quietly.
|
|
"This was her garden, wasn't it?"
|
|
|
|
"Aye, it was that!" and Ben Weatherstaff looked about
|
|
him too. "She were main fond of it."
|
|
|
|
"It is my garden now. I am fond of it. I shall come here
|
|
every day," announced Colin. "But it is to be a secret.
|
|
My orders are that no one is to know that we come here.
|
|
Dickon and my cousin have worked and made it come alive.
|
|
I shall send for you sometimes to help--but you must come
|
|
when no one can see you."
|
|
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff's face twisted itself in a dry old smile.
|
|
|
|
"I've come here before when no one saw me," he said.
|
|
|
|
"What!" exclaimed Colin.
|
|
|
|
"When?"
|
|
|
|
"Th' last time I was here," rubbing his chin
|
|
and looking round, "was about two year' ago."
|
|
|
|
"But no one has been in it for ten years!" cried Colin.
|
|
|
|
"There was no door!"
|
|
|
|
"I'm no one," said old Ben dryly. "An' I didn't come
|
|
through th' door. I come over th' wall. Th' rheumatics held
|
|
me back th' last two year'."
|
|
|
|
"Tha' come an' did a bit o' prunin'!" cried Dickon.
|
|
"I couldn't make out how it had been done."
|
|
|
|
"She was so fond of it--she was!" said Ben Weatherstaff slowly.
|
|
"An' she was such a pretty young thing. She says to me once,
|
|
`Ben,' says she laughin', `if ever I'm ill or if I go away
|
|
you must take care of my roses.' When she did go away th'
|
|
orders was no one was ever to come nigh. But I come,"
|
|
with grumpy obstinacy. "Over th' wall I come--until th'
|
|
rheumatics stopped me--an' I did a bit o' work once a year.
|
|
She'd gave her order first."
|
|
|
|
"It wouldn't have been as wick as it is if tha'
|
|
hadn't done it," said Dickon. "I did wonder."
|
|
|
|
"I'm glad you did it, Weatherstaff," said Colin.
|
|
"You'll know how to keep the secret."
|
|
|
|
"Aye, I'll know, sir," answered Ben. "An, it'll be easier
|
|
for a man wi' rheumatics to come in at th' door."
|
|
|
|
On the grass near the tree Mary had dropped her trowel.
|
|
Colin stretched out his hand and took it up. An odd expression
|
|
came into his face and he began to scratch at the earth.
|
|
His thin hand was weak enough but presently as they watched
|
|
him--Mary with quite breathless interest--he drove the end
|
|
of the trowel into the soil and turned some over.
|
|
|
|
"You can do it! You can do it!" said Mary to herself.
|
|
"I tell you, you can!"
|
|
|
|
Dickon's round eyes were full of eager curiousness but he said
|
|
not a word. Ben Weatherstaff looked on with interested face.
|
|
|
|
Colin persevered. After he had turned a few trowelfuls
|
|
of soil he spoke exultantly to Dickon in his best Yorkshire.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' said as tha'd have me walkin' about here same
|
|
as other folk--an' tha' said tha'd have me diggin'. I
|
|
thowt tha' was just leein' to please me. This is only th'
|
|
first day an' I've walked--an' here I am diggin'."
|
|
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff's mouth fell open again when he heard him,
|
|
but he ended by chuckling.
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" he said, "that sounds as if tha'd got wits enow.
|
|
Tha'rt a Yorkshire lad for sure. An' tha'rt diggin', too.
|
|
How'd tha' like to plant a bit o' somethin'? I can get thee
|
|
a rose in a pot."
|
|
|
|
"Go and get it!" said Colin, digging excitedly.
|
|
"Quick! Quick!"
|
|
|
|
It was done quickly enough indeed. Ben Weatherstaff went
|
|
his way forgetting rheumatics. Dickon took his spade
|
|
and dug the hole deeper and wider than a new digger
|
|
with thin white hands could make it. Mary slipped out
|
|
to run and bring back a watering-can. When Dickon had
|
|
deepened the hole Colin went on turning the soft earth
|
|
over and over. He looked up at the sky, flushed and
|
|
glowing with the strangely new exercise, slight as it was.
|
|
|
|
"I want to do it before the sun goes quite--quite down,"
|
|
he said.
|
|
|
|
Mary thought that perhaps the sun held back a few minutes
|
|
just on purpose. Ben Weatherstaff brought the rose in
|
|
its pot from the greenhouse. He hobbled over the grass
|
|
as fast as he could. He had begun to be excited, too.
|
|
He knelt down by the hole and broke the pot from the mould.
|
|
|
|
"Here, lad," he said, handing the plant to Colin.
|
|
"Set it in the earth thysel' same as th' king does when he
|
|
goes to a new place."
|
|
|
|
The thin white hands shook a little and Colin's flush
|
|
grew deeper as he set the rose in the mould and held
|
|
it while old Ben made firm the earth. It was filled
|
|
in and pressed down and made steady. Mary was leaning
|
|
forward on her hands and knees. Soot had flown down
|
|
and marched forward to see what was being done.
|
|
Nut and Shell chattered about it from a cherry-tree.
|
|
|
|
"It's planted!" said Colin at last. "And the sun is only
|
|
slipping over the edge. Help me up, Dickon. I want
|
|
to be standing when it goes. That's part of the Magic."
|
|
|
|
And Dickon helped him, and the Magic--or whatever it
|
|
was--so gave him strength that when the sun did slip
|
|
over the edge and end the strange lovely afternoon
|
|
for them there he actually stood on his two feet--laughing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XXIII
|
|
|
|
MAGIC
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dr. Craven had been waiting some time at the house
|
|
when they returned to it. He had indeed begun to wonder
|
|
if it might not be wise to send some one out to explore
|
|
the garden paths. When Colin was brought back to his
|
|
room the poor man looked him over seriously.
|
|
|
|
"You should not have stayed so long," he said. "You must
|
|
not overexert yourself."
|
|
|
|
"I am not tired at all," said Colin. "It has made me well.
|
|
Tomorrow I am going out in the morning as well as in
|
|
the afternoon."
|
|
|
|
"I am not sure that I can allow it," answered Dr. Craven.
|
|
"I am afraid it would not be wise."
|
|
|
|
"It would not be wise to try to stop me," said Colin
|
|
quite seriously. "I am going."
|
|
|
|
Even Mary had found out that one of Colin's chief peculiarities
|
|
was that he did not know in the least what a rude little
|
|
brute he was with his way of ordering people about.
|
|
He had lived on a sort of desert island all his life
|
|
and as he had been the king of it he had made his own
|
|
manners and had had no one to compare himself with.
|
|
Mary had indeed been rather like him herself and since she
|
|
had been at Misselthwaite had gradually discovered that
|
|
her own manners had not been of the kind which is usual
|
|
or popular. Having made this discovery she naturally
|
|
thought it of enough interest to communicate to Colin.
|
|
So she sat and looked at him curiously for a few minutes
|
|
after Dr. Craven had gone. She wanted to make him ask
|
|
her why she was doing it and of course she did.
|
|
|
|
"What are you looking at me for?" he said.
|
|
|
|
"I'm thinking that I am rather sorry for Dr. Craven."
|
|
|
|
"So am I," said Colin calmly, but not without an air
|
|
of some satisfaction. "He won't get Misselthwaite
|
|
at all now I'm not going to die."
|
|
|
|
"I'm sorry for him because of that, of course," said Mary,
|
|
"but I was thinking just then that it must have been very
|
|
horrid to have had to be polite for ten years to a boy
|
|
who was always rude. I would never have done it."
|
|
|
|
"Am I rude?" Colin inquired undisturbedly.
|
|
|
|
"If you had been his own boy and he had been a slapping
|
|
sort of man," said Mary, "he would have slapped you."
|
|
|
|
"But he daren't," said Colin.
|
|
|
|
"No, he daren't," answered Mistress Mary, thinking the
|
|
thing out quite without prejudice. "Nobody ever dared
|
|
to do anything you didn't like--because you were going
|
|
to die and things like that. You were such a poor thing."
|
|
|
|
"But," announced Colin stubbornly, "I am not going
|
|
to be a poor thing. I won't let people think I'm one.
|
|
I stood on my feet this afternoon."
|
|
|
|
"It is always having your own way that has made you
|
|
so queer," Mary went on, thinking aloud.
|
|
|
|
Colin turned his head, frowning.
|
|
|
|
"Am I queer?" he demanded.
|
|
|
|
"Yes," answered Mary, "very. But you needn't be cross,"
|
|
she added impartially, "because so am I queer--and so is
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff. But I am not as queer as I was before I
|
|
began to like people and before I found the garden."
|
|
|
|
"I don't want to be queer," said Colin. "I am not going
|
|
to be," and he frowned again with determination.
|
|
|
|
He was a very proud boy. He lay thinking for a while and
|
|
then Mary saw his beautiful smile begin and gradually
|
|
change his whole face.
|
|
|
|
"I shall stop being queer," he said, "if I go every day
|
|
to the garden. There is Magic in there--good Magic,
|
|
you know, Mary. I am sure there is." "So am I,"
|
|
said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Even if it isn't real Magic," Colin said, "we can pretend
|
|
it is. Something is there--something!"
|
|
|
|
"It's Magic," said Mary, "but not black. It's as white
|
|
as snow."
|
|
|
|
They always called it Magic and indeed it seemed like it
|
|
in the months that followed--the wonderful months--the
|
|
radiant months--the amazing ones. Oh! the things
|
|
which happened in that garden! If you have never had
|
|
a garden you cannot understand, and if you have had
|
|
a garden you will know that it would take a whole book
|
|
to describe all that came to pass there. At first it
|
|
seemed that green things would never cease pushing
|
|
their way through the earth, in the grass, in the beds,
|
|
even in the crevices of the walls. Then the green things
|
|
began to show buds and the buds began to unfurl and
|
|
show color, every shade of blue, every shade of purple,
|
|
every tint and hue of crimson. In its happy days flowers
|
|
had been tucked away into every inch and hole and corner.
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff had seen it done and had himself scraped
|
|
out mortar from between the bricks of the wall and made
|
|
pockets of earth for lovely clinging things to grow on.
|
|
Iris and white lilies rose out of the grass in sheaves,
|
|
and the green alcoves filled themselves with amazing armies
|
|
of the blue and white flower lances of tall delphiniums
|
|
or columbines or campanulas.
|
|
|
|
"She was main fond o' them--she was," Ben Weatherstaff said.
|
|
"She liked them things as was allus pointin' up to th'
|
|
blue sky, she used to tell. Not as she was one o'
|
|
them as looked down on th' earth--not her. She just loved
|
|
it but she said as th' blue sky allus looked so joyful."
|
|
|
|
The seeds Dickon and Mary had planted grew as if fairies
|
|
had tended them. Satiny poppies of all tints danced in the
|
|
breeze by the score, gaily defying flowers which had lived
|
|
in the garden for years and which it might be confessed
|
|
seemed rather to wonder how such new people had got there.
|
|
And the roses--the roses! Rising out of the grass,
|
|
tangled round the sun-dial, wreathing the tree trunks
|
|
and hanging from their branches, climbing up the walls
|
|
and spreading over them with long garlands falling
|
|
in cascades --they came alive day by day, hour by hour.
|
|
Fair fresh leaves, and buds--and buds--tiny at first but
|
|
swelling and working Magic until they burst and uncurled
|
|
into cups of scent delicately spilling themselves over
|
|
their brims and filling the garden air.
|
|
|
|
Colin saw it all, watching each change as it took place.
|
|
Every morning he was brought out and every hour of each day
|
|
when it didn't rain he spent in the garden. Even gray
|
|
days pleased him. He would lie on the grass "watching
|
|
things growing," he said. If you watched long enough,
|
|
he declared, you could see buds unsheath themselves.
|
|
Also you could make the acquaintance of strange busy insect
|
|
things running about on various unknown but evidently
|
|
serious errands, sometimes carrying tiny scraps of straw
|
|
or feather or food, or climbing blades of grass as if they
|
|
were trees from whose tops one could look out to explore
|
|
the country. A mole throwing up its mound at the end of its
|
|
burrow and making its way out at last with the long-nailed
|
|
paws which looked so like elfish hands, had absorbed him
|
|
one whole morning. Ants' ways, beetles' ways, bees'
|
|
ways, frogs' ways, birds' ways, plants' ways, gave him
|
|
a new world to explore and when Dickon revealed them
|
|
all and added foxes' ways, otters' ways, ferrets' ways,
|
|
squirrels' ways, and trout' and water-rats' and badgers'
|
|
ways, there was no end to the things to talk about and think over.
|
|
|
|
And this was not the half of the Magic. The fact that he
|
|
had really once stood on his feet had set Colin thinking
|
|
tremendously and when Mary told him of the spell she
|
|
had worked he was excited and approved of it greatly.
|
|
He talked of it constantly.
|
|
|
|
"Of course there must be lots of Magic in the world,"
|
|
he said wisely one day, "but people don't know what it is
|
|
like or how to make it. Perhaps the beginning is just to say
|
|
nice things are going to happen until you make them happen.
|
|
I am going to try and experiment"
|
|
|
|
The next morning when they went to the secret garden he sent
|
|
at once for Ben Weatherstaff. Ben came as quickly as he
|
|
could and found the Rajah standing on his feet under a tree
|
|
and looking very grand but also very beautifully smiling.
|
|
|
|
"Good morning, Ben Weatherstaff," he said. "I want you
|
|
and Dickon and Miss Mary to stand in a row and listen to me
|
|
because I am going to tell you something very important."
|
|
|
|
"Aye, aye, sir!" answered Ben Weatherstaff, touching
|
|
his forehead. (One of the long concealed charms of Ben
|
|
Weatherstaff was that in his boyhood he had once run away
|
|
to sea and had made voyages. So he could reply like a sailor.)
|
|
|
|
"I am going to try a scientific experiment," explained the Rajah.
|
|
"When I grow up I am going to make great scientific
|
|
discoveries and I am going to begin now with this experiment"
|
|
|
|
"Aye, aye, sir!" said Ben Weatherstaff promptly,
|
|
though this was the first time he had heard of great
|
|
scientific discoveries.
|
|
|
|
It was the first time Mary had heard of them, either,
|
|
but even at this stage she had begun to realize that,
|
|
queer as he was, Colin had read about a great many singular
|
|
things and was somehow a very convincing sort of boy.
|
|
When he held up his head and fixed his strange eyes on you
|
|
it seemed as if you believed him almost in spite of yourself
|
|
though he was only ten years old--going on eleven.
|
|
At this moment he was especially convincing because he
|
|
suddenly felt the fascination of actually making a sort
|
|
of speech like a grown-up person.
|
|
|
|
"The great scientific discoveries I am going to make,"
|
|
he went on, "will be about Magic. Magic is a great thing
|
|
and scarcely any one knows anything about it except a few
|
|
people in old books--and Mary a little, because she was
|
|
born in India where there are fakirs. I believe Dickon
|
|
knows some Magic, but perhaps he doesn't know he knows it.
|
|
He charms animals and people. I would never have let him
|
|
come to see me if he had not been an animal charmer--which
|
|
is a boy charmer, too, because a boy is an animal.
|
|
I am sure there is Magic in everything, only we have not
|
|
sense enough to get hold of it and make it do things for
|
|
us--like electricity and horses and steam."
|
|
|
|
This sounded so imposing that Ben Weatherstaff became
|
|
quite excited and really could not keep still. "Aye, aye,
|
|
sir," he said and he began to stand up quite straight.
|
|
|
|
"When Mary found this garden it looked quite dead,"
|
|
the orator proceeded. "Then something began pushing things
|
|
up out of the soil and making things out of nothing.
|
|
One day things weren't there and another they were.
|
|
I had never watched things before and it made me feel
|
|
very curious. Scientific people are always curious and I
|
|
am going to be scientific. I keep saying to myself,
|
|
`What is it? What is it?' It's something. It can't
|
|
be nothing! I don't know its name so I call it Magic.
|
|
I have never seen the sun rise but Mary and Dickon have
|
|
and from what they tell me I am sure that is Magic too.
|
|
Something pushes it up and draws it. Sometimes since I've
|
|
been in the garden I've looked up through the trees at
|
|
the sky and I have had a strange feeling of being happy
|
|
as if something were pushing and drawing in my chest
|
|
and making me breathe fast. Magic is always pushing and
|
|
drawing and making things out of nothing. Everything is
|
|
made out of Magic, leaves and trees, flowers and birds,
|
|
badgers and foxes and squirrels and people. So it must
|
|
be all around us. In this garden--in all the places.
|
|
The Magic in this garden has made me stand up and know
|
|
I am going to live to be a man. I am going to makethe
|
|
scientific experiment of trying to get some and put it
|
|
in myself and make it push and draw me and make me strong.
|
|
I don't know how to do it but I think that if you keep
|
|
thinking about it and calling it perhaps it will come.
|
|
Perhaps that is the first baby way to get it.
|
|
When I was going to try to stand that first time Mary
|
|
kept saying to herself as fast as she could, `You can
|
|
do it! You can do it!' and I did. I had to try myself
|
|
at the same time, of course, but her Magic helped me--and
|
|
so did Dickon's. Every morning and evening and as often
|
|
in the daytime as I can remember I am going to say,
|
|
'Magic is in me! Magic is making me well! I am going
|
|
to be as strong as Dickon, as strong as Dickon!' And you
|
|
must all do it, too. That is my experiment Will you help,
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff?"
|
|
|
|
"Aye, aye, sir!" said Ben Weatherstaff. "Aye, aye!"
|
|
|
|
"If you keep doing it every day as regularly as soldiers
|
|
go through drill we shall see what will happen and find
|
|
out if the experiment succeeds. You learn things
|
|
by saying them over and over and thinking about them
|
|
until they stay in your mind forever and I think it
|
|
will be the same with Magic. If you keep calling it
|
|
to come to you and help you it will get to be part
|
|
of you and it will stay and do things." "I once heard
|
|
an officer in India tell my mother that there were fakirs
|
|
who said words over and over thousands of times," said Mary.
|
|
|
|
"I've heard Jem Fettleworth's wife say th' same thing over
|
|
thousands o' times--callin' Jem a drunken brute," said Ben
|
|
Weatherstaff dryly. "Summat allus come o' that, sure enough.
|
|
He gave her a good hidin' an' went to th' Blue Lion an'
|
|
got as drunk as a lord."
|
|
|
|
Colin drew his brows together and thought a few minutes.
|
|
Then he cheered up.
|
|
|
|
"Well," he said, "you see something did come of it.
|
|
She used the wrong Magic until she made him beat her.
|
|
If she'd used the right Magic and had said something
|
|
nice perhaps he wouldn't have got as drunk as a lord and
|
|
perhaps--perhaps he might have bought her a new bonnet."
|
|
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff chuckled and there was shrewd admiration
|
|
in his little old eyes.
|
|
|
|
"Tha'rt a clever lad as well as a straight-legged one,
|
|
Mester Colin," he said. "Next time I see Bess Fettleworth
|
|
I'll give her a bit of a hint o' what Magic will do for her.
|
|
She'd be rare an' pleased if th' sinetifik 'speriment
|
|
worked --an' so 'ud Jem."
|
|
|
|
Dickon had stood listening to the lecture, his round
|
|
eyes shining with curious delight. Nut and Shell were
|
|
on his shoulders and he held a long-eared white rabbit
|
|
in his arm and stroked and stroked it softly while it
|
|
laid its ears along its back and enjoyed itself.
|
|
|
|
"Do you think the experiment will work?" Colin asked him,
|
|
wondering what he was thinking. He so often wondered
|
|
what Dickon was thinking when he saw him looking at him
|
|
or at one of his "creatures" with his happy wide smile.
|
|
|
|
He smiled now and his smile was wider than usual.
|
|
|
|
"Aye," he answered, "that I do. It'll work same as th'
|
|
seeds do when th' sun shines on 'em. It'll work for sure.
|
|
Shall us begin it now?"
|
|
|
|
Colin was delighted and so was Mary. Fired by recollections
|
|
of fakirs and devotees in illustrations Colin suggested
|
|
that they should all sit cross-legged under the tree
|
|
which made a canopy.
|
|
|
|
"It will be like sitting in a sort of temple," said Colin.
|
|
"I'm rather tired and I want to sit down."
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" said Dickon, "tha' mustn't begin by sayin'
|
|
tha'rt tired. Tha' might spoil th' Magic."
|
|
|
|
Colin turned and looked at him--into his innocent round eyes.
|
|
|
|
"That's true," he said slowly. "I must only think of
|
|
the Magic." It all seemed most majestic and mysterious
|
|
when they sat down in their circle. Ben Weatherstaff
|
|
felt as if he had somehow been led into appearing
|
|
at a prayer-meeting. Ordinarily he was very fixed in
|
|
being what he called "agen' prayer-meetin's" but this
|
|
being the Rajah's affair he did not resent it and was
|
|
indeed inclined to be gratified at being called upon
|
|
to assist. Mistress Mary felt solemnly enraptured.
|
|
Dickon held his rabbit in his arm, and perhaps he made
|
|
some charmer's signal no one heard, for when he sat down,
|
|
cross-legged like the rest, the crow, the fox, the squirrels
|
|
and the lamb slowly drew near and made part of the circle,
|
|
settling each into a place of rest as if of their own desire.
|
|
|
|
"The `creatures' have come," said Colin gravely.
|
|
"They want to help us."
|
|
|
|
Colin really looked quite beautiful, Mary thought.
|
|
He held his head high as if he felt like a sort of priest
|
|
and his strange eyes had a wonderful look in them.
|
|
The light shone on him through the tree canopy.
|
|
|
|
"Now we will begin," he said. "Shall we sway backward
|
|
and forward, Mary, as if we were dervishes?"
|
|
|
|
"I canna' do no swayin' back'ard and for'ard,"
|
|
said Ben Weatherstaff. "I've got th' rheumatics."
|
|
|
|
"The Magic will take them away," said Colin in a High
|
|
Priest tone, "but we won't sway until it has done it.
|
|
We will only chant."
|
|
|
|
"I canna' do no chantin'" said Ben Weatherstaff a
|
|
trifle testily. "They turned me out o' th' church choir th'
|
|
only time I ever tried it."
|
|
|
|
No one smiled. They were all too much in earnest.
|
|
Colin's face was not even crossed by a shadow. He was
|
|
thinking only of the Magic.
|
|
|
|
"Then I will chant," he said. And he began, looking like
|
|
a strange boy spirit. "The sun is shining--the sun
|
|
is shining. That is the Magic. The flowers are growing--the
|
|
roots are stirring. That is the Magic. Being alive
|
|
is the Magic--being strong is the Magic. The Magic is
|
|
in me--the Magic is in me. It is in me--it is in me.
|
|
It's in every one of us. It's in Ben Weatherstaff's back.
|
|
Magic! Magic! Come and help!"
|
|
|
|
He said it a great many times--not a thousand times
|
|
but quite a goodly number. Mary listened entranced.
|
|
She felt as if it were at once queer and beautiful and she
|
|
wanted him to go on and on. Ben Weatherstaff began to feel
|
|
soothed into a sort of dream which was quite agreeable.
|
|
The humming of the bees in the blossoms mingled with
|
|
the chanting voice and drowsily melted into a doze.
|
|
Dickon sat cross-legged with his rabbit asleep
|
|
on his arm and a hand resting on the lamb's back.
|
|
Soot had pushed away a squirrel and huddled close to him
|
|
on his shoulder, the gray film dropped over his eyes.
|
|
At last Colin stopped.
|
|
|
|
"Now I am going to walk round the garden," he announced.
|
|
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff's head had just dropped forward and he
|
|
lifted it with a jerk.
|
|
|
|
"You have been asleep," said Colin.
|
|
|
|
"Nowt o' th' sort," mumbled Ben. "Th' sermon was good
|
|
enow--but I'm bound to get out afore th' collection."
|
|
|
|
He was not quite awake yet.
|
|
|
|
"You're not in church," said Colin.
|
|
|
|
"Not me," said Ben, straightening himself. "Who said I
|
|
were? I heard every bit of it. You said th' Magic was
|
|
in my back. Th' doctor calls it rheumatics."
|
|
|
|
The Rajah waved his hand.
|
|
|
|
"That was the wrong Magic," he said. "You will get better.
|
|
You have my permission to go to your work. But come
|
|
back tomorrow."
|
|
|
|
"I'd like to see thee walk round the garden," grunted Ben.
|
|
|
|
It was not an unfriendly grunt, but it was a grunt.
|
|
In fact, being a stubborn old party and not having entire
|
|
faith in Magic he had made up his mind that if he were sent
|
|
away he would climb his ladder and look over the wall
|
|
so that he might be ready to hobble back if there were
|
|
any stumbling.
|
|
|
|
The Rajah did not object to his staying and so the procession
|
|
was formed. It really did look like a procession.
|
|
Colin was at its head with Dickon on one side and
|
|
Mary on the other. Ben Weatherstaff walked behind,
|
|
and the "creatures" trailed after them, the lamb and
|
|
the fox cub keeping close to Dickon, the white rabbit
|
|
hopping along or stopping to nibble and Soot following
|
|
with the solemnity of a person who felt himself in charge.
|
|
|
|
It was a procession which moved slowly but with dignity.
|
|
Every few yards it stopped to rest. Colin leaned on Dickon's
|
|
arm and privately Ben Weatherstaff kept a sharp lookout,
|
|
but now and then Colin took his hand from its support
|
|
and walked a few steps alone. His head was held up all
|
|
the time and he looked very grand.
|
|
|
|
"The Magic is in me!" he kept saying. "The Magic
|
|
is making me strong! I can feel it! I can feel it!"
|
|
|
|
It seemed very certain that something was upholding
|
|
and uplifting him. He sat on the seats in the alcoves,
|
|
and once or twice he sat down on the grass and several
|
|
times he paused in the path and leaned on Dickon, but he
|
|
would not give up until he had gone all round the garden.
|
|
When he returned to the canopy tree his cheeks were flushed
|
|
and he looked triumphant.
|
|
|
|
"I did it! The Magic worked!" he cried. "That is my
|
|
first scientific discovery.".
|
|
|
|
"What will Dr. Craven say?" broke out Mary.
|
|
|
|
"He won't say anything," Colin answered, "because he will
|
|
not be told. This is to be the biggest secret of all.
|
|
No one is to know anything about it until I have grown
|
|
so strong that I can walk and run like any other boy.
|
|
I shall come here every day in my chair and I shall be
|
|
taken back in it. I won't have people whispering and
|
|
asking questions and I won't let my father hear about it
|
|
until the experiment has quite succeeded. Then sometime
|
|
when he comes back to Misselthwaite I shall just walk into
|
|
his study and say `Here I am; I am like any other boy.
|
|
I am quite well and I shall live to be a man. It has been
|
|
done by a scientific experiment.'"
|
|
|
|
"He will think he is in a dream," cried Mary. "He won't
|
|
believe his eyes."
|
|
|
|
Colin flushed triumphantly. He had made himself believe
|
|
that he was going to get well, which was really more
|
|
than half the battle, if he had been aware of it.
|
|
And the thought which stimulated him more than any other
|
|
was this imagining what his father would look like when he
|
|
saw that he had a son who was as straight and strong as
|
|
other fathers' sons. One of his darkest miseries in the
|
|
unhealthy morbid past days had been his hatred of being
|
|
a sickly weak-backed boy whose father was afraid to look at him.
|
|
|
|
"He'll be obliged to believe them," he said.
|
|
|
|
"One of the things I am going to do, after the Magic
|
|
works and before I begin to make scientific discoveries,
|
|
is to be an athlete."
|
|
|
|
"We shall have thee takin' to boxin' in a week or so,"
|
|
said Ben Weatherstaff. "Tha'lt end wi' winnin' th'
|
|
Belt an' bein' champion prize-fighter of all England."
|
|
|
|
Colin fixed his eyes on him sternly.
|
|
|
|
"Weatherstaff," he said, "that is disrespectful.
|
|
You must not take liberties because you are in the secret.
|
|
However much the Magic works I shall not be a prize-fighter.
|
|
I shall be a Scientific Discoverer."
|
|
|
|
"Ax pardon--ax pardon, sir" answered Ben, touching his
|
|
forehead in salute. "I ought to have seed it wasn't
|
|
a jokin' matter," but his eyes twinkled and secretly he
|
|
was immensely pleased. He really did not mind being
|
|
snubbed since the snubbing meant that the lad was gaining
|
|
strength and spirit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XXIV
|
|
|
|
"LET THEM LAUGH"
|
|
|
|
|
|
The secret garden was not the only one Dickon worked in.
|
|
Round the cottage on the moor there was a piece of ground
|
|
enclosed by a low wall of rough stones. Early in the morning
|
|
and late in the fading twilight and on all the days Colin
|
|
and Mary did not see him, Dickon worked there planting
|
|
or tending potatoes and cabbages, turnips and carrots and
|
|
herbs for his mother. In the company of his "creatures"
|
|
he did wonders there and was never tired of doing them,
|
|
it seemed. While he dug or weeded he whistled or sang
|
|
bits of Yorkshire moor songs or talked to Soot or Captain
|
|
or the brothers and sisters he had taught to help him.
|
|
|
|
"We'd never get on as comfortable as we do," Mrs. Sowerby said,
|
|
"if it wasn't for Dickon's garden. Anything'll grow for him.
|
|
His 'taters and cabbages is twice th' size of any one
|
|
else's an' they've got a flavor with 'em as nobody's has."
|
|
|
|
When she found a moment to spare she liked to go out
|
|
and talk to him. After supper there was still a long
|
|
clear twilight to work in and that was her quiet time.
|
|
She could sit upon the low rough wall and look on
|
|
and hear stories of the day. She loved this time.
|
|
There were not only vegetables in this garden.
|
|
Dickon had bought penny packages of flower seeds now
|
|
and then and sown bright sweet-scented things among
|
|
gooseberry bushes and even cabbages and he grew borders
|
|
of mignonette and pinks and pansies and things whose
|
|
seeds he could save year after year or whose roots would
|
|
bloom each spring and spread in time into fine clumps.
|
|
The low wall was one of the prettiest things in Yorkshire
|
|
because he had tucked moorland foxglove and ferns and
|
|
rock-cress and hedgerow flowers into every crevice until
|
|
only here and there glimpses of the stones were to be seen.
|
|
|
|
"All a chap's got to do to make 'em thrive, mother,"
|
|
he would say, "is to be friends with 'em for sure.
|
|
They're just like th' `creatures.' If they're thirsty give
|
|
'em drink and if they're hungry give 'em a bit o' food.
|
|
They want to live same as we do. If they died I should feel
|
|
as if I'd been a bad lad and somehow treated them heartless."
|
|
|
|
It was in these twilight hours that Mrs. Sowerby heard of all
|
|
that happened at Misselthwaite Manor. At first she was only
|
|
told that "Mester Colin" had taken a fancy to going out into
|
|
the grounds with Miss Mary and that it was doing him good.
|
|
But it was not long before it was agreed between the two
|
|
children that Dickon's mother might "come into the secret."
|
|
Somehow it was not doubted that she was "safe for sure."
|
|
|
|
So one beautiful still evening Dickon told the whole story,
|
|
with all the thrilling details of the buried key and the
|
|
robin and the gray haze which had seemed like deadness
|
|
and the secret Mistress Mary had planned never to reveal.
|
|
The coming of Dickon and how it had been told to him,
|
|
the doubt of Mester Colin and the final drama of his
|
|
introduction to the hidden domain, combined with the
|
|
incident of Ben Weatherstaff's angry face peering over
|
|
the wall and Mester Colin's sudden indignant strength,
|
|
made Mrs. Sowerby's nice-looking face quite change color
|
|
several times.
|
|
|
|
"My word!" she said. "It was a good thing that little
|
|
lass came to th' Manor. It's been th' makin' o' her an'
|
|
th' savin, o' him. Standin' on his feet! An' us all thinkin'
|
|
he was a poor half-witted lad with not a straight bone in him."
|
|
|
|
She asked a great many questions and her blue eyes were
|
|
full of deep thinking.
|
|
|
|
"What do they make of it at th' Manor--him being so well an'
|
|
cheerful an' never complainin'?" she inquired. "They don't
|
|
know what to make of it," answered Dickon. "Every day
|
|
as comes round his face looks different. It's fillin'
|
|
out and doesn't look so sharp an' th' waxy color is goin'.
|
|
But he has to do his bit o' complainin'," with a highly
|
|
entertained grin.
|
|
|
|
"What for, i' Mercy's name?" asked Mrs. Sowerby.
|
|
|
|
Dickon chuckled.
|
|
|
|
"He does it to keep them from guessin' what's happened.
|
|
If the doctor knew he'd found out he could stand on
|
|
his feet he'd likely write and tell Mester Craven.
|
|
Mester Colin's savin' th' secret to tell himself.
|
|
He's goin' to practise his Magic on his legs every day
|
|
till his father comes back an' then he's goin' to march
|
|
into his room an' show him he's as straight as other lads.
|
|
But him an' Miss Mary thinks it's best plan to do a
|
|
bit o' groanin' an' frettin' now an' then to throw folk
|
|
off th' scent."
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Sowerby was laughing a low comfortable laugh long
|
|
before he had finished his last sentence.
|
|
|
|
"Eh!" she said, "that pair's enjoyin' their-selves I'll warrant.
|
|
They'll get a good bit o' actin' out of it an' there's nothin'
|
|
children likes as much as play actin'. Let's hear what
|
|
they do, Dickon lad." Dickon stopped weeding and sat
|
|
up on his heels to tell her. His eyes were twinkling with fun.
|
|
|
|
"Mester Colin is carried down to his chair every time
|
|
he goes out," he explained. "An' he flies out at John,
|
|
th' footman, for not carryin' him careful enough. He makes
|
|
himself as helpless lookin' as he can an' never lifts his head
|
|
until we're out o' sight o' th' house. An' he grunts an'
|
|
frets a good bit when he's bein' settled into his chair.
|
|
Him an' Miss Mary's both got to enjoyin' it an' when he
|
|
groans an' complains she'll say, `Poor Colin! Does it hurt
|
|
you so much? Are you so weak as that, poor Colin?'--but th'
|
|
trouble is that sometimes they can scarce keep from burstin'
|
|
out laughin'. When we get safe into the garden they laugh
|
|
till they've no breath left to laugh with. An' they have
|
|
to stuff their faces into Mester Colin's cushions to keep
|
|
the gardeners from hearin', if any of, 'em's about."
|
|
|
|
"Th' more they laugh th' better for 'em!" said Mrs. Sowerby,
|
|
still laughing herself. "Good healthy child laughin's
|
|
better than pills any day o' th' year. That pair'll
|
|
plump up for sure."
|
|
|
|
"They are plumpin' up," said Dickon. "They're that hungry
|
|
they don't know how to get enough to eat without makin'
|
|
talk. Mester Colin says if he keeps sendin' for more food
|
|
they won't believe he's an invalid at all. Miss Mary says
|
|
she'll let him eat her share, but he says that if she
|
|
goes hungry she'll get thin an' they mun both get fat at once."
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Sowerby laughed so heartily at the revelation of this
|
|
difficulty that she quite rocked backward and forward
|
|
in her blue cloak, and Dickon laughed with her.
|
|
|
|
"I'll tell thee what, lad," Mrs. Sowerby said when she
|
|
could speak. "I've thought of a way to help 'em. When tha'
|
|
goes to 'em in th' mornin's tha' shall take a pail o'
|
|
good new milk an' I'll bake 'em a crusty cottage loaf or
|
|
some buns wi' currants in 'em, same as you children like.
|
|
Nothin's so good as fresh milk an' bread. Then they could
|
|
take off th' edge o' their hunger while they were in their
|
|
garden an' th, fine food they get indoors 'ud polish
|
|
off th' corners."
|
|
|
|
"Eh! mother!" said Dickon admiringly, "what a wonder tha'
|
|
art! Tha' always sees a way out o' things. They was
|
|
quite in a pother yesterday. They didn't see how they
|
|
was to manage without orderin' up more food--they felt
|
|
that empty inside."
|
|
|
|
"They're two young 'uns growin' fast, an' health's comin'
|
|
back to both of 'em. Children like that feels like
|
|
young wolves an' food's flesh an, blood to 'em," said
|
|
Mrs. Sowerby. Then she smiled Dickon's own curving smile.
|
|
"Eh! but they're enjoyin' theirselves for sure,"
|
|
she said.
|
|
|
|
She was quite right, the comfortable wonderful mother
|
|
creature--and she had never been more so than when she said
|
|
their "play actin'" would be their joy. Colin and Mary found
|
|
it one of their most thrilling sources of entertainment.
|
|
The idea of protecting themselves from suspicion had been
|
|
unconsciously suggested to them first by the puzzled
|
|
nurse and then by Dr. Craven himself.
|
|
|
|
"Your appetite. Is improving very much, Master Colin,"
|
|
the nurse had said one day. "You used to eat nothing,
|
|
and so many things disagreed with you."
|
|
|
|
"Nothing disagrees with me now" replied Colin, and then seeing
|
|
the nurse looking at him curiously he suddenly remembered
|
|
that perhaps he ought not to appear too well just yet.
|
|
"At least things don't so often disagree with me.
|
|
It's the fresh air."
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps it is," said the nurse, still looking at him with
|
|
a mystified expression. "But I must talk to Dr. Craven
|
|
about it."
|
|
|
|
"How she stared at you!" said Mary when she went away.
|
|
"As if she thought there must be something to find out."
|
|
|
|
"I won't have her finding out things," said Colin.
|
|
"No one must begin to find out yet." When Dr. Craven came
|
|
that morning he seemed puzzled, also. He asked a number
|
|
of questions, to Colin's great annoyance.
|
|
|
|
"You stay out in the garden a great deal," he suggested.
|
|
"Where do you go?"
|
|
|
|
Colin put on his favorite air of dignified indifference
|
|
to opinion.
|
|
|
|
"I will not let any one know where I go," he answered.
|
|
"I go to a place I like. Every one has orders to keep
|
|
out of the way. I won't be watched and stared at.
|
|
You know that!"
|
|
|
|
"You seem to be out all day but I do not think it has
|
|
done you harm--I do not think so. The nurse says
|
|
that you eat much more than you have ever done before."
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps," said Colin, prompted by a sudden inspiration,
|
|
"perhaps it is an unnatural appetite."
|
|
|
|
"I do not think so, as your food seems to agree with you,"
|
|
said Dr. Craven. "You are gaining flesh rapidly and your
|
|
color is better."
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps--perhaps I am bloated and feverish," said Colin,
|
|
assuming a discouraging air of gloom. "People who are
|
|
not going to live are often--different." Dr. Craven shook
|
|
his head. He was holding Colin's wrist and he pushed up
|
|
his sleeve and felt his arm.
|
|
|
|
"You are not feverish," he said thoughtfully, "and such
|
|
flesh as you have gained is healthy. If you can keep
|
|
this up, my boy, we need not talk of dying. Your father
|
|
will be happy to hear of this remarkable improvement."
|
|
|
|
"I won't have him told!" Colin broke forth fiercely.
|
|
"It will only disappoint him if I get worse again--and I
|
|
may get worse this very night. I might have a raging fever.
|
|
I feel as if I might be beginning to have one now.
|
|
I won't have letters written to my father--I won't--I won't!
|
|
You are making me angry and you know that is bad for me.
|
|
I feel hot already. I hate being written about and being
|
|
talked over as much as I hate being stared at!"
|
|
|
|
"Hush-h! my boy," Dr. Craven soothed him. "Nothing shall
|
|
be written without your permission. You are too sensitive
|
|
about things. You must not undo the good which has
|
|
been done."
|
|
|
|
He said no more about writing to Mr. Craven and when he saw
|
|
the nurse he privately warned her that such a possibility
|
|
must not be mentioned to the patient.
|
|
|
|
"The boy is extraordinarily better," he said.
|
|
"His advance seems almost abnormal. But of course he
|
|
is doing now of his own free will what we could not make
|
|
him do before. Still, he excites himself very easily
|
|
and nothing must be said to irritate him." Mary and
|
|
Colin were much alarmed and talked together anxiously.
|
|
From this time dated their plan of "play actin'."
|
|
|
|
"I may be obliged to have a tantrum," said Colin regretfully.
|
|
"I don't want to have one and I'm not miserable enough
|
|
now to work myself into a big one. Perhaps I couldn't have
|
|
one at all. That lump doesn't come in my throat now and I
|
|
keep thinking of nice things instead of horrible ones.
|
|
But if they talk about writing to my father I shall have
|
|
to do something."
|
|
|
|
He made up his mind to eat less, but unfortunately it
|
|
was not possible to carry out this brilliant idea when he
|
|
wakened each morning with an amazing appetite and the
|
|
table near his sofa was set with a breakfast of home-made
|
|
bread and fresh butter, snow-white eggs, raspberry jam
|
|
and clotted cream. Mary always breakfasted with him
|
|
and when they found themselves at the table--particularly
|
|
if there were delicate slices of sizzling ham sending
|
|
forth tempting odors from under a hot silver cover--they
|
|
would look into each other's eyes in desperation.
|
|
|
|
"I think we shall have to eat it all this morning,
|
|
Mary," Colin always ended by saying. "We can send
|
|
away some of the lunch and a great deal of the dinner."
|
|
|
|
But they never found they could send away anything
|
|
and the highly polished condition of the empty plates
|
|
returned to the pantry awakened much comment.
|
|
|
|
"I do wish," Colin would say also, "I do wish the slices
|
|
of ham were thicker, and one muffin each is not enough
|
|
for any one."
|
|
|
|
"It's enough for a person who is going to die," answered Mary
|
|
when first she heard this, "but it's not enough for a
|
|
person who is going to live. I sometimes feel as if I
|
|
could eat three when those nice fresh heather and gorse
|
|
smells from the moor come pouring in at the open window."
|
|
|
|
The morning that Dickon--after they had been enjoying
|
|
themselves in the garden for about two hours--went
|
|
behind a big rosebush and brought forth two tin pails
|
|
and revealed that one was full of rich new milk with cream
|
|
on the top of it, and that the other held cottage-made
|
|
currant buns folded in a clean blue and white napkin,
|
|
buns so carefully tucked in that they were still hot,
|
|
there was a riot of surprised joyfulness. What a wonderful
|
|
thing for Mrs. Sowerby to think of! What a kind,
|
|
clever woman she must be! How good the buns were! And
|
|
what delicious fresh milk!
|
|
|
|
"Magic is in her just as it is in Dickon," said Colin.
|
|
"It makes her think of ways to do things--nice things.
|
|
She is a Magic person. Tell her we are grateful,
|
|
Dickon--extremely grateful." He was given to using rather
|
|
grown-up phrases at times. He enjoyed them. He liked this
|
|
so much that he improved upon it.
|
|
|
|
"Tell her she has been most bounteous and our gratitude
|
|
is extreme."
|
|
|
|
And then forgetting his grandeur he fell to and stuffed
|
|
himself with buns and drank milk out of the pail in copious
|
|
draughts in the manner of any hungry little boy who had
|
|
been taking unusual exercise and breathing in moorland
|
|
air and whose breakfast was more than two hours behind him.
|
|
|
|
This was the beginning of many agreeable incidents of the
|
|
same kind. They actually awoke to the fact that as Mrs. Sowerby
|
|
had fourteen people to provide food for she might not have
|
|
enough to satisfy two extra appetites every day. So they
|
|
asked her to let them send some of their shillings to buy things.
|
|
|
|
Dickon made the stimulating discovery that in the wood
|
|
in the park outside the garden where Mary had first
|
|
found him piping to the wild creatures there was a deep
|
|
little hollow where you could build a sort of tiny
|
|
oven with stones and roast potatoes and eggs in it.
|
|
Roasted eggs were a previously unknown luxury and very hot
|
|
potatoes with salt and fresh butter in them were fit for
|
|
a woodland king --besides being deliciously satisfying.
|
|
You could buy both potatoes and eggs and eat as many
|
|
as you liked without feeling as if you were taking food
|
|
out of the mouths of fourteen people.
|
|
|
|
Every beautiful morning the Magic was worked by the mystic
|
|
circle under the plum-tree which provided a canopy
|
|
of thickening green leaves after its brief blossom-time
|
|
was ended. After the ceremony Colin always took his walking
|
|
exercise and throughout the day he exercised his newly
|
|
found power at intervals. Each day he grew stronger
|
|
and could walk more steadily and cover more ground.
|
|
And each day his belief in the Magic grew stronger--as
|
|
well it might. He tried one experiment after another
|
|
as he felt himself gaining strength and it was Dickon
|
|
who showed him the best things of all.
|
|
|
|
"Yesterday," he said one morning after an absence,
|
|
"I went to Thwaite for mother an' near th' Blue Cow Inn I
|
|
seed Bob Haworth. He's the strongest chap on th' moor.
|
|
He's the champion wrestler an' he can jump higher than any
|
|
other chap an' throw th' hammer farther. He's gone all th'
|
|
way to Scotland for th' sports some years. He's knowed me
|
|
ever since I was a little 'un an' he's a friendly sort an'
|
|
I axed him some questions. Th' gentry calls him a athlete
|
|
and I thought o' thee, Mester Colin, and I says, `How did tha'
|
|
make tha' muscles stick out that way, Bob? Did tha'
|
|
do anythin' extra to make thysel' so strong?' An' he says
|
|
'Well, yes, lad, I did. A strong man in a show that came
|
|
to Thwaite once showed me how to exercise my arms an'
|
|
legs an' every muscle in my body. An' I says, `Could a
|
|
delicate chap make himself stronger with 'em, Bob?' an'
|
|
he laughed an' says, 'Art tha' th' delicate chap?' an'
|
|
I says, `No, but I knows a young gentleman that's gettin'
|
|
well of a long illness an' I wish I knowed some o'
|
|
them tricks to tell him about.' I didn't say no names an,
|
|
he didn't ask none. He's friendly same as I said an'
|
|
he stood up an' showed me good-natured like, an' I imitated
|
|
what he did till I knowed it by heart."
|
|
|
|
Colin had been listening excitedly.
|
|
|
|
"Can you show me?" he cried. "Will you?"
|
|
|
|
"Aye, to be sure," Dickon answered, getting up.
|
|
"But he says tha' mun do 'em gentle at first an'
|
|
be careful not to tire thysel'. Rest in between times an'
|
|
take deep breaths an' don't overdo."
|
|
|
|
"I'll be careful," said Colin. "Show me! Show me! Dickon,
|
|
you are the most Magic boy in the world!"
|
|
|
|
Dickon stood up on the grass and slowly went through a
|
|
carefully practical but simple series of muscle exercises.
|
|
Colin watched them with widening eyes. He could do a few
|
|
while he was sitting down. Presently he did a few gently
|
|
while he stood upon his already steadied feet. Mary began
|
|
to do them also. Soot, who was watching the performance,
|
|
became much disturbed and left his branch and hopped
|
|
about restlessly because he could not do them too.
|
|
|
|
From that time the exercises were part of the day's duties
|
|
as much as the Magic was. It became possible for both
|
|
Colin and Mary to do more of them each time they tried,
|
|
and such appetites were the results that but for the basket
|
|
Dickon put down behind the bush each morning when he
|
|
arrived they would have been lost. But the little oven
|
|
in the hollow and Mrs. Sowerby's bounties were so satisfying
|
|
that Mrs. Medlock and the nurse and Dr. Craven became
|
|
mystified again. You can trifle with your breakfast and
|
|
seem to disdain your dinner if you are full to the brim
|
|
with roasted eggs and potatoes and richly frothed new
|
|
milk and oatcakes and buns and heather honey and clotted cream.
|
|
|
|
"They are eating next to nothing," said the nurse.
|
|
"They'll die of starvation if they can't be persuaded
|
|
to take some nourishment. And yet see how they look."
|
|
|
|
"Look!" exclaimed Mrs. Medlock indignantly. "Eh! I'm moithered
|
|
to death with them. They're a pair of young Satans.
|
|
Bursting their jackets one day and the next turning up
|
|
their noses at the best meals Cook can tempt them with.
|
|
Not a mouthful of that lovely young fowl and bread sauce
|
|
did they set a fork into yesterday--and the poor woman
|
|
fair invented a pudding for them--and back it's sent.
|
|
She almost cried. She's afraid she'll be blamed if they
|
|
starve themselves into their graves."
|
|
|
|
Dr. Craven came and looked at Colin long and carefully,
|
|
He wore an extremely worried expression when the nurse
|
|
talked with him and showed him the almost untouched
|
|
tray of breakfast she had saved for him to look at--but
|
|
it was even more worried when he sat down by Colin's
|
|
sofa and examined him. He had been called to London on
|
|
business and had not seen the boy for nearly two weeks.
|
|
When young things begin to gain health they gain it rapidly.
|
|
The waxen tinge had left, Colins skin and a warm rose showed
|
|
through it; his beautiful eyes were clear and the hollows
|
|
under them and in his cheeks and temples had filled out.
|
|
His once dark, heavy locks had begun to look as if they
|
|
sprang healthily from his forehead and were soft and warm
|
|
with life. His lips were fuller and of a normal color.
|
|
In fact as an imitation of a boy who was a confirmed invalid
|
|
he was a disgraceful sight. Dr. Craven held his chin in his
|
|
hand and thought him over.
|
|
|
|
"I am sorry to hear that you do not eat any- thing,"
|
|
he said. "That will not do. You will lose all you have
|
|
gained --and you have gained amazingly. You ate so well
|
|
a short time ago."
|
|
|
|
"I told you it was an unnatural appetite," answered Colin.
|
|
|
|
Mary was sitting on her stool nearby and she suddenly
|
|
made a very queer sound which she tried so violently
|
|
to repress that she ended by almost choking.
|
|
|
|
"What is the matter?" said Dr. Craven, turning to look
|
|
at her.
|
|
|
|
Mary became quite severe in her manner.
|
|
|
|
"It was something between a sneeze and a cough," she replied
|
|
with reproachful dignity, "and it got into my throat."
|
|
|
|
"But," she said afterward to Colin, "I couldn't stop myself.
|
|
It just burst out because all at once I couldn't help
|
|
remembering that last big potato you ate and the way
|
|
your mouth stretched when you bit through that thick
|
|
lovely crust with jam and clotted cream on it."
|
|
|
|
"Is there any way in which those children can get
|
|
food secretly?" Dr. Craven inquired of Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
|
|
"There's no way unless they dig it out of the earth or pick
|
|
it off the trees," Mrs. Medlock answered. "They stay
|
|
out in the grounds all day and see no one but each other.
|
|
And if they want anything different to eat from what's
|
|
sent up to them they need only ask for it."
|
|
|
|
"Well," said Dr. Craven, "so long as going without
|
|
food agrees with them we need not disturb ourselves.
|
|
The boy is a new creature."
|
|
|
|
"So is the girl," said Mrs. Medlock. "She's begun to be
|
|
downright pretty since she's filled out and lost her ugly
|
|
little sour look. Her hair's grown thick and healthy
|
|
looking and she's got a bright color. The glummest,
|
|
ill-natured little thing she used to be and now her and Master
|
|
Colin laugh together like a pair of crazy young ones.
|
|
Perhaps they're. growing fat on that."
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps they are," said Dr. Craven. "Let them laugh."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XXV
|
|
|
|
THE CURTAIN
|
|
|
|
|
|
And the secret garden bloomed and bloomed and every
|
|
morning revealed new miracles. In the robin's nest there
|
|
were Eggs and the robin's mate sat upon them keeping them
|
|
warm with her feathery little breast and careful wings.
|
|
At first she was very nervous and the robin himself
|
|
was indignantly watchful. Even Dickon did not go
|
|
near the close-grown corner in those days, but waited
|
|
until by the quiet working of some mysterious spell he
|
|
seemed to have conveyed to the soul of the little pair
|
|
that in the garden there was nothing which was not quite
|
|
like themselves--nothing which did not understand the
|
|
wonderfulness of what was happening to them--the immense,
|
|
tender, terrible, heart-breaking beauty and solemnity
|
|
of Eggs. If there had been one person in that garden
|
|
who had not known through all his or her innermost being
|
|
that if an Egg were taken away or hurt the whole world
|
|
would whirl round and crash through space and come to
|
|
an end--if there had been even one who did not feel it
|
|
and act accordingly there could have been no happiness
|
|
even in that golden springtime air. But they all knew
|
|
it and felt it and the robin and his mate knew they knew it.
|
|
|
|
At first the robin watched Mary and Colin with sharp anxiety.
|
|
For some mysterious reason he knew he need not watch Dickon.
|
|
The first moment he set his dew-bright black eye on Dickon
|
|
he knew he was not a stranger but a sort of robin without
|
|
beak or feathers. He could speak robin (which is a quite
|
|
distinct language not to be mistaken for any other). To speak
|
|
robin to a robin is like speaking French to a Frenchman.
|
|
Dickon always spoke it to the robin himself, so the queer
|
|
gibberish he used when he spoke to humans did not matter
|
|
in the least. The robin thought he spoke this gibberish
|
|
to them because they were not intelligent enough to
|
|
understand feathered speech. His movements also were robin.
|
|
They never startled one by being sudden enough to seem
|
|
dangerous or threatening. Any robin could understand Dickon,
|
|
so his presence was not even disturbing.
|
|
|
|
But at the outset it seemed necessary to be on guard
|
|
against the other two. In the first place the boy
|
|
creature did not come into the garden on his legs.
|
|
He was pushed in on a thing with wheels and the skins
|
|
of wild animals were thrown over him. That in itself
|
|
was doubtful. Then when he began to stand up and move
|
|
about he did it in a queer unaccustomed way and the
|
|
others seemed to have to help him. The robin used
|
|
to secrete himself in a bush and watch this anxiously,
|
|
his head tilted first on one side and then on the other.
|
|
He thought that the slow movements might mean that he was
|
|
preparing to pounce, as cats do. When cats are preparing
|
|
to pounce they creep over the ground very slowly.
|
|
The robin talked this over with his mate a great deal
|
|
for a few days but after that he decided not to speak
|
|
of the subject because her terror was so great that he
|
|
was afraid it might be injurious to the Eggs.
|
|
|
|
When the boy began to walk by himself and even to move more
|
|
quickly it was an immense relief. But for a long time--or it
|
|
seemed a long time to the robin--he was a source of some anxiety.
|
|
He did not act as the other humans did. He seemed very
|
|
fond of walking but he had a way of sitting or lying down
|
|
for a while and then getting up in a disconcerting manner to begin again.
|
|
|
|
One day the robin remembered that when he himself had
|
|
been made to learn to fly by his parents he had done
|
|
much the same sort of thing. He had taken short flights
|
|
of a few yards and then had been obliged to rest.
|
|
So it occurred to him that this boy was learning to fly--or
|
|
rather to walk. He mentioned this to his mate and when he
|
|
told her that the Eggs would probably conduct themselves
|
|
in the same way after they were fledged she was quite
|
|
comforted and even became eagerly interested and derived
|
|
great pleasure from watching the boy over the edge of her
|
|
nest--though she always thought that the Eggs would be
|
|
much cleverer and learn more quickly. But then she said
|
|
indulgently that humans were always more clumsy and slow
|
|
than Eggs and most of them never seemed really to learn
|
|
to fly at all. You never met them in the air or on tree-tops.
|
|
|
|
After a while the boy began to move about as the others did,
|
|
but all three of the children at times did unusual things.
|
|
They would stand under the trees and move their arms and legs
|
|
and heads about in a way which was neither walking nor
|
|
running nor sitting down. They went through these movements
|
|
at intervals every day and the robin was never able to
|
|
explain to his mate what they were doing or tying to do.
|
|
He could only say that he was sure that the Eggs would
|
|
never flap about in such a manner; but as the boy who could
|
|
speak robin so fluently was doing the thing with them,
|
|
birds could be quite sure that the actions were not
|
|
of a dangerous nature. Of course neither the robin
|
|
nor his mate had ever heard of the champion wrestler,
|
|
Bob Haworth, and his exercises for making the muscles
|
|
stand out like lumps. Robins are not like human beings;
|
|
their muscles are always exercised from the first
|
|
and so they develop themselves in a natural manner.
|
|
If you have to fly about to find every meal you eat,
|
|
your muscles do not become atrophied (atrophied means wasted
|
|
away through want of use).
|
|
|
|
When the boy was walking and running about and digging
|
|
and weeding like the others, the nest in the corner was
|
|
brooded over by a great peace and content. Fears for
|
|
the Eggs became things of the past. Knowing that your
|
|
Eggs were as safe as if they were locked in a bank vault
|
|
and the fact that you could watch so many curious things
|
|
going on made setting a most entertaining occupation.
|
|
On wet days the Eggs' mother sometimes felt even a little
|
|
dull because the children did not come into the garden.
|
|
|
|
But even on wet days it could not be said that Mary and
|
|
Colin were dull. One morning when the rain streamed down
|
|
unceasingly and Colin was beginning to feel a little restive,
|
|
as he was obliged to remain on his sofa because it was
|
|
not safe to get up and walk about, Mary had an inspiration.
|
|
|
|
"Now that I am a real boy," Colin had said, "my legs and arms
|
|
and all my body are so full of Magic that I can't keep
|
|
them still. They want to be doing things all the time.
|
|
Do you know that when I waken in the morning, Mary,
|
|
when it's quite early and the birds are just shouting
|
|
outside and everything seems just shouting for joy--even
|
|
the trees and things we can't really hear--I feel as if I
|
|
must jump out of bed and shout myself. If I did it,
|
|
just think what would happen!"
|
|
|
|
Mary giggled inordinately.
|
|
|
|
"The nurse would come running and Mrs. Medlock would
|
|
come running and they would be sure you had gone crazy
|
|
and they'd send for the doctor," she said.
|
|
|
|
Colin giggled himself. He could see how they would
|
|
all look--how horrified by his outbreak and how amazed
|
|
to see him standing upright.
|
|
|
|
"I wish my father would come home," he said. "I want
|
|
to tell him myself. I'm always thinking about it--but we
|
|
couldn't go on like this much longer. I can't stand lying
|
|
still and pretending, and besides I look too different.
|
|
I wish it wasn't raining today."
|
|
|
|
It was then Mistress Mary had her inspiration.
|
|
|
|
"Colin," she began mysteriously, "do you know how many
|
|
rooms there are in this house?"
|
|
|
|
"About a thousand, I suppose," he answered.
|
|
|
|
"There's about a hundred no one ever goes into," said Mary.
|
|
"And one rainy day I went and looked into ever so many of them.
|
|
No one ever knew, though Mrs. Medlock nearly found me out.
|
|
I lost my way when I was coming back and I stopped at
|
|
the end of your corridor. That was the second time I
|
|
heard you crying."
|
|
|
|
Colin started up on his sofa.
|
|
|
|
"A hundred rooms no one goes into," he said. "It sounds
|
|
almost like a secret garden. Suppose we go and look at them.
|
|
wheel me in my chair and nobody would know we went"
|
|
|
|
"That's what I was thinking," said Mary. "No one would dare
|
|
to follow us. There are galleries where you could run.
|
|
We could do our exercises. There is a little Indian
|
|
room where there is a cabinet full of ivory elephants.
|
|
There are all sorts of rooms."
|
|
|
|
"Ring the bell," said Colin.
|
|
|
|
When the nurse came in he gave his orders.
|
|
|
|
"I want my chair," he said. "Miss Mary and I are going
|
|
to look at the part of the house which is not used.
|
|
John can push me as far as the picture-gallery because there
|
|
are some stairs. Then he must go away and leave us alone
|
|
until I send for him again."
|
|
|
|
Rainy days lost their terrors that morning. When the
|
|
footman had wheeled the chair into the picture-gallery
|
|
and left the two together in obedience to orders,
|
|
Colin and Mary looked at each other delighted. As soon
|
|
as Mary had made sure that John was really on his way back
|
|
to his own quarters below stairs, Colin got out of his chair.
|
|
|
|
"I am going to run from one end of the gallery to the other,"
|
|
he said, "and then I am going to jump and then we will
|
|
do Bob Haworth's exercises."
|
|
|
|
And they did all these things and many others. They looked
|
|
at the portraits and found the plain little girl dressed
|
|
in green brocade and holding the parrot on her finger.
|
|
|
|
"All these," said Colin, "must be my relations.
|
|
They lived a long time ago. That parrot one, I believe,
|
|
is one of my great, great, great, great aunts. She looks
|
|
rather like you, Mary--not as you look now but as you
|
|
looked when you came here. Now you are a great deal
|
|
fatter and better looking."
|
|
|
|
"So are you," said Mary, and they both laughed.
|
|
|
|
They went to the Indian room and amused themselves with
|
|
the ivory elephants. They found the rose-colored brocade
|
|
boudoir and the hole in the cushion the mouse had left,
|
|
but the mice had grown up and run away and the hole was empty.
|
|
They saw more rooms and made more discoveries than Mary
|
|
had made on her first pilgrimage. They found new corridors
|
|
and corners and flights of steps and new old pictures they
|
|
liked and weird old things they did not know the use of.
|
|
It was a curiously entertaining morning and the feeling
|
|
of wandering about in the same house with other people
|
|
but at the same time feeling as if one were miles away
|
|
from them was a fascinating thing.
|
|
|
|
"I'm glad we came," Colin said. "I never knew I
|
|
lived in such a big queer old place. I like it.
|
|
We will ramble about every rainy day. We shall always
|
|
be finding new queer corners and things."
|
|
|
|
That morning they had found among other things such
|
|
good appetites that when they returned to Colin's room
|
|
it was not possible to send the luncheon away untouched.
|
|
|
|
When the nurse carried the tray down-stairs she slapped it
|
|
down on the kitchen dresser so that Mrs. Loomis, the cook,
|
|
could see the highly polished dishes and plates.
|
|
|
|
"Look at that!" she said. "This is a house of mystery,
|
|
and those two children are the greatest mysteries in it."
|
|
|
|
"If they keep that up every day," said the strong
|
|
young footman John, "there'd be small wonder that he
|
|
weighs twice as much to-day as he did a month ago.
|
|
I should have to give up my place in time, for fear
|
|
of doing my muscles an injury."
|
|
|
|
That afternoon Mary noticed that something new had happened
|
|
in Colin's room. She had noticed it the day before but
|
|
had said nothing because she thought the change might
|
|
have been made by chance. She said nothing today but she
|
|
sat and looked fixedly at the picture over the mantel.
|
|
She could look at it because the curtain had been drawn aside.
|
|
That was the change she noticed.
|
|
|
|
"I know what you want me to tell you," said Colin,
|
|
after she had stared a few minutes. "I always know when
|
|
you want me to tell you something. You are wondering why
|
|
the curtain is drawn back. I am going to keep it like that."
|
|
|
|
"Why?" asked Mary.
|
|
|
|
"Because it doesn't make me angry any more to see her laughing.
|
|
I wakened when it was bright moonlight two nights ago
|
|
and felt as if the Magic was filling the room and making
|
|
everything so splendid that I couldn't lie still.
|
|
I got up and looked out of the window. The room was quite
|
|
light and there was a patch of moonlight on the curtain
|
|
and somehow that made me go and pull the cord. She looked
|
|
right down at me as if she were laughing because she was glad
|
|
I was standing there. It made me like to look at her.
|
|
I want to see her laughing like that all the time.
|
|
I think she must have been a sort of Magic person perhaps."
|
|
|
|
"You are so like her now," said Mary, "that sometimes I
|
|
think perhaps you are her ghost made into a boy."
|
|
|
|
That idea seemed to impress Colin. He thought it over
|
|
and then answered her slowly.
|
|
|
|
"If I were her ghost--my father would be fond of me."
|
|
|
|
"Do you want him to be fond of you?" inquired Mary.
|
|
|
|
"I used to hate it because he was not fond of me. If he
|
|
grew fond of me I think I should tell him about the Magic.
|
|
It might make him more cheerful."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XXVI
|
|
|
|
"IT'S MOTHER!"
|
|
|
|
|
|
Their belief in the Magic was an abiding thing.
|
|
After the morning's incantations Colin sometimes gave
|
|
them Magic lectures.
|
|
|
|
"I like to do it," he explained, "because when I grow
|
|
up and make great scientific discoveries I shall be
|
|
obliged to lecture about them and so this is practise.
|
|
I can only give short lectures now because I am very young,
|
|
and besides Ben Weatherstaff would feel as if he were in
|
|
church and he would go to sleep."
|
|
|
|
"Th' best thing about lecturin'," said Ben, "is that a chap can
|
|
get up an' say aught he pleases an' no other chap can answer
|
|
him back. I wouldn't be agen' lecturin' a bit mysel' sometimes."
|
|
|
|
But when Colin held forth under his tree old Ben fixed
|
|
devouring eyes on him and kept them there. He looked
|
|
him over with critical affection. It was not so much
|
|
the lecture which interested him as the legs which looked
|
|
straighter and stronger each day, the boyish head which held
|
|
itself up so well, the once sharp chin and hollow cheeks
|
|
which had filled and rounded out and the eyes which had
|
|
begun to hold the light he remembered in another pair.
|
|
Sometimes when Colin felt Ben's earnest gaze meant that he
|
|
was much impressed he wondered what he was reflecting on
|
|
and once when he had seemed quite entranced he questioned him.
|
|
|
|
"What are you thinking about, Ben Weatherstaff?" he asked.
|
|
|
|
"I was thinkin'" answered Ben, "as I'd warrant tha's,
|
|
gone up three or four pound this week. I was lookin'
|
|
at tha' calves an' tha' shoulders. I'd like to get thee
|
|
on a pair o' scales."
|
|
|
|
"It's the Magic and--and Mrs. Sowerby's buns and milk
|
|
and things," said Colin. "You see the scientific
|
|
experiment has succeeded."
|
|
|
|
That morning Dickon was too late to hear the lecture.
|
|
When he came he was ruddy with running and his funny face
|
|
looked more twinkling than usual. As they had a good deal
|
|
of weeding to do after the rains they fell to work.
|
|
They always had plenty to do after a warm deep sinking rain.
|
|
The moisture which was good for the flowers was also good
|
|
for the weeds which thrust up tiny blades of grass and points
|
|
of leaves which must be pulled up before their roots took
|
|
too firm hold. Colin was as good at weeding as any one
|
|
in these days and he could lecture while he was doing it.
|
|
"The Magic works best when you work, yourself," he said
|
|
this morning. "You can feel it in your bones and muscles.
|
|
I am going to read books about bones and muscles, but I am
|
|
going to write a book about Magic. I am making it up now.
|
|
I keep finding out things."
|
|
|
|
It was not very long after he had said this that he
|
|
laid down his trowel and stood up on his feet.
|
|
He had been silent for several minutes and they had seen
|
|
that he was thinking out lectures, as he often did.
|
|
When he dropped his trowel and stood upright it seemed
|
|
to Mary and Dickon as if a sudden strong thought had made
|
|
him do it. He stretched himself out to his tallest height
|
|
and he threw out his arms exultantly. Color glowed in
|
|
his face and his strange eyes widened with joyfulness.
|
|
All at once he had realized something to the full.
|
|
|
|
"Mary! Dickon!" he cried. "Just look at me!"
|
|
|
|
They stopped their weeding and looked at him.
|
|
|
|
"Do you remember that first morning you brought me in here?"
|
|
he demanded.
|
|
|
|
Dickon was looking at him very hard. Being an animal
|
|
charmer he could see more things than most people could
|
|
and many of them were things he never talked about.
|
|
He saw some of them now in this boy. "Aye, that we do,"
|
|
he answered.
|
|
|
|
Mary looked hard too, but she said nothing.
|
|
|
|
"Just this minute," said Colin, "all at once I remembered
|
|
it myself--when I looked at my hand digging with the
|
|
trowel--and I had to stand up on my feet to see if it
|
|
was real. And it is real! I'm well--I'm well!"
|
|
|
|
"Aye, that th' art!" said Dickon.
|
|
|
|
"I'm well! I'm well!" said Colin again, and his face went
|
|
quite red all over.
|
|
|
|
He had known it before in a way, he had hoped it and felt
|
|
it and thought about it, but just at that minute something
|
|
had rushed all through him--a sort of rapturous belief
|
|
and realization and it had been so strong that he could
|
|
not help calling out.
|
|
|
|
"I shall live forever and ever and ever!" he cried grandly.
|
|
"I shall find out thousands and thousands of things.
|
|
I shall find out about people and creatures and everything
|
|
that grows--like Dickon--and I shall never stop making Magic.
|
|
I'm well! I'm well! I feel--I feel as if I want to shout
|
|
out something--something thankful, joyful!"
|
|
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff, who had been working near a rose-bush,
|
|
glanced round at him.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' might sing th' Doxology," he suggested in his
|
|
dryest grunt. He had no opinion of the Doxology and he
|
|
did not make the suggestion with any particular reverence.
|
|
|
|
But Colin was of an exploring mind and he knew nothing
|
|
about the Doxology.
|
|
|
|
"What is that?" he inquired.
|
|
|
|
"Dickon can sing it for thee, I'll warrant,"
|
|
replied Ben Weatherstaff.
|
|
|
|
Dickon answered with his all-perceiving animal charmer's smile.
|
|
|
|
"They sing it i' church," he said. "Mother says she
|
|
believes th' skylarks sings it when they gets up i' th' mornin'."
|
|
|
|
"If she says that, it must be a nice song," Colin answered.
|
|
"I've never been in a church myself. I was always too ill.
|
|
Sing it, Dickon. I want to hear it."
|
|
|
|
Dickon was quite simple and unaffected about it.
|
|
He understood what Colin felt better than Colin did himself.
|
|
He understood by a sort of instinct so natural that he
|
|
did not know it was understanding. He pulled off his cap
|
|
and looked round still smiling.
|
|
|
|
"Tha' must take off tha' cap," he said to Colin,"
|
|
an' so mun tha', Ben--an' tha' mun stand up, tha' knows."
|
|
|
|
Colin took off his cap and the sun shone on and warmed his
|
|
thick hair as he watched Dickon intently. Ben Weatherstaff
|
|
scrambled up from his knees and bared his head too with
|
|
a sort of puzzled half-resentful look on his old face
|
|
as if he didn't know exactly why he was doing this remarkable thing.
|
|
|
|
Dickon stood out among the trees and rose-bushes
|
|
and began to sing in quite a simple matter-of-fact
|
|
way and in a nice strong boy voice:
|
|
|
|
"Praise God from whom all blessings flow,
|
|
Praise Him all creatures here below,
|
|
Praise Him above ye Heavenly Host,
|
|
Praise Father, Son, and Holy Ghost.
|
|
Amen."
|
|
|
|
When he had finished, Ben Weatherstaff was standing
|
|
quite still with his jaws set obstinately but with a
|
|
disturbed look in his eyes fixed on Colin. Colin's face
|
|
was thoughtful and appreciative.
|
|
|
|
"It is a very nice song," he said. "I like it. Perhaps it
|
|
means just what I mean when I want to shout out that I am
|
|
thankful to the Magic." He stopped and thought in a puzzled way.
|
|
"Perhaps they are both the same thing. How can we know
|
|
the exact names of everything? Sing it again, Dickon.
|
|
Let us try, Mary. I want to sing it, too. It's my song.
|
|
How does it begin? `Praise God from whom all blessings flow'?"
|
|
|
|
And they sang it again, and Mary and Colin lifted their
|
|
voices as musically as they could and Dickon's swelled quite
|
|
loud and beautiful--and at the second line Ben Weatherstaff
|
|
raspingly cleared his throat and at the third line he joined
|
|
in with such vigor that it seemed almost savage and when
|
|
the "Amen" came to an end Mary observed that the very same
|
|
thing had happened to him which had happened when he found
|
|
out that Colin was not a cripple--his chin was twitching
|
|
and he was staring and winking and his leathery old cheeks were wet.
|
|
|
|
"I never seed no sense in th' Doxology afore," he said hoarsely,
|
|
"but I may change my mind i' time. I should say tha'd
|
|
gone up five pound this week Mester Colin--five on 'em!"
|
|
|
|
Colin was looking across the garden at something attracting
|
|
his attention and his expression had become a startled one.
|
|
|
|
"Who is coming in here?" he said quickly. "Who is it?"
|
|
|
|
The door in the ivied wall had been pushed gently open
|
|
and a woman had entered. She had come in with the last
|
|
line of their song and she had stood still listening and
|
|
looking at them. With the ivy behind her, the sunlight
|
|
drifting through the trees and dappling her long blue cloak,
|
|
and her nice fresh face smiling across the greenery
|
|
she was rather like a softly colored illustration in
|
|
one of Colin'S books. She had wonderful affectionate
|
|
eyes which seemed to take everything in--all of them,
|
|
even Ben Weatherstaff and the "creatures" and every flower
|
|
that was in bloom. Unexpectedly as she had appeared,
|
|
not one of them felt that she was an intruder at all.
|
|
Dickon's eyes lighted like lamps.
|
|
|
|
"It's mother--that's who it is!" he cried and went across
|
|
the grass at a run.
|
|
|
|
Colin began to move toward her, too, and Mary went with him.
|
|
They both felt their pulses beat faster.
|
|
|
|
"It's mother!" Dickon said again when they met halfway.
|
|
"I knowed tha' wanted to see her an' I told her where th'
|
|
door was hid."
|
|
|
|
Colin held out his hand with a sort of flushed royal
|
|
shyness but his eyes quite devoured her face.
|
|
|
|
"Even when I was ill I wanted to see you," he said,
|
|
"you and Dickon and the secret garden. I'd never wanted
|
|
to see any one or anything before."
|
|
|
|
The sight of his uplifted face brought about a sudden
|
|
change in her own. She flushed and the corners of her
|
|
mouth shook and a mist seemed to sweep over her eyes.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! dear lad!" she broke out tremulously. "Eh! dear lad!"
|
|
as if she had not known she were going to say it. She did
|
|
not say, "Mester Colin," but just "dear lad" quite suddenly.
|
|
She might have said it to Dickon in the same way if she
|
|
had seen something in his face which touched her.
|
|
Colin liked it.
|
|
|
|
"Are you surprised because I am so well?" he asked.
|
|
She put her hand on his shoulder and smiled the mist
|
|
out of her eyes. "Aye, that I am!" she said; "but tha'rt
|
|
so like thy mother tha' made my heart jump."
|
|
|
|
"Do you think," said Colin a little awkwardly, "that will
|
|
make my father like me?"
|
|
|
|
"Aye, for sure, dear lad," she answered and she gave
|
|
his shoulder a soft quick pat. "He mun come home--he
|
|
mun come home."
|
|
|
|
"Susan Sowerby," said Ben Weatherstaff, getting close
|
|
to her. "Look at th' lad's legs, wilt tha'? They was
|
|
like drumsticks i' stockin' two month' ago--an' I heard
|
|
folk tell as they was bandy an' knock-kneed both at th'
|
|
same time. Look at 'em now!"
|
|
|
|
Susan Sowerby laughed a comfortable laugh.
|
|
|
|
"They're goin' to be fine strong lad's legs in a bit,"
|
|
she said. "Let him go on playin' an' workin' in the garden an'
|
|
eatin' hearty an' drinkin' plenty o' good sweet milk an'
|
|
there'll not be a finer pair i' Yorkshire, thank God for it."
|
|
|
|
She put both hands on Mistress Mary's shoulders and looked
|
|
her little face over in a motherly fashion.
|
|
|
|
"An' thee, too!" she said. "Tha'rt grown near as hearty
|
|
as our 'Lisabeth Ellen. I'll warrant tha'rt like thy
|
|
mother too. Our Martha told me as Mrs. Medlock heard she
|
|
was a pretty woman. Tha'lt be like a blush rose when tha'
|
|
grows up, my little lass, bless thee."
|
|
|
|
She did not mention that when Martha came home on her
|
|
"day out" and described the plain sallow child she had said
|
|
that she had no confidence whatever in what Mrs. Medlock
|
|
had heard. "It doesn't stand to reason that a pretty
|
|
woman could be th' mother o' such a fou' little lass,"
|
|
she had added obstinately.
|
|
|
|
Mary had not had time to pay much attention to her
|
|
changing face. She had only known that she looked
|
|
"different" and seemed to have a great deal more hair
|
|
and that it was growing very fast. But remembering
|
|
her pleasure in looking at the Mem Sahib in the past
|
|
she was glad to hear that she might some day look like her.
|
|
|
|
Susan Sowerby went round their garden with them and was
|
|
told the whole story of it and shown every bush and tree
|
|
which had come alive. Colin walked on one side of her
|
|
and Mary on the other. Each of them kept looking up
|
|
at her comfortable rosy face, secretly curious about
|
|
the delightful feeling she gave them--a sort of warm,
|
|
supported feeling. It seemed as if she understood them
|
|
as Dickon understood his "creatures." She stooped over the
|
|
flowers and talked about them as if they were children.
|
|
Soot followed her and once or twice cawed at her and flew
|
|
upon her shoulder as if it were Dickon's. When they told
|
|
her about the robin and the first flight of the young ones
|
|
she laughed a motherly little mellow laugh in her throat.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose learnin' 'em to fly is like learnin'
|
|
children to walk, but I'm feared I should be all
|
|
in a worrit if mine had wings instead o' legs," she said.
|
|
|
|
It was because she seemed such a wonderful woman in her
|
|
nice moorland cottage way that at last she was told
|
|
about the Magic.
|
|
|
|
"Do you believe in Magic?" asked Colin after he had
|
|
explained about Indian fakirs. "I do hope you do."
|
|
|
|
"That I do, lad," she answered. "I never knowed it by
|
|
that name but what does th' name matter? I warrant they
|
|
call it a different name i' France an' a different one i'
|
|
Germany. Th' same thing as set th' seeds swellin' an' th'
|
|
sun shinin' made thee a well lad an' it's th' Good Thing.
|
|
It isn't like us poor fools as think it matters if us is
|
|
called out of our names. Th' Big Good Thing doesn't stop
|
|
to worrit, bless thee. It goes on makin' worlds by th'
|
|
million--worlds like us. Never thee stop believin' in th'
|
|
Big Good Thing an' knowin' th' world's full of it--an'
|
|
call it what tha' likes. Tha' wert singin' to it when I
|
|
come into th' garden."
|
|
|
|
"I felt so joyful," said Colin, opening his beautiful
|
|
strange eyes at her. "Suddenly I felt how different I
|
|
was--how strong my arms and legs were, you know--and
|
|
how I could dig and stand--and I jumped up and wanted
|
|
to shout out something to anything that would listen."
|
|
|
|
"Th' Magic listened when tha' sung th' Doxology.
|
|
It would ha' listened to anything tha'd sung. It was th'
|
|
joy that mattered. Eh! lad, lad--what's names to th'
|
|
Joy Maker," and she gave his shoulders a quick soft
|
|
pat again.
|
|
|
|
She had packed a basket which held a regular feast
|
|
this morning, and when the hungry hour came and Dickon
|
|
brought it out from its hiding place, she sat down with
|
|
them under their tree and watched them devour their food,
|
|
laughing and quite gloating over their appetites. She was
|
|
full of fun and made them laugh at all sorts of odd things.
|
|
She told them stories in broad Yorkshire and taught them
|
|
new words. She laughed as if she could not help it
|
|
when they told her of the in- creasing difficulty there
|
|
was in pretending that Colin was still a fretful invalid.
|
|
|
|
"You see we can't help laughing nearly all the time
|
|
when we are together," explained Colin. "And it
|
|
doesn't sound ill at all. We try to choke it back
|
|
but it will burst out and that sounds worse than ever."
|
|
|
|
"There's one thing that comes into my mind so often,"
|
|
said Mary, "and I can scarcely ever hold in when I think
|
|
of it suddenly. I keep thinking suppose Colin's face
|
|
should get to look like a full moon. It isn't like one
|
|
yet but he gets a tiny bit fatter every day--and suppose
|
|
some morning it should look like one--what should we do!"
|
|
|
|
"Bless us all, I can see tha' has a good bit o' play actin'
|
|
to do," said Susan Sowerby. "But tha' won't have to keep
|
|
it up much longer. Mester Craven'll come home."
|
|
|
|
"Do you think he will?" asked Colin. "Why?"
|
|
|
|
Susan Sowerby chuckled softly.
|
|
|
|
"I suppose it 'ud nigh break thy heart if he found
|
|
out before tha' told him in tha' own way," she said.
|
|
"Tha's laid awake nights plannin' it."
|
|
|
|
"I couldn't bear any one else to tell him," said Colin.
|
|
"I think about different ways every day, I think now I
|
|
just want to run into his room." "That'd be a fine
|
|
start for him," said Susan Sowerby. "I'd like to see
|
|
his face, lad. I would that! He mun come back --that
|
|
he mun."
|
|
|
|
One of the things they talked of was the visit they
|
|
were to make to her cottage. They planned it all.
|
|
They were to drive over the moor and lunch out of doors
|
|
among the heather. They would see all the twelve children
|
|
and Dickon's garden and would not come back until they
|
|
were tired.
|
|
|
|
Susan Sowerby got up at last to return to the house
|
|
and Mrs. Medlock. It was time for Colin to be wheeled
|
|
back also. But before he got into his chair he stood
|
|
quite close to Susan and fixed his eyes on her with a
|
|
kind of bewildered adoration and he suddenly caught
|
|
hold of the fold of her blue cloak and held it fast.
|
|
|
|
"You are just what I--what I wanted," he said. "I wish
|
|
you were my mother--as well as Dickon's!"
|
|
|
|
All at once Susan Sowerby bent down and drew him
|
|
with her warm arms close against the bosom under
|
|
the blue cloak--as if he had been Dickon's brother.
|
|
The quick mist swept over her eyes.
|
|
|
|
"Eh! dear lad!" she said. "Thy own mother's in this 'ere
|
|
very garden, I do believe. She couldna' keep out of it.
|
|
Thy father mun come back to thee--he mun!"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER XXVII
|
|
|
|
IN THE GARDEN
|
|
|
|
|
|
In each century since the beginning of the world wonderful
|
|
things have been discovered. In the last century more
|
|
amazing things were found out than in any century before.
|
|
In this new century hundreds of things still more
|
|
astounding will be brought to light. At first people
|
|
refuse to believe that a strange new thing can be done,
|
|
then they begin to hope it can be done, then they see it
|
|
can be done--then it is done and all the world wonders
|
|
why it was not done centuries ago. One of the new things
|
|
people began to find out in the last century was that
|
|
thoughts--just mere thoughts--are as powerful as electric
|
|
batteries--as good for one as sunlight is, or as bad
|
|
for one as poison. To let a sad thought or a bad one get
|
|
into your mind is as dangerous as letting a scarlet fever
|
|
germ get into your body. If you let it stay there after
|
|
it has got in you may never get over it as long as you live.
|
|
|
|
So long as Mistress Mary's mind was full of disagreeable
|
|
thoughts about her dislikes and sour opinions of people
|
|
and her determination not to be pleased by or interested
|
|
in anything, she was a yellow-faced, sickly, bored and
|
|
wretched child. Circumstances, however, were very
|
|
kind to her, though she was not at all aware of it.
|
|
They began to push her about for her own good. When her
|
|
mind gradually filled itself with robins, and moorland
|
|
cottages crowded with children, with queer crabbed
|
|
old gardeners and common little Yorkshire housemaids,
|
|
with springtime and with secret gardens coming alive day
|
|
by day, and also with a moor boy and his "creatures," there
|
|
was no room left for the disagreeable thoughts which affected
|
|
her liver and her digestion and made her yellow and tired.
|
|
|
|
So long as Colin shut himself up in his room and thought
|
|
only of his fears and weakness and his detestation
|
|
of people who looked at him and reflected hourly on
|
|
humps and early death, he was a hysterical half-crazy
|
|
little hypochondriac who knew nothing of the sunshine
|
|
and the spring and also did not know that he could get
|
|
well and could stand upon his feet if he tried to do it.
|
|
When new beautiful thoughts began to push out the old
|
|
hideous ones, life began to come back to him, his blood ran
|
|
healthily through his veins and strength poured into him
|
|
like a flood. His scientific experiment was quite practical
|
|
and simple and there was nothing weird about it at all.
|
|
Much more surprising things can happen to any one who,
|
|
when a disagreeable or discouraged thought comes into his mind,
|
|
just has the sense to remember in time and push it out
|
|
by putting in an agreeable determinedly courageous one.
|
|
Two things cannot be in one place.
|
|
|
|
"Where, you tend a rose, my lad,
|
|
A thistle cannot grow."
|
|
|
|
While the secret garden was coming alive and two children
|
|
were coming alive with it, there was a man wandering about
|
|
certain far-away beautiful places in the Norwegian fiords
|
|
and the valleys and mountains of Switzerland and he was
|
|
a man who for ten years had kept his mind filled with dark
|
|
and heart-broken thinking. He had not been courageous;
|
|
he had never tried to put any other thoughts in the place of
|
|
the dark ones. He had wandered by blue lakes and thought them;
|
|
he had lain on mountain-sides with sheets of deep blue
|
|
gentians blooming all about him and flower breaths filling
|
|
all the air and he had thought them. A terrible sorrow
|
|
had fallen upon him when he had been happy and he had
|
|
let his soul fill itself with blackness and had refused
|
|
obstinately to allow any rift of light to pierce through.
|
|
He had forgotten and deserted his home and his duties.
|
|
When he traveled about, darkness so brooded over him that
|
|
the sight of him was a wrong done to other people because
|
|
it was as if he poisoned the air about him with gloom.
|
|
Most strangers thought he must be either half mad or a man
|
|
with some hidden crime on his soul. He, was a tall man
|
|
with a drawn face and crooked shoulders and the name he
|
|
always entered on hotel registers was, "Archibald Craven,
|
|
Misselthwaite Manor, Yorkshire, England."
|
|
|
|
He had traveled far and wide since the day he saw Mistress
|
|
Mary in his study and told her she might have her "bit
|
|
of earth." He had been in the most beautiful places in Europe,
|
|
though he had remained nowhere more than a few days.
|
|
He had chosen the quietest and remotest spots.
|
|
He had been on the tops of mountains whose heads were
|
|
in the clouds and had looked down on other mountains
|
|
when the sun rose and touched them with such light
|
|
as made it seem as if the world were just being born.
|
|
|
|
But the light had never seemed to touch himself until
|
|
one day when he realized that for the first time in ten
|
|
years a strange thing had happened. He was in a wonderful
|
|
valley in the Austrian Tyrol and he had been walking alone
|
|
through such beauty as might have lifted, any man's soul
|
|
out of shadow. He had walked a long way and it had not
|
|
lifted his. But at last he had felt tired and had thrown
|
|
himself down to rest on a carpet of moss by a stream.
|
|
It was a clear little stream which ran quite merrily along
|
|
on its narrow way through the luscious damp greenness.
|
|
Sometimes it made a sound rather like very low laughter
|
|
as it bubbled over and round stones. He saw birds
|
|
come and dip their heads to drink in it and then flick
|
|
their wings and fly away. It seemed like a thing alive
|
|
and yet its tiny voice made the stillness seem deeper.
|
|
The valley was very, very still.
|
|
|
|
As he sat gazing into the clear running of the water,
|
|
Archibald Craven gradually felt his mind and body
|
|
both grow quiet, as quiet as the valley itself.
|
|
He wondered if he were going to sleep, but he was not.
|
|
He sat and gazed at the sunlit water and his eyes began
|
|
to see things growing at its edge. There was one lovely
|
|
mass of blue forget-me-nots growing so close to the stream
|
|
that its leaves were wet and at these he found himself looking
|
|
as he remembered he had looked at such things years ago.
|
|
He was actually thinking tenderly how lovely it was and
|
|
what wonders of blue its hundreds of little blossoms were.
|
|
He did not know that just that simple thought was slowly
|
|
filling his mind--filling and filling it until other things
|
|
were softly pushed aside. It was as if a sweet clear
|
|
spring had begun to rise in a stagnant pool and had risen
|
|
and risen until at last it sweptthe dark water away.
|
|
But of course he did not think of this himself. He only
|
|
knew that the valley seemed to grow quieter and quieter
|
|
as he sat and stared at the bright delicate blueness.
|
|
He did not know how long he sat there or what was happening
|
|
to him, but at last he moved as if he were awakening
|
|
and he got up slowly and stood on the moss carpet,
|
|
drawing a long, deep, soft breath and wondering at himself.
|
|
Something seemed to have been unbound and released in him,
|
|
very quietly.
|
|
|
|
"What is it?" he said, almost in a whisper, and he passed
|
|
his hand over his forehead. "I almost feel as if--I
|
|
were alive!"
|
|
|
|
I do not know enough about the wonderfulness of undiscovered
|
|
things to be able to explain how this had happened to him.
|
|
Neither does any one else yet. He did not understand
|
|
at all himself--but he remembered this strange hour
|
|
months afterward when he was at Misselthwaite again
|
|
and he found out quite by accident that on this very day
|
|
Colin had cried out as he went into the secret garden:
|
|
|
|
"I am going to live forever and ever and ever!"
|
|
|
|
The singular calmness remained with him the rest of the
|
|
evening and he slept a new reposeful sleep; but it was
|
|
not with him very long. He did not know that it could
|
|
be kept. By the next night he had opened the doors
|
|
wide to his dark thoughts and they had come trooping
|
|
and rushing back. He left the valley and went on his
|
|
wandering way again. But, strange as it seemed to him,
|
|
there were minutes--sometimes half-hours--when, without
|
|
his knowing why, the black burden seemed to lift itself
|
|
again and he knew he was a living man and not a dead one.
|
|
Slowly--slowly--for no reason that he knew of--he was
|
|
"coming alive" with the garden.
|
|
|
|
As the golden summer changed into the deep golden autumn he
|
|
went to the Lake of Como. There he found the loveliness
|
|
of a dream. He spent his days upon the crystal blueness
|
|
of the lake or he walked back into the soft thick verdure
|
|
of the hills and tramped until he was tired so that he
|
|
might sleep. But by this time he had begun to sleep better,
|
|
he knew, and his dreams had ceased to be a terror to him.
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps," he thought, "my body is growing stronger."
|
|
|
|
It was growing stronger but--because of the rare
|
|
peaceful hours when his thoughts were changed--his soul
|
|
was slowly growing stronger, too. He began to think
|
|
of Misselthwaite and wonder if he should not go home.
|
|
Now and then he wondered vaguely about his boy and asked
|
|
himself what he should feel when he went and stood
|
|
by the carved four-posted bed again and looked down at
|
|
the sharply chiseled ivory-white face while it slept and,
|
|
the black lashes rimmed so startlingly the close-shut eyes.
|
|
He shrank from it.
|
|
|
|
One marvel of a day he had walked so far that when he
|
|
returned the moon was high and full and all the world
|
|
was purple shadow and silver. The stillness of lake
|
|
and shore and wood was so wonderful that he did not go
|
|
into the villa he lived in. He walked down to a little
|
|
bowered terrace at the water's edge and sat upon a seat
|
|
and breathed in all the heavenly scents of the night.
|
|
He felt the strange calmness stealing over him and it grew
|
|
deeper and deeper until he fell asleep.
|
|
|
|
He did not know when he fell asleep and when he began
|
|
to dream; his dream was so real that he did not feel
|
|
as if he were dreaming. He remembered afterward how
|
|
intensely wide awake and alert he had thought he was.
|
|
He thought that as he sat and breathed in the scent of
|
|
the late roses and listened to the lapping of the water
|
|
at his feet he heard a voice calling. It was sweet
|
|
and clear and happy and far away. It seemed very far,
|
|
but he heard it as distinctly as if it had been at his
|
|
very side.
|
|
|
|
"Archie! Archie! Archie!" it said, and then again,
|
|
sweeter and clearer than before, "Archie! Archie!"
|
|
|
|
He thought he sprang to his feet not even startled.
|
|
It was such a real voice and it seemed so natural that he
|
|
should hear it.
|
|
|
|
"Lilias! Lilias!" he answered. "Lilias! where are you?"
|
|
|
|
"In the garden," it came back like a sound from
|
|
a golden flute. "In the garden!"
|
|
|
|
And then the dream ended. But he did not awaken.
|
|
He slept soundly and sweetly all through the lovely night.
|
|
When he did awake at last it was brilliant morning and a
|
|
servant was standing staring at him. He was an Italian
|
|
servant and was accustomed, as all the servants of the
|
|
villa were, to accepting without question any strange thing
|
|
his foreign master might do. No one ever knew when he
|
|
would go out or come in or where he would choose to sleep
|
|
or if he would roam about the garden or lie in the boat
|
|
on the lake all night. The man held a salver with some
|
|
letters on it and he waited quietly until Mr. Craven
|
|
took them. When he had gone away Mr. Craven sat a few
|
|
moments holding them in his hand and looking at the lake.
|
|
His strange calm was still upon him and something more--a
|
|
lightness as if the cruel thing which had been done had
|
|
not happened as he thought--as if something had changed.
|
|
He was remembering the dream--the real--real dream.
|
|
|
|
"In the garden!" he said, wondering at himself. "In the
|
|
garden! But the door is locked and the key is buried deep."
|
|
|
|
When he glanced at the letters a few minutes later he
|
|
saw that the one lying at the top of the rest was an
|
|
English letter and came from Yorkshire. It was directed
|
|
in a plain woman's hand but it was not a hand he knew.
|
|
He opened it, scarcely thinking of the writer, but the
|
|
first words attracted his attention at once.
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Dear Sir:
|
|
|
|
I am Susan Sowerby that made bold to speak to you
|
|
once on the moor. It was about Miss Mary I spoke.
|
|
I will make bold to speak again. Please, sir, I would
|
|
come home if I was you. I think you would be glad to come
|
|
and--if you will excuse me, sir--I think your lady would
|
|
ask you to come if she was here.
|
|
|
|
Your obedient servant,
|
|
Susan Sowerby."
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Craven read the letter twice before he put it back
|
|
in its envelope. He kept thinking about the dream.
|
|
|
|
"I will go back to Misselthwaite," he said. "Yes, I'll
|
|
go at once."
|
|
|
|
And he went through the garden to the villa and ordered
|
|
Pitcher to prepare for his return to England.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In a few days he was in Yorkshire again, and on his long
|
|
railroad journey he found himself thinking of his boy
|
|
as he had never thought in all the ten years past.
|
|
During those years he had only wished to forget him.
|
|
Now, though he did not intend to think about him,
|
|
memories of him constantly drifted into his mind.
|
|
He remembered the black days when he had raved like a madman
|
|
because the child was alive and the mother was dead.
|
|
He had refused to see it, and when he had gone to look
|
|
at it at last it had been, such a weak wretched thing
|
|
that everyone had been sure it would die in a few days.
|
|
But to the surprise of those who took care of it the days
|
|
passed and it lived and then everyone believed it would be a
|
|
deformed and crippled creature.
|
|
|
|
He had not meant to be a bad father, but he had not felt
|
|
like a father at all. He had supplied doctors and nurses
|
|
and luxuries, but he had shrunk from the mere thought
|
|
of the boy and had buried himself in his own misery.
|
|
The first time after a year's absence he returned
|
|
to Misselthwaite and the small miserable looking thing
|
|
languidly and indifferently lifted to his face the great
|
|
gray eyes with black lashes round them, so like and yet
|
|
so horribly unlike the happy eyes he had adored, he could
|
|
not bear the sight of them and turned away pale as death.
|
|
After that he scarcely ever saw him except when he was asleep,
|
|
and all he knew of him was that he was a confirmed invalid,
|
|
with a vicious, hysterical, half-insane temper. He could
|
|
only be kept from furies dangerous to himself by being
|
|
given his own way in every detail.
|
|
|
|
All this was not an uplifting thing to recall, but as
|
|
the train whirled him through mountain passes and golden
|
|
plains the man who was "coming alive" began to think
|
|
in a new way and he thought long and steadily and deeply.
|
|
|
|
"Perhaps I have been all wrong for ten years,"
|
|
he said to himself. "Ten years is a long time.
|
|
It may be too late to do anything--quite too late.
|
|
What have I been thinking of!"
|
|
|
|
Of course this was the wrong Magic--to begin by saying
|
|
"too late." Even Colin could have told him that.
|
|
But he knew nothing of Magic--either black or white.
|
|
This he had yet to learn. He wondered if Susan Sowerby
|
|
had taken courage and written to him only because the
|
|
motherly creature had realized that the boy was much
|
|
worse--was fatally ill. If he had not been under the
|
|
spell of the curious calmness which had taken possession
|
|
of him he would have been more wretched than ever.
|
|
But the calm had brought a sort of courage and hope with it.
|
|
Instead of giving way to thoughts of the worst he actually
|
|
found he was trying to believe in better things.
|
|
|
|
"Could it be possible that she sees that I may be able
|
|
to do him good and control him? " he thought. "I will go
|
|
and see her on my way to Misselthwaite."
|
|
|
|
But when on his way across the moor he stopped the carriage
|
|
at the cottage, seven or eight children who were playing
|
|
about gathered in a group and bobbing seven or eight
|
|
friendly and polite curtsies told him that their mother
|
|
had gone to the other side of the moor early in the morning
|
|
to help a woman who had a new baby. "Our Dickon,"
|
|
they volunteered, was over at the Manor working in one
|
|
of the gardens where he went several days each week.
|
|
|
|
Mr. Craven looked over the collection of sturdy little
|
|
bodies and round red-cheeked faces, each one grinning
|
|
in its own particular way, and he awoke to the fact
|
|
that they were a healthy likable lot. He smiled at their
|
|
friendly grins and took a golden sovereign from his pocket
|
|
and gave it to "our 'Lizabeth Ellen" who was the oldest.
|
|
|
|
"If you divide that into eight parts there will be half
|
|
a crown for each of, you," he said.
|
|
|
|
Then amid grins and chuckles and bobbing of curtsies he
|
|
drove away, leaving ecstasy and nudging elbows and little
|
|
jumps of joy behind.
|
|
|
|
The drive across the wonderfulness of the moor was
|
|
a soothing thing. Why did it seem to give him a sense
|
|
of homecoming which he had been sure he could never feel
|
|
again--that sense of the beauty of land and sky and purple
|
|
bloom of distance and a warming of the heart at drawing,
|
|
nearer to the great old house which had held those of
|
|
his blood for six hundred years? How he had driven
|
|
away from it the last time, shuddering to think of its
|
|
closed rooms and the boy lying in the four-posted bed
|
|
with the brocaded hangings. Was it possible that perhaps
|
|
he might find him changed a little for the better
|
|
and that he might overcome his shrinking from him?
|
|
How real that dream had been--how wonderful and clear
|
|
the voice which called back to him, "In the garden--In the garden!"
|
|
|
|
"I will try to find the key," he said. "I will try
|
|
to open the door. I must--though I don't know why."
|
|
|
|
When he arrived at the Manor the servants who
|
|
received him with the usual ceremony noticed that he
|
|
looked better and that he did not go to the remote
|
|
rooms where he usually lived attended by Pitcher.
|
|
He went into the library and sent for Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
She came to him somewhat excited and curious and flustered.
|
|
|
|
"How is Master Colin, Medlock?" he inquired. "Well, sir,"
|
|
Mrs. Medlock answered, "he's--he's different, in a manner
|
|
of speaking."
|
|
|
|
"Worse?" he suggested.
|
|
|
|
Mrs. Medlock really was flushed.
|
|
|
|
"Well, you see, sir," she tried to explain, "neither
|
|
Dr. Craven, nor the nurse, nor me can exactly make him out."
|
|
|
|
"Why is that?"
|
|
|
|
"To tell the truth, sir, Master Colin might be better
|
|
and he might be changing for the worse. His appetite,
|
|
sir, is past understanding--and his ways--"
|
|
|
|
"Has he become more--more peculiar?" her master, asked,
|
|
knitting his brows anxiously.
|
|
|
|
"That's it, sir. He's growing very peculiar--when you
|
|
compare him with what he used to be. He used to eat nothing
|
|
and then suddenly he began to eat something enormous --and
|
|
then he stopped again all at once and the meals were sent
|
|
back just as they used to be. You never knew, sir, perhaps,
|
|
that out of doors he never would let himself be taken.
|
|
The things we've gone through to get him to go out in
|
|
his chair would leave a body trembling like a leaf.
|
|
He'd throw himself into such a state that Dr. Craven said
|
|
he couldn't be responsible for forcing him. Well, sir,
|
|
just without warning--not long after one of his worst
|
|
tantrums he suddenly insisted on being taken out every day
|
|
by Miss Mary and Susan Sowerby's boy Dickon that could push
|
|
his chair. He took a fancy to both Miss Mary and Dickon,
|
|
and Dickon brought his tame animals, and, if you'll
|
|
credit it, sir, out of doors he will stay from morning until night."
|
|
|
|
"How does he look?" was the next question.
|
|
|
|
"If he took his food natural, sir, you'd think he was putting
|
|
on flesh--but we're afraid it may be a sort of bloat.
|
|
He laughs sometimes in a queer way when he's alone with
|
|
Miss Mary. He never used to laugh at all. Dr. Craven
|
|
is coming to see you at once, if you'll allow him.
|
|
He never was as puzzled in his life."
|
|
|
|
"Where is Master Colin now?" Mr. Craven asked.
|
|
|
|
"In the garden, sir. He's always in the garden--though
|
|
not a human creature is allowed to go near for fear
|
|
they'll look at him."
|
|
|
|
Mr. Craven scarcely heard her last words.
|
|
|
|
"In the garden," he said, and after he had sent Mrs. Medlock
|
|
away he stood and repeated it again and again.
|
|
"In the garden!"
|
|
|
|
He had to make an effort to bring himself back to
|
|
the place he was standing in and when he felt he was
|
|
on earth again he turned and went out of the room.
|
|
He took his way, as Mary had done, through the door in the
|
|
shrubbery and among the laurels and the fountain beds.
|
|
The fountain was playing now and was encircled by beds
|
|
of brilliant autumn flowers. He crossed the lawn and
|
|
turned into the Long Walk by the ivied walls. He did not
|
|
walk quickly, but slowly, and his eyes were on the path.
|
|
He felt as if he were being drawn back to the place
|
|
he had so long forsaken, and he did not know why.
|
|
As he drew near to it his step became still more slow.
|
|
He knew where the door was even though the ivy hung thick
|
|
over it--but he did not know exactly where it lay--that
|
|
buried key.
|
|
|
|
So he stopped and stood still, looking about him,
|
|
and almost the moment after he had paused he started
|
|
and listened--asking himself if he were walking in a dream.
|
|
|
|
The ivy hung thick over the door, the key was buried
|
|
under the shrubs, no human being had passed that portal
|
|
for ten lonely years--and yet inside the garden there
|
|
were sounds. They were the sounds of running scuffling
|
|
feet seeming to chase round and round under the trees,
|
|
they were strange sounds of lowered suppressed
|
|
voices--exclamations and smothered joyous cries.
|
|
It seemed actually like the laughter of young things,
|
|
the uncontrollable laughter of children who were trying not
|
|
to be heard but who in a moment or so--as their excitement
|
|
mounted--would burst forth. What in heaven's name was he
|
|
dreaming of--what in heaven's name did he hear? Was he
|
|
losing his reason and thinking he heard things which were
|
|
not for human ears? Was it that the far clear voice had meant?
|
|
|
|
And then the moment came, the uncontrollable moment
|
|
when the sounds forgot to hush themselves. The feet ran
|
|
faster and faster--they were nearing the garden door--there
|
|
was quick strong young breathing and a wild outbreak
|
|
of laughing shows which could not be contained--and the
|
|
door in the wall was flung wide open, the sheet of ivy
|
|
swinging back, and a boy burst through it at full speed and,
|
|
without seeing the outsider, dashed almost into his arms.
|
|
|
|
Mr. Craven had extended them just in time to save him
|
|
from falling as a result of his unseeing dash against him,
|
|
and when he held him away to look at him in amazement
|
|
at his being there he truly gasped for breath.
|
|
|
|
He was a tall boy and a handsome one. He was glowing
|
|
with life and his running had sent splendid color leaping
|
|
to his face. He threw the thick hair back from his forehead
|
|
and lifted a pair of strange gray eyes--eyes full of boyish
|
|
laughter and rimmed with black lashes like a fringe.
|
|
It was the eyes which made Mr. Craven gasp for breath.
|
|
"Who--What? Who!" he stammered.
|
|
|
|
This was not what Colin had expected--this was not what he
|
|
had planned. He had never thought of such a meeting.
|
|
And yet to come dashing out--winning a race--perhaps it
|
|
was even better. He drew himself up to his very tallest.
|
|
Mary, who had been running with him and had dashed through
|
|
the door too, believed that he managed to make himself
|
|
look taller than he had ever looked before--inches taller.
|
|
|
|
"Father," he said, "I'm Colin. You can't believe it.
|
|
I scarcely can myself. I'm Colin."
|
|
|
|
Like Mrs. Medlock, he did not understand what his father
|
|
meant when he said hurriedly:
|
|
|
|
"In the garden! In the garden!"
|
|
|
|
"Yes," hurried on Colin. "It was the garden that did
|
|
it--and Mary and Dickon and the creatures--and the Magic.
|
|
No one knows. We kept it to tell you when you came.
|
|
I'm well, I can beat Mary in a race. I'm going to be
|
|
an athlete."
|
|
|
|
He said it all so like a healthy boy--his face flushed,
|
|
his words tumbling over each other in his eagerness--that
|
|
Mr. Craven's soul shook with unbelieving joy.
|
|
|
|
Colin put out his hand and laid it on his father's arm.
|
|
|
|
"Aren't you glad, Father?" he ended. "Aren't you glad?
|
|
I'm going to live forever and ever and ever!"
|
|
|
|
Mr. Craven put his hands on both the boy's shoulders
|
|
and held him still. He knew he dared not even try
|
|
to speak for a moment.
|
|
|
|
"Take me into the garden, my boy," he said at last.
|
|
"And tell me all about it."
|
|
|
|
And so they led him in.
|
|
|
|
The place was a wilderness of autumn gold and purple
|
|
and violet blue and flaming scarlet and on every side were
|
|
sheaves of late lilies standing together--lilies which were
|
|
white or white and ruby. He remembered well when the
|
|
first of them had been planted that just at this season
|
|
of the year their late glories should reveal themselves.
|
|
Late roses climbed and hung and clustered and the sunshine
|
|
deepening the hue of the yellowing trees made one feel
|
|
that one, stood in an embowered temple of gold.
|
|
The newcomer stood silent just as the children had done
|
|
when they came into its grayness. He looked round and round.
|
|
|
|
"I thought it would be dead," he said."
|
|
|
|
"Mary thought so at first," said Colin. "But it came alive."
|
|
|
|
Then they sat down under their tree--all but Colin,
|
|
who wanted to stand while he told the story.
|
|
|
|
It was the strangest thing he had ever heard, Archibald Craven
|
|
thought, as it was poured forth in headlong boy fashion.
|
|
Mystery and Magic and wild creatures, the weird midnight
|
|
meeting--the coming of the spring--the passion of insulted
|
|
pride which had dragged the young Rajah to his feet to defy
|
|
old Ben Weatherstaff to his face. The odd companionship,
|
|
the play acting, the great secret so carefully kept.
|
|
The listener laughed until tears came into his eyes and
|
|
sometimes tears came into his eyes when he was not laughing.
|
|
The Athlete, the Lecturer, the Scientific Discoverer
|
|
was a laughable, lovable, healthy young human thing.
|
|
|
|
"Now," he said at the end of the story, "it need not be
|
|
a secret any more. I dare say it will frighten them
|
|
nearly into fits when they see me--but I am never going
|
|
to get into the chair again. I shall walk back with you,
|
|
Father--to the house."
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ben Weatherstaff's duties rarely took him away from the gardens,
|
|
but on this occasion he made an excuse to carry some
|
|
vegetables to the kitchen and being invited into the servants'
|
|
hall by Mrs. Medlock to drink a glass of beer he was on
|
|
the spot--as he had hoped to be--when the most dramatic
|
|
event Misselthwaite Manor had seen during the present
|
|
generation actually took place. One of the windows looking
|
|
upon the courtyard gave also a glimpse of the lawn.
|
|
Mrs. Medlock, knowing Ben had come from the gardens,
|
|
hoped that he might have caught sight of his master
|
|
and even by chance of his meeting with Master Colin.
|
|
|
|
"Did you see either of them, Weatherstaff?" she asked.
|
|
|
|
Ben took his beer-mug from his mouth and wiped his lips
|
|
with the back of his hand.
|
|
|
|
"Aye, that I did," he answered with a shrewdly significant air.
|
|
|
|
"Both of them?" suggested Mrs. Medlock.
|
|
|
|
"Both of 'em," returned Ben Weatherstaff. "Thank ye kindly,
|
|
ma'am, I could sup up another mug of it."
|
|
|
|
"Together?" said Mrs. Medlock, hastily overfilling his
|
|
beer-mug in her excitement.
|
|
|
|
"Together, ma'am," and Ben gulped down half of his new
|
|
mug at one gulp.
|
|
|
|
"Where was Master Colin? How did he look? What did they
|
|
say to each other?"
|
|
|
|
"I didna' hear that," said Ben, "along o' only bein' on th'
|
|
stepladder lookin, over th' wall. But I'll tell thee this.
|
|
There's been things goin' on outside as you house people
|
|
knows nowt about. An' what tha'll find out tha'll find
|
|
out soon."
|
|
|
|
And it was not two minutes before he swallowed the last
|
|
of his beer and waved his mug solemnly toward the window
|
|
which took in through the shrubbery a piece of the lawn.
|
|
|
|
"Look there," he said, "if tha's curious. Look what's comin'
|
|
across th' grass."
|
|
|
|
When Mrs. Medlock looked she threw up her hands and gave
|
|
a little shriek and every man and woman servant within hearing
|
|
bolted across the servants' hall and stood looking through
|
|
the window with their eyes almost starting out of their heads.
|
|
|
|
Across the lawn came the Master of Misselthwaite and he
|
|
looked as many of them had never seen him. And by his,
|
|
side with his head up in the air and his eyes full
|
|
of laughter walked as strongly and steadily as any boy
|
|
in Yorkshire--Master Colin.
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of Project Gutenberg Etext of "The Secret Garden"
|
|
|
|
|